Anda di halaman 1dari 84

El m t odo d e A U T O I N G L E S T Me s e n te r a m e n te AUDIT M

CORT O , o se a , n o p r e t e n d e s er a u d o visu a ln i e n tr a r e n
l e c t ura ni es c r i t u r a , n i s e r e x h a u stivo n i e n ciclo p d ico .
S es ent era m e n t e f c i l y p r ctico .

E l MTO D O C O M U N I C A T I VO, o co n o cid ota m b i n co m o


el de CO MP E T E N C I A C O M U N ICAT IVA e s e l q u e r ig e h o y e n
da en la oro f e s i n d e l a e n s e a n za d e id io m a s "cu a n d o h a v u n
maestro presente". Se trata de cue la Dersona hable e ntente
co munc arsey q u e v a y a c r e c i e n d o e n e l id io m a co n a su n to s
prc t ic os qu e l o m o t i v e n y n o co n e je r cicio sg r a m a tica le s.
El M t odo C o m u n i c a t i v o e s E c l cti o , ya q u e se va le d e
asp ec t os gra m a t l c a l e sy d e t o da n d o le p a r a a yu d a r a l
estudant e co n t a l d e q u e s t e se e sfu e r ce e n d e cir a lg o ,
en trat ar de c o m u n i c a r s e .
AUT O I NGL E S ' " e s u n a v a r ia n te d e l M to d o Co m u n ica tivo .
Es en efecto un MTODO ECLCTICO Y EN ESPIRAL,
Usa del M t o d o C o m u n i c a t i v oa q u e llo s a sp e cto s q u e se a ju sta n
a u n c urs o a u t o d i d a c t a , L a s 5 se ccio n e sd e ca d a le cci n y lo s
amenos dilo g o s s o n I N T E T T A CT IVOSp u e s sie m p r e se n sta a l
al u mno a rep e t i r o a c o n t e s t a r p r e g u n ta s ve r b a lm e n te y a q u e
no se preoc u p e p o r e s c r i b i r .C ua n d o u n o to m a u n cu r so
autodidacta tiene que existlr un "maestro substituto" que en
este c as o es e l n o v e d o s o c o n ce p to d e su T u to r p e r so n a l q u e le
ofrec e A UTO I N G L S " , E s o o r e llo o u e e s n e ce sa r iou tlliza r
exp lic ac ione sy f r a s e s e n e s p a o l ya q u e d e o tr a m a n e r a u n
pri n c ipiant ej a m s p u d i e r a e s t u d ia r o tr o id io m a sin m a e str o .
No s v alemos d e l a g r a m t i c a p a r a a yu d a r a l a lu m n o a co lo ca r
l a i n f ormac i n e n u n l u g a r , a l g o q u e e l a d u lto n e ce sita .
La gram t ca e s - u n a a y u d a , n u n ca u n im p e d im e n to a b u r r id o
en AUT O I NG L E S T M .
No es el a n t i g u o M t o d o d e T r a d u cci n ,ya q u e lo q u e se
pres ent a en e s p a o l e s p a r a c a lm a r su a n s e d a d ,p a r a q u e
no s e f rus t re , p a r a q u e n o s e p ie r d a , p a r a q u e n o a b a n d o n e
el c urs o y no p a r a p o n e r l o a t r a d u ccir .
El objetivo de AUTO INGLES'" es "robarle tiempo al tiempo"
o se a, ut iliz a r p e q u e o s b l o q u e s d e tle m p o q u e d e sp e r d icia m o s
para prof und i z a r e n e l i d i o m a o Da r a r e Da sa r lo .L a s 1 5 le ccio n e s
de AUT O I N G L S " v i e n e n a gr u p a d a s e n 3 n ive le s: INICIAL
(1-5), I NTE R M E D T O ( 6 - 1 O ) , AVANZ ADO ( 1 1 - 1 5 ) .
Las lec c ione sv a n E N E S P I R A Lp u e s h a y e xtr e m o cu id a d o e n n o
co l o c ar inf or m a c i n q u e t o d a v a u ste d n o p u e d a p r o ce sa r y e n
repas ar lo v is t o a n t e r i o r m e n t e p a r a r e fo r za r lo s co n o cim ie n to s
y n o dejar na d a a t r s . H a y b u en co n tr o l d e lo q u e e s INICIAL ,
INT ER-M E D I O o A V A N Z A D O, d e n u e vo , p a r a e vita r la
frus t rac in, e l p r i n c i p a l e n e m i g o d e l e stu d ia n te a d u lto ,
es que es t a c a n s a d o y e s t u d a cu a n d o p u e d e .

11

bura de relererlcla con


'ao

.2

normas (le pronunctacton


I

Lecciones1-15

EQUIPO EDITORIAL
Frank Rodriguez, M.A. Editdrestuvoa cargo de este curso.
Eastern Sky, estudiode grabacionesde Orlndo,Fira,
U.S.n.
a cargode Mr.-lon Reames,conceptualiz
este curso.
Dra. Noevia Mranda del Deptartamentode World Languages
publicSchoolscompusoel tema.o
del lvliam-Dade
e estecurso.
Galia Wolff, ph.D., Consultora,redactlas leccionei
de este curso,
Prof. Lucy Murray, MurrayEditorial& TranslationServices
de
Miami,Flordadiagramel curso.
ISBN 1-893909-10-7
TODOSLOS DERECHOSRESERVADOS
Prohibdala reproduccintotal o parcialde este libro o de las
grabaciones
del cursoAuto Ingls" en cualquierred,o, r"u
electrnico,mecnico,fotocopias,o grabacinsn irevo
permsoescritode la editorial.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVEd
No part of this book or of the recordingsof the Auto Ingls,,
coursemay be reproducedor_transmittedin any form or oy any
means,etectronic,mechancal.photocopying,recording,or
otherwisewthoutthe prior written permssinof the pubtisher.

[Ttor]
Tienes.algn pa sotiempo?
[usanl
yol have any hobbies?
P_o
t ruf,orl
S. Verprogromas d.eportiuosen la teleuisin.
ulml
Y_es.Watching sports on TV.
t rutorl
No!
ISusan]
No!
[Ttor]
Es uerd.ad,.
Veamoslo teleuision un rato.
Q-tliztiscambior de opinin mds torde.
uimi
it,s irue.
L9t's watch TV for a while.
Maybe I,ll change my rnin laten
I lhtorl
Bien.
Ququieresuer?
l usanl
Okay.
fhat-do you want to watch?
I llrtorl
Hay un, buen progra ma de juegosen el canal 6,
oLJp#lriamosmtrar eso comedia. la del gato que habla
...
There.is a good game qhgq on ctrannel 6, or we
watch
-that sitcom, the one with the talking cai'. .-. '- - could
En srio?
Mds uale quc ueomosdibujos animados.
tsusanl
Are you serious?
X" rtlgttt as well watch cartoons.
LrutorJ
VeamoseI noticieroUiml
Let's watch the news,
[T\rtor]
Estoy de acuerdo.
Veatosel noticierolSusanl
I agree.
Let's watch the news,

O 2 005

Brickell

Co mm un c at ions

G r ouo

A u _t o Ingls',
e s un a public ac in
de:
B r ckell Co mmun ca tion s
G r oup
2 3 3 3 B rickell
Ave nu e, Suit e t t ' _t
Mi a m i, F L 33 12 9, USA
T e l . 305. 857 .02 O3
Fa x 305. 857. 0503
P e d id os: www. a u to in g les . c o m
C o m e n ta rios: b ricke lled it o r @ h ot m a il. c o m

Section V. Comprehension
1. Que est -haciendoSusan?
What is Susan doing?
tiusan estd lqtendo el peridico.
sSsan is reading th-e newspaDen
^
z.
i!-9r qu_estSusm leyendo;l piridico?
wrry is Susan reading the ne-wspaper?
Porq.ueest! tratando d
que Jim y ella
pudieran hacer.
"ncoiii"r-tjlniretenid.o
Because she is truing to find something exciting
for Jim
and for her to dol
3. 9u.tipo de peliculas le gusta a Jim?
Y4$ type of movies des Jim like?
A,tun Ie gustan las pelculas de guena, de boreoy
d,eciencia

79

f-os nmercs (ngrita = ngl+ cus/Va = pronunciacn aprcxmada)


zero s/rou no es z espaola, es I fuerte y a veces le dicen o, ou
one unn nunca ung; first Ferst = prmero/a; a e= un, una
two tu; second skond = segundo/a;a pair e peer un par
y
ttt... Lr; lhird zrd = rercerc/a z espaola en ambos 3 30
= moneda 254
fou. foor; lorth forz = cuarlo/ai quatter kurer
five fif; e final silente, v final = f; ifth fifz = quinto o quinta
sx srks; sixth scsz = sexto/a; a half a- dozen e iaf.dosenn
vern nun.a sben; seventh svenz = sptmo/a
".rr.n
eight lt eigth tz = octavo/4 Henry the Egf'th-Enrique VUI
ne nin; titnth. ninz = noveno/a Novena novn (de rosario)
ten fenn,' nunca teng,' tenth tenz = dcimo o dcma
= onceavo
eleven ilvenn nunca lben; eleventh lvennz
= doz'
wtelve tulf; twelveth tutfz = I2o lza; dozen dlenn
= t3
thirteen zrtinn; bake',s dozen bkers dsenn
th se usa en das del mes)
thirteenth zertnnz = 13o 13a (el
13th
fourteen = 14
i-rs
-teen -frn del 13 al 19 agregue -teen, o sea
= catorceavo/a
13th19th
-th -nz = -avo o sea 14th = fourteenth
agregue -ty)
ntetlft{ tunt o tunn (3o,o,50,o'70'8oBo
,
26th 29th twerielir tuntiez/tuniez = 2oo 20a venteavo o venteava
tuni-unn (aada al nmero una rayita hasta 99)
twenty-one
il-gg
one hndred unn inndred 2OO two hundred tu inndred
1OO
one hundred and one unn jnndred annd unn
1O1
one thousand unn usnnd 2000 two thousand tu zuend
looo
iOo on" million unn mtion 2OooOO two mllion tu mlonn
looooooooo one billion unn blion (en U.s.A.)
one.illion unn trlion (unn blion tue? de u s'A')
ioooooooooooo
one hundrdth unn jndrez -lh = -z centsimoo centsma
llrco
one thousandth unn zusandz+r = -z milsmoo milsma
iTlooO
one half unn jaf 1/3 one thrd unn
Llz
'9'd , -ore fourttr unn ftioz one quarter unn kum '25 pont
l'
percent
twenty-five
25olo
z'l.if ooint zr bf
tunn fif Per sent
two ffths tu ffzs 216 two sxths fu skzs
2/5

O
1
2
i

i
8

10
11
It
13

Al girar cheques puede escribir $793.85 =


cents o seven
sev-en hundrld and ninety-three dollars and eighty-five
hundred and ninety-three dollars and 85/1OO'
diga
Af dar drecciones: No diga dos mil noventa-diga vente noventa
y dos
dos cero nueve cero No diga frelnfa y tres ml cuarenta
-diga tres tres uno cuatro dos
No diga cal/e trentuna dtga trgsma primera calle
EiemDlo: 2O9o N.w. 31st street, Miami, FL 33142
three
"n[v nnetv northwest thirty-first street, Mami' Florda'
three one four two
itrenn na noz uest zn fest strt, mayam, flrda, zi, zr, un foor nr
12 o'cfock tulf oktok doce en punto 12 a' m' twelve a'm'
tulf emm 12 p.m. twelve p'm' tuelt pt e.mm
one o fve un u fif (nunca zero siempre o ou.,
1:O5 =
kurer past tu
=
iwo fifteen tu fiftn 6 quarter Past two
,;L
two thrty tu zrt half Past lwo jaf past tu
2:3O =
=
two forty-five tu for ff quarter till three kurer til zri
iriS
two fifty tu ten till three tenn til zr
2:5o =
tu fifti ff five tll three fif till zri
two fifti'fve
2:55 =

Tef ephone Number: 97 3-452-7 AgA


ninsseven three-four five two-seven eight nine eight
nighty-eight
fifty two-seventy-eight
nine seventy-three-four
para los hispanoparlantes
Qunce curiosidades del ngls
=
i, La tgrminacin -lY = mente: probably prbabl probablemente'
2. La e flnal es sllente: to have tu Jaf = tener o haber Las unrcas
veces en que suena es doblando la e: employee (empleado) o con acento
en palabris extranjeras como caf (el sitio no la beb-idaque es coffee kf)'
= cuchillo'
3. La k inicial seguida de consonante es slente: knife nlf
4, La v ( nunc a b) s uena f al fl nal : k ni v es nl f = c uc hi l l o'
5. Palabras que terminan en sonido f forman plural con -ves, knives'
= Irak y en
6. La q puede sonar como k sin necesdadde r con la u; Iraq
que, qui no s uenan i gual que en es paol : queen k ul n = r e na'
la
suave
a
para
dar sondo
I y no existe
i. en u", gui no es necesaria la u
la dirsis eicepto en palabras extranjeras y con otros usos' Ejemplo:
geiser glser = giser. Pero a veces es similar al uso hispano Ejemplo:
gu en lngls suenan 9a' ye, yi,
iuest giest = h-usped'Ga, ge, 9i, 90,
(yrch) es el mejor
[sonioJfuerte como en Argentina) 90' 9u. George
pero
a veces gi suena gut Gllbert(gulbert) La th hace las veces
ejemplo.
(como
italano)
en
de 9u, spaghetti
= j am n; honor non
e. i a.h i uena; per o puede s er s i l ente: ham j m
9. Los pluraleJ se forman aadendo -s excepto palabras qu vienen del
alemn. Por ejemplo, hombres, mujeres y nios forman el plural con la
terminacin alemana -en. man'men mann-menn o woman-women
wmann-wmenn chld-children chld-chldrenn'
1O . C e, c i s uenan c h en Pal abr asex tr anj er as y c on us o hi s pano s i no'
=
Por ejemplo, violoncello votonchto= violoncelo, Cesar s/sar Csan
11. La fl suena l: tall tol = alto Hay palabras que conseryan su sonldo
hispano con // y otras como I hispana: flot.illa flotla; tortilla tortlla
12. La rr es igual que la r. Es un sondo cerrado que en espaol no existe:
corral koft = corral o acorralar; coral kLal = coral.
= escuela'
13. La s- seguida de consonante nunca es es: school skul
14. La sh no existe en espaol, pero se escrlbe de muchas maneras,
(transportshn)'
(compreinshin) o transPortation
comprehension
15. ia t puede sonar ch: nature (nichur) = naturaleza

Jim likes war movies, boxing novies and science frction


movies.
Le gustan a Susan las pelculas de guena?
Does Susan like war movies?
No, ella detesta las pelculas de Euerra.
No. she hates wai movies.
5. Quin es eI cntante favorito de rock de Jim?
Who is Iim's favorite rock singer?
Su cantante fauorito es Dauid Bowie.
His favorit singer is David Bowie.
6. A Jim le gusta la nsica campesina?
Does Jim like country music?
Si, a l le gusta Ia msica compesina.
Yes, he likes country music.
7. Cul es el tipo de msica favorito de Susan?
What is Susan's favorite type of music?
La.msica fauorita de Susan es el jazz, la nsica cl,sicay la
musrcdpopuaarSusan's favorite music is jazz, classical music and pop
music.
8. Tiene Susan ganas de salir?
Is Susan in the mood to go out?
S, ella tiene ganas de salir.
Yes, she is in the mood to go out.
9. Qu quiere hacer Jim?
What does Jim want to do?
Jm quere uer la teleoisin.
Jirn wants to watch IV,
10. Quprograma de televisin quiere mirar Jim?
What TV show does Jin want to watch?
Jim quiere uer un progran'ade juegos o una comedia.
Jim bants to walch"a game;ho;
or a sitcom,
4.

fiutoIn$l$
Niv e le st , 2 , 3
(Inicial,Intermedio,Avanzado)

Fin de la leccin 15. End oflesson 15.

Espero que haya disfrutado su curso de ingls.


I hope you have enjoyed your Engsh course.

Guin de las lecciones1 a la 75


(y preguntasde comprensin)

[Susan]
I like comedies, westems, and, sometimes, scary movies.
[Ttor]
Tal uezdeberamosr a un concierto.
lJiml
Maybe we should go to a concert.
IT\:torl
)A un concierto de msica clsica o a uno de msica rock?
tusanl
A classical music concert or a rock concert?
lTtorl
Podra ser de rock . . . pero no de rock cido.
lJiml
It could be a rock concert . . . but not heavy metal.
lTfrtorl
Quin es tu cantante de rock fauorito?
lSusanl
Who is your favorite rock singer?
lTtrtorl
Mi cantante de rock fauorito es Danid Bowie.
lJrml
My favorite rock singer is David Bowie.
lT\rtorl
La rna es SteuieNicks.
lSusanl
Mine is Stee Nicks.
[T\rtor]
Tatnbin me gusta la msica popular y Ia msca carnpesina.
Uinl
I also like pop music and country music.
lTirtorl
Y el rap?
ISusan]
How about rap?
lTtorl
No es mi fauorito.
Cudl es u tipo dn msica fauorita?
[Jim]
Rap is not my favorite.
What is yotu favorite kind of music?
lTbtorl
Denende.
A iecesprefiero el jazz, a uecesprefiero la msica clsica, a ueces
prefiero la msico popular.
lSusanl
It depends.
Somtimes I prefer jazz, sornetimes I prefer classical' sometimes I prefer pop music.
lTtorl
Entonces,qu uarnosa hacer?
lJiml
So, what are we going to do today?
lThtorl
Diame retisar las obras de teatro.
Hy de todos los tipos: dramas, com.ed,ias,comedias /nusicales . . .
lSusanl
Let me check the plays.
There are all kinds: dramas, comedies, musicals . . .
[T\rtor]
No s. Realmente no tengo ganas d,esalir.
lJiml
I don't know.
I'm not really in the mood to go out.
7A

AUTO INGLS*
Felicidades por la adquisicin del curso AI-llfO INGLSEste curso ha sido diseado para personas que desean robarle tiempo
aI tiempo, que desem utilizat cada momento libre para aprender ingls.
Ya no es necesario hacer ejercicios escritos ni disponer de bloques largos
de tiempo. Es Ud. quien controla la g:rabacin-la
detiege o Ie da
retroceso cuantas veces quiera. Y cuando quiera escuchar los amenos
dilogos. Cuando quiera escuchar las instructivas explicacrones en
espaol. Y cuando quiera, podr abrir el libro para seguir todo lo dicho
en la grabacin o pra contestar la preguntas de comprensin.
ALIIO
INGLSlo conduce de un nivel inicial a m nivel avanzado en
solamente quince leccione. La adquisicin de un lenguaje se asemeja'a
un carrino que nmca debe tdminar,
como no debe terminar
nuestra
bsqueda de mayores conocimientos.
ATITO INGLSes un cuso para autodidactas.
Esto quiere decir que
Ud. podr utilizarlo sin la intervencin de un maestro.
ATIIO INGLSque le habla en espaol
le proporciona un T\tor
en las grabaciones dndole indicaciones sobre lo que debe repetir para
mejorar su pronunciacin
o para que pueda entender Ia gramtica que
Ud. necesita para aprender la leccin.
Con este cuso Ud. podr aumentar su fluidez en ingls
considerablemente. Esto lo va a lograr debido a la metodologa que sigue
el curso: Veamos:
I.
En la primera seccin se le presentan aquellas expresiones y
palabras que son cldv para que pueda entender el dilogo.
II.
En la segunda seccin se le presenta la gramtica que debe
aprender y que est ligada estrechamente
al diIogo.
Aprender esta grarntica de forma amena.
III. En la tercera seccin se presenta el diIogo, en el cual dos
norteamericanos-un
hombre y una mujer-hablm
de temas
cotidianos de la vida en EE.UU.
IV. En la cuarta seccin su T\tor lo toma de la mano con
explicaciones adicionales y con traducciones
del dilogo para
que Ud. no se quede sin saber TODO Io que ha acontecido en
el dilogo.
V.
La quinta seccin se halla en el libro que acompaa las
grabaciones. En este libro se presenta TODO lo que se ha dicho
en las grabaciones ms esta quinta seccin de preguntas de
comprensin para que Ud. pueda verificar que ha entendido
cada leccin.

_-----

Es vital que Ud. comprenda que debe avazar y retroceder entre los
tres niveles de lecciones, a saber: Inicial 1-5; Intermedio 6-10; Avmzado
11-15. Cada vez que vuelva a participar en Ias lecciones va a sacmles
algo nuevo. Debe utilizar el curso por unos tres meses de uso intensivo
pra poder llevar su rendimiento
o aprovechamiento
al mirmo.
Luego, cuando pasen otros tres meses, regrese al curso por otro mes
ms y ver lo mucho que aprendi y que algo ms Ie puede sacar al
curso todava con un buen repasoEntonees, deje que otros miembros de la famiiia se valgan de su
inversin para que tambin ellos puedan mejorar considerablemente
ingls.
Aunque es
INGLSUd. puede:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

su

cierto que Ud. no tiene un maestro en persona AIJ"TO


le ofrece varias ventajas sobre el maestro en ma escuela.
estudiar a su propio ritmo.
estudiar cuando quiera o pueda.
repetir las palabras, frases y oraciones cuantas veces quiera.
regresar a las explicaciones que han sido grabadas.
constatar lo que le &ice eI Tbtor leyndolo a ia vez en el libro.

lJiml
It's true.
Let's watch TV for a while,
Maybe I'll change my mind laten
lusanlkay.
What do you want to watch?
lJiml
There is a good game show on channel 6, or we could watch
that sitcom, the one with the talking cat . . .
lSusanl
Are you serious?
We might as well qatch cartoons.
fJiml
Let' watch the news!
lSusanl
I agtee.
Let's watch the news.
Section, IV. ExpllTation of the dialog
lsouno ertecls at lrrm s nousel
ITtor]
Quests haciend,oSusan?
[Jim]
flhat.are you doing Susan?
I lutorl
E:Loy teyendoel peridico.
lbusanl

i'm reding the newspapen


Y Ud. no tiene que:
1.
escribir ni hacer ejercicios. EI curso es totalmente auditivo.
Solamente cuando Ud. desee tomar algula nota por su
cuenta lo va a poder hacer llevando una libreta donde anotar
y repasar.
2.
tomar exmenes para saber si debe seguir adelante. Ud.
mismo va a regresar al principio del curso cuando llegue al
final para seguir repitiendo y aprendiendo las cosas que en
un principio Ie parecieron muy difciles, pero que con el paso
tiempo, y con el repaso van cayendo en su lugar, en este
rompecabezas de iniciarse en una nueva lengua.
O sea, que la utilidad del curso se basa en que por eI precio de su costo
Ud. tiene en su automvil, autobs, tren, casa o trabajo hoas de
plticas entre dos nativos norteamericanos que Ie hablan sin cansar
para que Ud. pueda lograr la pronunciacin correcta y un T\rtor bilinge
que tampoco se cnsa de explicarle las construcciones y sigrrifrcados que
son clave para su total comprensin.
La adquisicin de una nueva lengua cuando uno es adulto tiene sus
partes amenas y sus partes trabajosas. Los diIogos humorsticos son la
parte amena, pero para poder entender y aprovechar los dilogos
tenemos que prepararnos ensayando las frases que vamos a or y luego
repetir en ingls. Y esto solamente lo podemos hacer yendo una por una
sobre cada frase o cada palabra bajo estudio hasta que sepamos
pronunciarla bien y sepamos su signficado.

I lhtorI

que estd,sleyendo?
199U1

tJlmt

flhai.are you reading about?


lr\rtorl
E--stoytratand,o d,eencontrar algo entretenido que podamos hacer.
[Susan]
I'm trying to frnd something exciting for us to do,
lT\torl
i.Has ncontrado also ya?
iJiml
itavL you found mything yet?
I llrtor I
Quiipo de petrculas te gusto?
tusanl
What kind of movies do vou like?
lTtorl
Me gustan,las.pelculas.de guena, las pelculas dc boxeoy las
petlcutdsd,ecrenctaficcton.
Uiml
I like war movies, boxing movies, and science fiction movies,
fTutorl
ilt no!.Detesto esaspelculas.
l usml
h noi
I hate those.
lTtorl
De uerd,ad?
Qutipo de pelculas te gusta?
l.Jlml

You do?
What kind of movies do vou like?
tT\rtorl
Me gutan las comedias, las pelculas d,eloestey a ueceslas pelculas
de terror.

77

--Who is your favorite singer? [pause]


No tengoganas
"I'm lNo estoltcon .ninos-l'm
Repealt.
not in thi mood. [pausel

not in the mood [pause]

Section III. Dialog


fsomd effects at Jim's housel
[Jim]
What are you doing Susan?
liusml
I'n reding the newspapen
'What
are you reading about?
tusanl
I'm trying to frnd something exciting for us to do,
uiml
fomd anything yet?
il:J"r
What kind of movies do you like?
lJiml
I like war moes, boxing movies, and science frction movies.
lSusml
h no! r hate those.
[Jim]
You do? What kind of movies do vou like?
lsusanl
I like comedies, westerrrs, and, sometimes, scary movies.
Uiml
Maybe we should go to a concert.
tsusanl
A classical rnusic concert or a rock concert?
IJim]
It could be a rock concert . . . but not heaw netal.
lsusanl
lVho is your favorite rock singer?
lJiml
My favorite rock singer is David Bowie.

Es por eso que antes de disfrutar de cada diIogo Ud. deber estudiar
la gramtica que siroe de armazn aI dilogo. Por suerte, su estudio
grmatical ser aplicado de inmediato en el dilogo, o sea, que no es rn
estudio rido que no se sabe cundo Io va a poder aplicar.

SECI,]ENCIA ESPIRAL

Rap is not ny favorite. \{hat is your favorite type of music?


ISusml
it depnds.
Sometimes I prefer jazz, sometines I prefer classical,
slmetimes I prefer pop music.
lJrm I

are we going to do today?


ir"*l*
Let me check the olavs.
There are all kindi: dramas. comedies. musicals . . .
lJiml
I don't know.
IF o"l really in the mood to go out.
Isusanl
Do you have any hobbies?
lJiml
Y^es.Watching sports on TV.
liusml
No!

DE I.A ENSEANZA

El vocabulario y las estructuras verbales y gramaticales que se


presentan antes del diIogo se van a volver a ver en las leccLones
siguientes. O sea, que vocablo que aprenda en la leccin 1 le va a serwi?
en la leccin 2 o en la leccin 3. Lo mismo con los verbos. Una vez que
sepa conjugar el verbo to be, que significa ser o estar, Io usar como
verbo auxiliar o como gerundio ms adelante. Y cuando sepa usar el
verbo to have, que quiere decir haber o tene4 enseguida lo usar como
verbo auiliar para decir he sido y he tenido en ingls, o sea, que
enseguida se refuerza lo aprendido de forma que se frje en la mente y no
se olvide.
Lo ltimo que Ud. necesita despusde largas horas de trabajo es
estudiar algo que se Ie va a olvidar o que no es necesario.Por eso,el
vocabulario, Ios verbos y las estructuras gramaticales son de uso
frecuente y se aplica una y otra yez para garantizarle que "puede meter
en el banco" todo conocimiento adquirido pues no 1ova a perder ni a
d o cn a r d

lSusanl

i{ine is Stevie Nicks.


[Jim]
klso like pop music and country music,
l S us ml
ilorv about rap?

76

No es cierto que un adulto pueda llegar a adquirir otro idioma igual que
lo hizo con su lengua natal. Ya se ha perdido la capacidad lingistica con
que nacimos. El adulto requiere saber Io que est aprendiendo y es ah
donde entra la gtamtica, que son las reglas que todo idioma sigue.

iiq

Siguiendo el patrn extremadamene prctico del curso, se le recomienda


que aprenda a decir Io antes posible I want = yo quicro o I need = yo
necesito. Aqu s le robamos una pgina a la forma en que aprenden los
nios. Los bebs comunican sus necesidades. Aprender a hablar para
que les hagan caso. El que sabe pedir en ingls, aunque sea con seas
puede comunicar lo que necesita o desea. Siempre el tendero y el cliente
se entienden, pues media una transaccin de inters para ambos.
De ah, el curso contina
preguntas.

con otras transacciones

como comprar o hacer

Otro aspecto prctico es el verbo to get = obtener, qte se usa muchsimo


en ingls y en maneras que no nos podemos imaginar los
hispanohablantes.
Get going = Dale, ndale, camina, umono.s. (Iiteral es obtn
andando)
Do you get it? = Te diste cuenta? Oteralmere Lo obtuuste?)
I got it. = Lo entiend.o. (literalmente Lo tengo.)
Y acto y seguido el uso imaginativo

en ingls de in, up, out, down

Get in. = Entro. tin quiere decr en o dentro.t


Get up. = Leu.ntate. (wp es para arriba o hacia arriba o anba.)
Get out. = Salte. (out quiere decir paro afuera o hacia afuera o
afuera)
Get down. = Agchate (down es poro abajo o hacia abajo o abajo.)
Get down there. = DaIe para all. o all. (there es all o aII.)

Susan is taking sunbloc\


a sun hat and sunglasses.
ir Susan de compras? Is Susm going to g shopping?
;U3:
Suson ua a r de compras a un rastro o "pulguero".
^5.
Y9s,
go shopping
is going.to
a.rt a _fi9 m_arket.
.^
.Srlsan
I0. A dnde va a llevar Jim a sus amigos el prximo frn de semana?
Where is,Jim going to take his friendb
next weekend?
JLm ud a LLeuar a sus amigos al zoolgico y al parque de
cliuersiones.
Jim is going to take his friends to the zoo and the
park.
amusement
11. Qu le gusta hacer a Susan en el parque de diversiones?
What does Susan like to do in the musement
park?
A Susan lc gusta monlor en lo monlao rusa.
Susan likes to ride the rollercoaster.

S.

Fin de la leccin 14. End oflesson

14.

lTtrtorl

Persona que domine los verbos o be, to have y to get tiene la pelea
semi ganada. Y si a esto agregamos el verbo to go = ir con su geruldio
going ya podemos hablar en futuro.
I
I
I
I

go
am
am
am

= Yo uoy o uq/.
going = Estoy yendo o uoy a ir.
going to go = Voy ir. (futuro)
going to run. = Voy a coner o me uoy a postular.

En esta lecin va a repasar los tiempos presente, pasado, pretrito


perfecto. futuro y condicional. al iguai qui estructulras grariaticales
expllcaoas en tecclones antenores.
(futtto)

Y regresando a to get, ahora en gerundio, getting.


IIow

are you getting

th ere? = Cmo uas t a llegar hasta aII?

El que sepa to be, to have, to get, to go y el uso de los gerundios ya


tiene tres cuartas partes de la batalla ganada. Y si sabe pedir cosas,
hacer preguntas y hacer trmsacciones, pues ya puede ver el lector Ia
utilidad que conlleva un curso diseado en espiral, donde todo se cicla
y se recicla y los conocimientos aumentan como cuando nos queremos
estacionar en el piso ms alto de un garaje y vamos subiendo de nivel,
progresivamente, gracias a las rampas de acceso. Esto es lo que Ie
garantiza este curso, que siempre tendr Ud. una rampa para seguir
subiendo o para regresar a un nivel inferior donde pueda repasar los
conocimientos que dej "aparcados" en ese nivel. Otro ejemplo del
mtodo espiral es el aprendizaje de los nmeros. A medida que avanzan
1as lecciones se van introduciendo los nmeros en orden ascendente, de
manera que no es necesario aprenderlos de memoria, por el contrario, se
aprenden en el contexto de una situacin cotidiana y, acto seguido, se
repasan y refuerzan en lecciones ulteriores.

ya

El verbo irregular to read, e_nel pasado se deletrea igual que en el


presente, pero se pronuncia diferente:
YoleowIibrc.
-Ireedabook
Yoleunlibrc.
-Ireadabook
El participio pasado se pronuncia igual que el pasado.
He-leido u n libro.
- I have read book.
El imperativo - A la primera persona del plural en ingls se le aade la
nalabia Let's:
Lee este libro. (t)
Read this book. (singular
you)
(ustedes) Lean este libro.
Read this book. (pluial
vo)
{nosotros } edn os este I ibro. Let's read this bo-ok. (w)
Section Il. Key words and phrases from the dialog
peltculas - movies lpausel Repeat. movies fpausel comedio - comedy [pausel Repeat. comedy [pause]
pelicula del oeste - westem
[pause] Repeat. western
lpausel
conaierto - concert
lpausel Repeat. concert
lpausel
juegos.programa de
game show fpausel Repeat.
game show [pause]
comedia - sitcom lpausel Rereat. sitcom lpausel
d i bujos o n i mados --cartoons-lpausel
Repet. caitoons
lpausel
noticierolteledidrio
- t}'e news [pause] Repeat. the news [pausel
canal (d,e teleuisin) - chan.el [puseJ Repat. channel
[pase]
Qu estds haciendo? - What ar you doing? lpausel Retrat.
Ilhat are you doing? [pausel
(u uomos a hacer? -What are we going- to do? [pausel Repeat.
What are we going to do? lpausel Qu tipo d_epelculas (programas de teleuisin / msica) te gusta? (TV shows/music)
What kind f moes
do you like? ffiausel
Repeat.
What kind of movies (/TV showdmusic)
do you like? [pause]
siriger?iQuin-es tu cantdnte fduorifo? - Who is your fvorite
[Pause] [,sP61.

75

It will be fin for the children.


[Ttor]
Estar all.
Por qu no uomos tatnbin al parque de diuersionesque estd cerca del
zoolpico?
liusanl
I'll be there.
Why don't we also go to the amusement park by the zoo?
lT\rtorl
EI que tiene una montda rusa gigante?
lJiml
Ttre ori with the giant rollercoaster?
[Ttor]
Sr.
jMe encdntd montdr en montaas rusas!
[Susan]
Yes.
I love riding rollercoasters!
ITtrtor]
Nunca Io hubiera pensad,o.lJim)
I would have never guessed.
lThtorl
Ll.mame antes del s,bado.
ISusan]
Give me a call before Saturday.
[T\rtor]
$
Lo har. Adis Susan.
[Jim]
I will. Bye Susan.
Section V. Comprehension
1. Quva a hacer Jim este fin de semana?
What is Jim going to do this veekend?
Jim ua a ir a acampar estefi.n de semana.
Jin is going to go camping this week-end.
2. Quin va a acampar con Jim?
Who is going to go camping with Jim?
Miguel y su familia uan a acampar con Jim.
Miguel and his family are going to go camping with Jim.
3. Va a acampar Susm con Jim?
Is Susan going to go carnping with Jim?
No, Susan no ud a acarpar con Jm.
No, Susan is not going to go canping with Jim.
4. A Susan le gusta acampar? Does Susan like camping?
No, a Susan no le gusta dcampar.
No, Susan does not like camping.
5. Quva a hacer Susan este frn de semma?
What is Susan going to do this weekend?
Susan oa a ir a Ia playa estefin de senutnd.
Susan is going t g to th beach this week-end'
6. Jim tiene equipo de acampar?
Does Jin have camping equipment?
S, Jn tiene una tienda de campaa, mochilas,
bolsas de dnrmir y una hornilla.
Yes, Jim has a tent, backpacks,
sleeping bags and a camp stove.
7. Quva a hacer Susan en Ia playa?
What is Susan going to do at the beach?
Susan ua a tomar eI sol, nadar, leer y dnscansar.
Susan is going to sunbathe, swim, read and rest.
8. Quva a llevar Susm a Ia playa?
What is Susan taking to the beach?
Susan ua a lleuar bloqueador solar. un sombreroplayero y gafas
de sol.
74

Esto es pues lo que le prometemos en este curso. Ud. va a poder


manipular las estructuras gramaticales ms necesarias y urgentes,
las frases y palabras ms cotidianas, los verbos ms necesarios y va a
poder practicar la pronmciacin
inglesa escuchando a personajes
nativos en situaciones humorsticas y fciles de visualizar y digerir. Le
sugerimos que cuando haya terminado este cso siga con otros cursos
para que orga a otras personas y se exponga a otros aspectos del ingls.
Y le tenemos otras sugerencias probadas y comprobadas.

20 SUGERENCIAS
1.

2.

3.

4.
5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

PARA,APRENDER

INGLS

Lleve consigo una libretita donde anotar dudas.


Todos conocemos personas que hablan ingls y espaol.
Use a esas personas como tutores gratuitos.
Lo ms importante a la hora de aprender no es saber la respuesta
sino qu pregultas
hacer.
Tenga a mano siempre un diccionario bilinge de bolsillo.
Cada vez que tenga m momento libre busque esa palabra que
hace das est pensando buscar.
Tbnga en casa un diccionario bilinge mayor al lado de la cama,
otro en Ia sala, y otro en la cocina. O sea, un diccionario bilinge
siempre cerca de Ud. para que la pereza no le gane y pueda hacer
sus consultas al momento.
Tenga en casa m diccionario solo en ingls, eI ms caro y mejor
ilustrado que su presupuesto le permita.
Establezca trato con personas que solamente hablen ingts.
Intente comunicarse con seas, sonrisas, gestos, recuerde que los
turistas siempre se comuican con los tenderos, porque hay una
transaccin de beneficio nutuo entre los dos.
Todos queremos tener amigos y con la amistad viene el ingls.
Compre revistas de cmics. La relacin entre eI idioma coloquial
y los dibujos resulta un excelente medio para entender los
dilogos y para conocer la cultura y los dichos de la vida aria.
Sintonice estaciones de televisin en ingls y, si su televisor lo
pemite, ponga los subttulos en espaol y, otras veces, en ingls.
Es bueno leer en ingls Io que se est diciendo, pero cuando
eI dilogo es muy difcil entonces es mejor tenerlo en espaol.
Compre CDs de canciones en ingls, o vaya a Ia biblioteca pblica
donde los prestan. La msica es una manera excelente de
aprender idiomas porque se nos fijan las cosas con ms facilidad.
Asegrirese de tener la letra de las canciones para que las pueda
seguir siempre con sus diccionarios cerca. Escriba la letra de
sus canciones favoritas en su Cancionero particular y aprenda a
cantar esas canciones. El Intemet es una buena fuente.
Posea una Biblia en ingls y otra en espaol. Como los libros y los
versculos estn numerados, le va a resultar fcil hallar Io mismo
en eI otro idioma para comparar y aprender.
La cultura occidental se basa en la Biblia y tanto el ingls como
el espaol tienen mltiples dichos que provienen de hechos
bblicos.

10. Asista a la iglesia en ingls. Los sermones hablan sobre temas


religiosos conocidosy de la vida diaria. El ministro habla
pausadamente y con sus gestos a)'uda a que Ud. capte el
contexto,
1 1. Y hablando de iglesias, muchas tienen clases de ingls gratuitas.
Si Ud. se encuentra fuera de EE.UU. nase a asociacionesde
angloparlantes o acuda a las actividades gratuitas que stas
patrocinan.
12. Vea deportes que conoceen televisin en ingls. Como ya conoce
Ias reglas y los trminos, va a poder entender lo dems.
13. Acuda a restaurantes donde el men est en ingls y donde
haya fotos de los platilllos para que el contexto lo ayude a
descifrar.
t4. Si no vive en pas de habla inglesa trate por todo los medios de
visitar pases que hablen este idioma. Y si vive en un pas de
habla inglesa, trate de salir del barrio de habla hispana para
andar parte del tiempo en tiendas y negociosde haLla irglesa.
aD. Repaselas pginas amarillas de la gua o directorio telefnico que
tenga en ingls para asociar palabras con las ilustraciones de
Ios anmcios. Hay guas bilinges donde podr ver ambos
trminos.
ao. Lea etiquetas de produ&os en ingls. Como ya tiene el producto o
artculo, eI lenguaje est en contexto, o sea, que es ms fcil
descifrar lo que se est leyendo.
t7. Compre o saque de la biblioteca revistas como TIME. Las fotos y
las ilustraciones de noticias que ya Ud. ha sto en espaol har
que no se frustre y pueda seguir los hechos y entender algo aqu y
algo all y, as ir aumentando su comprensin.
1 8. Compre o saque de la biblioteca revistas en ingls de temas que
lo apasionen. No hay nada como estudiar cosasque nos gustan.
19. Notr que NO recomendamosor la radio en ingls. El motivo es
que es muy frustrante tratar de descifrar las noticias o
comentarios sin tener imgenes que nos den contexto o tratar de
entender cancionessin la letra enfrente. Evite frustraciones.
Las frustraciones frustan a los que estudian otra lengua, valga
la redundancia. Ud. debe de quitar toda ansiedad al procesode
aprendizaje y hacerlo 1oms ameno que pueda.
20. Churchill dijo fieve4 never, never give up." "Nunca, nurrca,
nunca ae d por uencido". Otro uso de up. Give up es esl,
literalmente "dar para aniba",o sea,no se entregue o
'no leuante las manos".

Uiml
f see.
[T\rtor]
P.refiero dormir en una carnd cmoday tener un bao d.isponible.
lSusanl
I prefer to sleep in a comfortable bed and have a bathroom
available.
lTtorl
Entiendo.
Y a dnd,euas a ir con tu hermana?
lJiml
I rmderstand.
S_o,where are you going with your sister?
flutorl
Vamosa ir a la playa.
V_amos
a tomar'el sl, a nadar, a leer y a
descansaL
lSusanl
We ue going to the beach.
We are going to sunbathe, swim, read and rest.
frutorl
No te oluides del blooueador solar!
fJiml
ilon;t.forget the sunblock!
I ruf,or]
No me uoy a oloidar.
Tlrnbi.n uoy a lleuar m sombreroplayero y mis gafas d,e sol.
lSusanl
i won't.
I.:m algo taking my sun hat and my suglasses.
I lutorl
jY qu mas uasa hacer estefin d.esemana?

uiml

,S_or.whatelse are you going to do this weekend?


tru[oU
Vamos a ir de compras--Hay un rastro marauilloso cerca de la playa
que ti.eneofertas increbles.
lSusanl
We are going to go shopping. There is this wonderful flea
market by the beach that has incredible bargains.
lTtorl
Ileme un recuerdo.
lJiml
Bring ne a souvenir.
[T\rtor]
Por supuesto.
ISusan]
Of course.
lThtorl
Estaba bromeand.o.
[Jim]
I was_kidding.
I lUtorl
Siento no poder conocera tus omigos.
tDusanl
Lfn so-rry I won't be able to meet your friends.
[Ttor]
Quizris p od,rdsconocerlos,
L_osuoy a lleuar aI zoolgicoeI fin de semana que uiene.
Ser diuertido nara los ios.
lJiml
Maybe you will.
I'm taking them to the zoo next weekend.

73

[Ttor]
He estado ocupado con m amigo Miguel y su familia.
uiml
i've been busy with my friend Miguel and his family.
[T\torl
Ah, es uerdad!
ISusan]
Oh, that's right!
[Ttor]
Te llamo para preguntdrte si te gustara uenir a acampar con nosotros
mddna.

lJiml
i'm allirg to ask you if you would like to go canping
tomorrow'
lTtorl
No saba que te gustaba acamPar!
LSusanl
I didn't know you liked camPing!
lTtorl
Me encanta!

with us

I JI MI

i love it!
lThtorl
Has ido a acampar antes?
lSusanl
before?
Have you gone camping
c
[T\rtor]
Muchas ueces. Es tan relajante ... todos esos rboles,
todo ese aire fresco- Es lo mejor! Y uamos a r a pescar tambin.
As podernos cocinar eI pescado que pesquemos.

Uiml
iVlanv times. It's so relaxing . . ' all those trees, all that fresh
air. Ii's tbe best! And we'll !o frshing too.
That way we can cook the fish we catch.
IT\rtor]
Tienesequipo de acampar para todos?
ISusan]
Do you have camping equipment for everybody?
IT\rtor]

si.

Tengotiendas de cam.paa,mochilas, bolsas de d'ormir, incluso tengo


una hornilla.
[Jim]
I do.
I have tents, backpacks, sleeping bags, I even have a camp
stove.
[Ttor]
podr ir.
Me temo que no -planes
con mi hermana para estefln de semana.
Ya habahecho
lSusanl
I'm afraid I won't be able to go.
I had already made plans wiih my sister for this weekend.
lTtorl
Est,ssegura que no puedes cambiar tus planes?
lJiml
Are you sure you cannot change your plans?
lTlltor]
Para serte sincera, realmente no me gusta acampdr.
lSusanl
io be honest with you, I really don't like canping.
lTtorl
Ya ueo.

GUA

DE PRONTJNCIACIN

INGLESA

Ud. sabe oue en ingls "Ias palabras no se dicen como se escriben". Sin
embarso. av regla-s. PRIMER PASO: conocer el nombre de las letras.
La mejor manera de saber cmo
SEGUDO PASO saber pronmciarlas.
se pronuncian las letras s escucharlas siguiendo eI guin de los dilogos
cori el libro abierto, en busca de la letra que Ud. desea "or en accin".
De todas maneras conviene tener una aproximacin de cmo se
oronuncian las ietras. Los nombres de ls letras son: A = B = bi
H =i c h
l =i
i I- - y i
F =ef
c =!i ( fuer te)
E=
D =di
b=s i
L=el
M = em ( c i ene l a m N O eng) N =en( c i er te, N Oeng)
K=k i
=pi Q= k i R = ar ( m uy s uav eN O r r )
S= es T =ti
U =i
O =uP
Y= udi Z =s l ( m uy fuer te.
Ir y = dobel i X=ec s
V=ui ( noj l
nunca la z espaola)
DE LASI
LOS SONIDOS CORTOS Y IARGOS
INGLESAS
VOCALES
TERCER PASO es conocer los dos sonidos de cada vocal- El sonido corto
es como en espaol (menos la u corta.) y el largo es el nombre de Ia
i cotta= ii
a larga = i e corta= e elarga =i
letra. acorta =a
ac or ta =o ( bus s edi c eos ) u
ol ar ga =u
l ar ga=i oc or ta=o
rarga = u.
STIENAN DE I,JNA MANERA'
DOS VOCALES
QTIE CASI SIEMPRE
oo = .'cool (fresc) = ftal. Excepcin blood (sangr:e) = lod.
j.'
ee =
see (ver) = si. ea = i.' seat (asiento) = sil. au = o.' autum (otoo)
= tom eu = .'neural = ntral
ie = i relief (descanso) = rilf
ia = l reliablg
aid (ayrda) = id
Gonfmble) = ril'ivabel
ai = i
ES SILENTE
DE UNA PAI.ABRA
I.A e AL FINAL
sale (venta) = sI to take (llevar) = tu tik to have (tener o haber)
tu jaf
IMPORTANTES
OTRAS CONSIDERACIONES
A excepcin de que la e final no se pronuncia es muy importante
siempre oronuniar el final de las palabras y no "comerse" ninguna
paft deia palabra o NO lo van a ntender. --pues muchas palabras
ilependen dl sonido final para poder obtener su significado comecto:
crze (locura o lo que est de moda) = crs-pero crazy (loco) = crigi.
l s =z fuer tei ns l es a)

bastTnl

pTLesRA coN Ms DE UNAsr,lBA ESLraNA

Casi siempre, palabra nueva con que Ud. se tropiece NO llevar el


nfasis coino eir espaol, donde casi todas las palabras son agudas:
(cuidadoso) no mindful.
motor (ingls) moJqr (espaol) mindful
SE APRENDE
SE ADQUIERE_NO
I,A EI{TONACIN
Otro punto imDortante es la entonacin de la fi'ase y para ello. de nuevo'
pauta.
Los niios, a diferencia de
la redeticin d la crabacin le dar Ia
los aultos, se divirten repitiendo frass Ud. tiene que hacer el
esfuerzo d repetir para fijrse los patrones de entonacin ingleses. Es
muv posible qe Ud. pronncie tods las palabras bien, pero sr su
entfacin n te "sueira" familiar a su intrlocutor, ste le va a decir que
no lo entiende.
EN: wh, gh' ph' th' ch Y sh
EXCEPTO
LA h SE PRONUNCIAj
La h = l; how (cmo) =.jtiu. La wh = ju; why (por qu\ = jui.
=
(rudoi
though tauque) = dru.)
fof
lO
silente
tough
Laeln=f:
fteatrc) = ziater
La fr = ';
i Phiidelphia. La th = z espaola; theater
= lmson to sea' la ft es silente)
ThompSon run apellidol
La ih =
-ile
(depende
=
palabra
(eio
}a
sigr:riente)
=
o do
la)
di,
d.; the
La lh
4e
= kimozrapi)
(ouimioterapial
La ch = k: chemotherapv
La ch = cl; child tnio/i= hiLd. tO sonido suaves/ cherish (adorar)
La sh = sj (no existe en espaol, es una cl suave) shoe (zapato) = shu.

[T\rtor]
Bienvenido a Auto Insls
Welcome to Auto Ingls

Ponga atencin a las e_xplicaciones previas aI diIogo de cada leccin que


yo, su tutor personal. le v-oy g dar. Puede repetir efdi.logo y sus explicaciones tantas veces como lo desee o necesite. Comencemos. Let,s bdgin,
En ingls los pronombres oersonales son:
! you" fr", slie, it, we, y<iu, they.
Oigalos e intente repetir cada un durante la pausa. Lueso volver a
orlos. T|ate de repelirlos de nuevo. Listos. Readw.
yo I lpausel Repeat. I lpausel
t o usted yg1[pause
_Repeat. you lpausel
l he lpausel Rpeat. he lpausel
ella she lpausel Repeat. she [pause]
ello it lpausel Repe-at. it tpauslel
nosotros we [pause] Repeat. we lpausel
ustedes, uos o uosolros you lpausel Repeat vou.
ellos. ellas they [paustil Refeat
they.^lpaujel

loausel

Obseroe que y-ou es la segunda persona del singular y del plural. o sea,
qu you- slgmhca t, usted., uas, uosotros, ustedes. Note que no hay
diferencia entre formaly familiar en ingls, o sea, entre-t y usted,
siempre se dice you. r:Fcil. no cree?
It es el pronomb-re n"ittral,'o sea, ni masculino ni femeni6. cuyo uso no
se parece al espaol. Lo ms cercano en espaol es e/lo.
En ingls el verbo tobe sigtrifrca tanto seicomo estar. Los pronombres
personales no se pueden omitir como en espaol donde podemos decir
soJ en_vez deyo soy. En ingls siempre hay que deciryo soy, o sea, I ann
y ese I siempre se escribe en maysiula. Veainos. repta. et's see,
repeat.
Yo soy. Yo estoy. I am. lpause] Repeat. I m. loausel
! eres, T esfjs. You re. lpausl Repeat. Yu ar. lpausej
EI es. EI estd. He is. [pause]-Repeat. fre is. lpausel
EIIa es. Ella esrd. She is. lpausl Repeat. S['e is. lpause]
Ello es. lt is. lpausel Repeat. It is. [bausel
Nosoros somoi. Nosotroi estam.os. W are. [pause] Repeat. We are,
lpausel
Ustedes son o estn o uosotros sois o est,is. You *e. [pause] Repeat.
You are. fpausel
Ellos o eIIs son-o estn. They are. [pausel Repeat, They are.
[pause]
que6 muy simple. conjugu el verbo to be en el tiempo presente.
4f
Keplta despus de m las tres personas del sinqular:
I am, you are, he is, she i lpausel
Y las tres del olual:
we are, you re, they are. lpausel
No ha_y muchos cambios en el plral verdad? Qu bueno!
Escuchemos el siq-luiente dilogo que ontiene sta conjugacin.
uomencemos. Lef,'s Degln.
Seccin TI. Palabras v frases clave del diloso.
Section II. Key w<ri.ds and phrases fto the dialoe,
Primeramente oir Ia palabra en espaol, sezuida de sri equivalente
ingls a velocidad lent. y luego a vlocidd ormal.

en

Eres t? Are you? lpauseJ Repeat. Are vou? [pausel


Crno ests? How are you? lpiausel Repat. Hbw are you? [pause]

10

lSusanl
I prefer to sleep in a comfortable bed and have a bathroom
available.
[Jim]
I understand. So, where are you going with your sisten
lSusanl
We are going to the beach,
IYe are going to sunbathe, swim, read and rest.
lJiml
Don't forget the sunblock!
lSusani
I won't.
I'm also taking my sun hat and my sunglasses.
[Jrm]
So what else are you going to do this week-end?
[Susm]
We are going to go shopping.
There is this wonderful flea-market bv the beach that has
incredible bargains.
[Jim]
Bring ne a souvenir!
[Susm]
Of course.
lJiml
I was kidding.
[Susan]
I'm sorrr I won't be able to meet your friends,
Uiml
Maybe you will.
I'm taking them to the zoo next weekend.
It will be fun for the children.
lSusanl
I'll be there.
Why don't we also go to the amusement park by the zoo?
lJiml
The one with the giant rollercoaster?
ISusan]
Yes. I love riding roller coasters!

uiml

I would have never guessed.


[Susan]
Give me a call before Saturday.
lJiml
I will. Bye Susan,
Section [V. Explanation of the dialog
fsomd effects canping]
[T\rtor]
Diga.
[Susan]
Hello.
[T\rtor]
HoIa. Susan.
Uiml
Hello. Susan.
lTbtorl
HoIa, Jim.
;Dnde has estado?
Hace tiempo que no te ueo.
lSusanl
Hi, rlin.
Where have you been?
I haven't seen you in a while.
77

Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog


A continuacin escuchelas palabras y frases y reptalas despusde Ia
pausa,
tienda de cdmpda - tent [pause] Repeat. tent lpause]
mochla -backpack lpause] Repeat. backpack [pause
bolsa de dornir - sleeping bag [pause] Repeat.
sleeping bag fpause]
hornilla - camp stove [pause] Repeat.
canp

stove

[pause]

blooueador
solar - sunblock
s
bloqueador solar
lpause] Repeat. sunblock lpausel
gaf&s de sol - srmglasses [pauie]
gafas
Repeat. sunglasses [puse]
[pause]
[pause] Repet.
pescar - to frsh [pause] Repeat. to fish lpause]
flea
market
lastrillo / rastro - flea market [pause]
loausel Repeat.
[r
[pause]
oferta, re.bajq - bargain
Repeat._b3rgai4 fuausel.
lpause]I Repeat.-l
park lpausel Kepeat.
parque ae
ment park
pdrque
de drl
dluersrones - amusement
part( lpausel
amusement
montda rs - rollercoaster

Re
[pausel Repeat.
[pause]

rollercoaster fpause]
Para serte sincero -tobe honest with you lpausel Repeat.
to be honest with you [pause]
Estaba bromeando - I was kidding [pause] Repeat.
I was kidding [pause]
Section III. Dialog
lsound effects camping
[Susan]
Hello
lJiml
Hi. Susan!
IJUSNI
Jim,
where

have

you

been?

I haven't

seen

you

in

a while.

lJiml
Ite been busy with my friend Miguel and his family.
lSusanl
Oh, that's right!
Uiml
I'm calling to ask you if you would like to go camping with us
tomorTol[.
lSusanl
I didn't know you liked canping!
lJiml
I love it!
lSusanl
Have you gone camping before?
lJiml
Many times.
It's so relaxing, . . . all those trees, all hat fresh air . . .
It's the best! And we'll go frshing too.
That way we can cook the fish ve catch.
[Susan]
for everybody?
Do you have camping equipnent
lJiml
I do, I have tents, backpacks, sleeping bags, I even have a
camp stove.
lSusanl
I'm afraid I won't be able to go.
I had already made plans with my sister for this week-end.
lJiml
Are you sure you cannot change your plans?
[Susan]
To be honest with you, I really don't like camping.
[Jim]
I see.
70

hoy today lpause] Repeat. today [pause]


una, uno o un on.e fpausel Repeat. one fpause]
bueno, bien good [pause] Repeat. good fpause]
bien fre lpause] Repeat. fine [pause]
para rn for me [pausel Repeat. for me [pause]
aqubete [pause] Repeat. here [pause]
SeccinIII. DiIogo Section III. Dialog
[sound effects telephone ngs]
[Jim]
Hello.
lSusanl
Hello, are you.Iim?
LJrml
Yes. I am.
lSusml
How are you? This is Susan.
[Jim]
I am fine, and you?
[Susan]
Fine, Can I see you today at one o'clock?
lJiml
No, but at two o'clock is good for me, here.
lSusanl
Good. I qill see you at two o'clock over there.
SeccinfV. Explicacin del dilogo
Section IV. Explanation of the dialog
lsound effects telephone rings]
lJiml
Hola.
Hello.
[Susan]
Hola, EresJirn?
Hello, are you Jim?
Obserue que la pregunta se forma invirtiendo el verbo y el pronombre,
de you are a are you?
Uiml
S, soyyo.
Yes. I am.
ISusan]
Cnroestds?Soy Susan.
How are you? This is Susan.
This is ouiere decir slo.estd o estees.
IJIM I

Estoy bien, y t?
I arn fine, and you?
[Susan]
Ben. Puedo(o podra) uerte hoy a la una en punto?
Fine. Can I see you today at one o'clock?
Para indicar poder hacer algo se sa can: I can, you can, he can, she
can, we can, you can, they can. En este caso no se aade -s a la
tercera persona del singular. Aprenda a usar can, se usa muchsimo.
lJiml
No, pero a las dos en punto me uiene bien, aqu.
No, but at two o'clock is good for me, here.
Clock quiere decir "reloj de pared", pero o'clock quiere decir "en
ounto".
tDusanl
Bien. Te uera las d,osen ounto all.
Good. I will see you at iwo o'clock over there.
Will indica futuro. Por ejenplo, I will be quiere decir Yo ser o yo estar.

11

---SeccinV Comprensin Section V. Comprehension


1. Cmose dice o la una en punto? At one o'clock.
2. Cmose dice las dos en punto? At two o'clock.
3. T[ate de decir aquy all eningls. Here. There.
4. Puedever Susan a Jim hoy? A qu hora?
Can Susan see Jim today? When, at what time?
Tbate de contestar en inqls.
Yes. Susan can see Ji today at 2 o'clock.
5. Conjugue el verbo ser o estar, to be, en las primeras dos personas
del tiempo presente, yo soy o estoy,t eres o est.s.
I rn. You are.
6. Cmose pregunta en ingls siyo soy o estury?
Am I? Am I?
7. C6mose pregunta en ingls si t eres o estds?
Are you?Are you?
8. Cmose pregunta en ingls siusted es o est.?
Are you? Are you?
9. Cmose pregunta en ingls si uosotrosestdis o sois?
Are you? Are you?
10. Cmose pregunta en ingls sustedes son o estn?
Are you? Are you?
Repita Ia leccin si Io necesita o prosiga a la leccin 2.
Repeat the lesson ifyou need to or go on to lesson 2.
Fin de la leccin 1. End of lesson 1.

lT\rtorl

En ingls escrito se usan mucho las contracciones con eI apstrofo + s


para indicar Ia omisin de una letra. Prepare su odo para entender el
ierbo to be usando contraccionespara omitir el sonidb de la primera
letra del verbo. Primero oir el vefbo sin contraccin y luego ontrado
con el pronombre personal. Let's repeat.
Yo soy o estoy.I an. [pause] I'm. lpausel Repeat. I'rn. lpause]
'I\i eres o ess.
You are, [pause] You're. lpause] Repeat.
You' e. loausel
Fil es o ei:to.H is. LpauselHe's. lpausel Repeat. He's, fpausel
EIIa es o sld. She is. lpausel She's. [pause] Repeat. She's. fpause]
EIIo es o est. It is. fpause] It's, lpause] Repeat. It's. [pauseJ
Nosotros somoso estamoa.We are, lpause] lVe're. [pause] Repeat.
We're. [pause]
Ustedesson o estdn o uosotrossoso estdis.Yot are. lpause] You're.
[pause] Repea. You're. [pause]
Ellos son o estn. They are. fpause] They're. lpausel Repeat.
The/re, [pause]
Ellas son o est,n.They are. [pause] They're. [pause] Repeat.
They're. [pausel
SeccinII. Palabras y expresionesclave del dilogo
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog
dnde where lpause] Repeat. where [pause]
empezarbegin lpauselRepeat. begin lpause]
tomar totake [pausel Repeat. to take lpausei
lr to go [pause] Repeat. to go lpausel
ur to see [pause] Repeat, to see fpause]
72

Well, I became a serious student during my senior year.


[Ttor]
senior year es el cuarto ao en la universidad
No Io creo!T ..- un estudianteserio?
[Susan]
I don't believe it! You , . , a serious student?
lT\rtorl
No te hagas la graciosa, Susan.
[Jim]
You are not funny Susan.
Section V. Comprehension
1. Qu hace Jim en la biblioteca?
What is Jim doing in the library?
Jim estd buscando informacin sobre las escuelasy uniuersidades
locales.
Jim is researching the local schools and universities.
2. Losamigos de Jim hablan ingls?
Do Jim's friends speak English?
S, ellos hablan bastante bien. Yes, they speak pretty well.
3. Cuntos aos tienen los hijos de Miguel?
How old are Miguel's children?
El menor tiene siete aos, eI d,elmedio tiene docey eI mayor tene
diecinueueaos.
The youngest is seven, the middle one is twelve,
and the oldest one is nineteen.
4. Van a ir a la escuela pblica o a Ia escuela particular?
Are they.going to go to public.school,or to.private school?
Los dos nrosmenoresuan a ir a la escuelapblica.
The two younger ones are going to go tb public school.
5. lEI hijo mayor va a asistir a la escuela secundaria?
Is the oldest cFild going.to. go to high school?
No, l Dao ir o Ia uniuersidad.
No, he is going to go to the university.
6. 'What
Que quiere estudiar el hijo mayor?
does the oldest child want to studv?
EI hijo mayor quiere estudiar arquitectura. '
The oldest child wants to study Architecture.
7. Trabaj Susan mientras estaba en la universidad?
Did Susan work while she was in college?
S, trabaj d,urante su segundoy tercer aoi en la uniuersidad.
Yes, she worked during her sophomore and junior year,
8. Fue Jim un estudiante serio cuando estaba en Ia universidad?
Was qlim a serious student when he was in college?
Jim slo fue un estudiante serio en eI cuarto ao en la uniuersidad.
Jim was only a serious student during his senior yeu.
Fin de la ieccin 13. End of lesson 13.

lTtorl

En esta leccin va a aDrender sobre las actividades que se hacen al aire


libre: acampar,ir a la-playa,r a pescar.ir a un parq:uede diversiones.
Aqu se hace un repas d las esiructurs gramticales de lecciones
anteriores al igual que de los tiempos presente, pasado, pretrito perfecto
y lucuro.

69

lSusanl
Oh, right before the Thanksgiving holiday- The children will
be happy to have a few more days of rest before starting
school,
lTirtor]
S, y uaras serLandsdespustendr.n Ia uacacinde Nauidad.
[Jim]
Yes, and a few weeks later they will be going on Christmas
break.
lTtrtorl
As es. Y el mayor?
lSusanl
That's right. So, how about the oldest one?
[Tto]
A l Ie gustara estudar arquitecturd. nenes algunas sugerencas?
Uiml
The oldest one would like to study Architecture.
Any suggestions?
lTtrtorl
Bueno, tal uez debera de asistir a una uniuersdad d'edos aos
primero- Recuerda, I ua a tener que estudiar algunas asignaturas
oblisatorias antes de estudiar arquitectura.
En Estados Unidos hay una opcin econmicaque es estudiar los dos
primeros aos universitarios n un junior coll-ege o coqmunity
ollege pblico antes de transferirse a una universidad de cuatro
aos.
lSusanl
Well. perhaps he should Jttetd a two-vear college first.
Remeinber.'he will have to take certan subjectJthat re
required bfore he studies Architecture,
lT\rtorl
Tienesrazn. Tendr que estudiar ingls, materntcas,biologa. . .
v or obablemente hi storia.
iJiml
You're right. He'll have to study English, Math, Biology . ' .
and probably History.
ITlrtor]
Adems, ahorrar en el costode los estudios. Despusde dos aos se
ouede trasladar a una unuersidad de cuatro aos.
l b us ml
ilesids, he will save on tuition.
After two years he can transfer to a four-year college.
[T\rtor]
Esa es una buena idea! EI podra tambin trabajar durante las
uacacionesde oeranoy ayudar a sus padres a pagar por sus estudios.
lJiml
That's a good idea! He could also work during his summer
vacation and help his parents pay for his tuition.
lT[tor]
Eso es Io que yo hice! No trabaj el primer do, pero s trabaj durante
mi segundoy tercer aos en la biblioteca de msica.
[Susan]
That's what I did! I didn't work in ny foeshman year'
but I worked during rny sophomore and junior years
at the music library.
lTtrtorl
freshman es el nrimer ao en la universidad.
sophomore es e1segundo,aoen la universidad
junior es el tercer ao en la universidad
Yo era muy uago cuarudoestaba en la uniuersidad- Nunca trttbaj
v nuncd estudi. Bueno. me conuert en un estudiante serio durante
bt ttimo do.
lJiml
I was very lazy in college. I never worked and I never studied.
68

pero btt lpause] Repeat. but [pause]


e on lpausel Repeat. on lpause]
un, uno. ana an lpause] Repeat. an [pause]
sla island lpausel Repeat. island [pause]
entonces then lpausel Repeat, then fpausel
barco, bote boat Lpausel Repeat. boat lpausel
to lpausel Repeat. to lpause]
Seccin III. Dilogo Section IIL Dialog
Escuchenos el siguiente diIogo que contiene nuchas
Comencemos. Let's begin.
[sound effects door knocks]

contracciones.

Uiml

Hello.
[Susan]
Hello, Jim, how are you?
Uiml
I'm frne. You're looking good!
ISusan]
T'hank you. Let's see, where can we begin?
Uiml
Well, we're going to take a taxi to go see the Statue of Liberty.
It will cost us three dollars.
[Susan]
But the Statue of Liberty is on an island!
lJiml
Yes, but we're taking a tui to Battery Par\ and then we'll
take a boat to Liberty Island.
[Susan]
Good. I am going to see the Statue of Liberty!
SeccinfV Explicacin del dilogo
Section fV, Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects door knocks]
lTirtorl
Hola.
Uiml
Hello.
[Ttor]
HoIa, Jim, cmoest.s?
[sound effects door openingl
ISusan]
Hello, Jim, how are you?
lT\.rtorl
Estoy bien. Qu bien te ues!
[Jim]
I'm frne. You're looking good!
ITtor]
I'm es la contraccin de I am. You're es la contraccin de you are,
ITtltor]
Gracias. Veamospor dnde podemos empezar?
[Susan]
Thank you. Let's see, where can we begin?
lTtrtorl
Let's es la contraccin de let us, que se usa para indicaciones
u rdenes, por lo que let's see quiere d.ecirueamos.
Si let se halla solo, quiere decir dejar o pennitir.
Bien, uamos d tomar un taxi para ir a uer la Estatua de la Libertad.
Nos costard tres dIares.
[Jim]
Well, we're going to take a taxi to go see the Statue of Liberty.
It will cost us three dollars.
lTlrtorl
'We're
es la contraccin de we are.
IJ

--[Ttor]
Pero la Estatua de la Libertad est en una isla!
lsusanl
But the Statue of Liberty is on an island!
lT\rtorl
S, pero uanos a tomar un tci al parque Battery y luego tomaremos
un barco a la isla Liberty.
lJiml
Yes, but we're taking a taxi to Battery Park and then we'll take
a boat to Liberty Island,
lTtrtor]
IVetre es we are.
We'll es we will, que es el futuro, o sea, we will take equivale a
tomaremos,
Qu bueno. Voy a uer la Estatua de la Libertad!
lSusanl
Good. I am going to see the Statue of Liberty!
IT\rtor]
Esta vez Susan no hizo contra,ccinpues dijo_I am, going, usmdo
el qarticipio presente o gerundio going, que literalment quiere
decr estoyyendo, pero que se usa mucho para indicar algo que uno
va a nacel

SeccinV Comprensin. Section V. Comprehension


1. PuedenJim y Susan ir en barco a la Estatua de la Libertad?
Qan Jim and Susan go by boat to the Statue of Liberty?
Yes,.Iin and Susan en tke a boat to the Statute of
Liberty.
2. C6mose dice cmo ests?
How ue you?
3. Cno se dice estoy bien?
I am fine. O contraido I'm frne.
4. Puedever Susm a Jim hoy? A qu hora?
Can Susan see cfim today? When, at what time?
T[ate de decirlo en inels.
Yes. Susan car see Jim today at 2 o'clock.
5. Conjugue el verbo ser o estar, to be, en las primeras dos personas
del tiempo presente, yo soy o estoy,t eres o ests.
I am. You are.
6. Cmose pregunta en ingls siyo soyo estoy?
Am I? Am I?
7. Cmose pregmta en ingls si t eres o ests?
Are you? Are you?
8. Cmose pregunt en ingls si usted es o esft?
Are you? Are you?
9. Cmose pregunta en ingls si vosotros estis o sois?
Are you? Are you?
10. Cmose pregunta en ingls si ustedes son o estdn?
Are you? Are you?
Fin de la leccin 2. End of lesson 2.

I4

dcsde Venezuela.
Miguel me ha pedido que busque informacin

sobre las escuelas-

uiml
Uy filgn Miguel, his ryife and his children are moving here
from Venezuela. Miguel has asked me to gather some
infomation
about the schools.
lTtrtorl
Elloshablan insls?
i
l S usanl
Do,they speak English?
I lutorl
Ellos hablan bastante bien.
lJiml
They speak pretty well.
lTtrtor]
Que bien! Tal uezte pued.oayudar.
Cuntosaos tienenlos hijos de Miguel?
lbusanl

dreati Maybe I can help you, How old are Miguel's children?
uU torl
El menor tiene siete, el del medio tiene d.ocey el rnayor tiene
alectnueue.
Uiml
The youngest is seven, the middle one is twelve, and the oldest
one rs mnefeen.
[Ttrtor]
,Vana ir a una escuelapblica o a una escuelaparticular?
lSusanl
going to go to public school or to pvate shool?
fr:il""
Los dos menoresuan a ir a la escuelaoblica.
p!.mayor ya se ho groduado de lo secindarial.Jlml
The two yougest
ones are going to go to public school.
The olde3t on has already lrad-uate
fToin high school.
I tuf,orl
Hay_una escuela pblica muy buena a diez millas de aqui.
Se llama "Mornip Star."
(del primero al quinto grad,o) y de sexto
Tiene la escuela pmaria
grado hasta octouo grados, asl que los doi nios"puedei ir juntos.
tJusanl
W_ell, l! ere_is a great public school ten miles away from here.
It's called'.lVloming
Slan"
It has aq elementarz
and a middle school, so both children
can
go togethen
lTutorl
ote qro middle school, que en nuestros pases sera parte
de la escuefa secundana aqu est considerada escuela inlermedia
tmiddle) separada de los srados noveno a duodcimo.
Se lo dir a-Meuel.
lJiml
I'll tell Miguel
about it.
lTtorl
Cudndo IIegan tus omigos?
l5usanl
IVhe.
are your friends
aniving?
lTtrtor]
Dentro d,e dos semanas[Jim]
In two weeks.
lT\rtorl
Ah, justo antes de la celebracin del Da de Accin de Graciqs.
Los nios estardn contentos d.e tener unos d.as ms de descanso antes
dc empezar en la escuelao/

lT\rtorl
lSusanl
When are your foiends aniving?
lJiml
In two weeks.
[Susan]
Oh, right before the Tbanksgiving holiday. The children will
be happy to have a few more days of rest before starting
school.
Uiml
Yes, and a few weeks later they will be going on Christmas
break.
lSusanl
That's right! So, how about the oldest one?
lJiml
The oldest one would like to study Architecture.
Any suggestions?
ISusan]
Well, perhaps he should attend a two.rear college-first.
Remember,-he will have to take certain subjects that are
required before he studies Architecture.
[Jim]
You're right. He'll have to study English, Math, Biology ' . .
and probably History.
ISusan]
Besides, he will save on tuition.
After two years he can transfer to a four-year college'
t
[Jim]
That's a good idea. He could also work during his srrmmer
vacation and help his parents pay for his tuition.
lSusanl
That's what I did! I didn't work in ny freshman year,
but I worked during my sophomore nd junior years at the
rnusic library.
IJim]
i was very lazy in college. I never worked and I never studied.
Well, I beame a serious student during my senior yean
[Susan]
I don't believe it! You . . . a serious student?
lJiml
You are not funny Susan.
Section IV. Explanation of the dialog
lsound effects at the libraryl
lTtorl
Hola, Susan Qu sorpresa!
lJiml
IIi, Susan. What a surrrise!
[Ttor]
Hola, Jim. Quhaces aqu?
lSusanl
Hi, .Iim. What are you doing here?
[Ttor]
Estoy buscando informacin sobre las escuelasy las uniuersdades
ocdles.

lJiml
I'm researching the local schools and colleges.
lT\rtorl
To research quiere decir "investigar o buscar informacin".
;Ah s?
-[Susan]
oh?
IT\rtor]
Mi amgo Miguel, su esposay sus hjos se estn mudando para acri
66

{n

ingls to go quiere decir ir.


Yo uoy. I go. lpause] Repeat. I go. lpause]
lQ o uos uaa o uosotrosuds. You go. fpause] Repeat. You go. lpause]
EI ua. He goes. [pause] Repeat. He goes. [pause]
Ella ua. Slre goes. [pause] Repeat, She goes. [pause]
Ello ua. lt goes. lpause] Repeat. It goes. lpause]
Nosolros oomos.We go. lpause] Repeat. lYe go. lpausel
Ustedesuan o uosotrosuals. You go. lpause] Repeat. You go. lpause]
Ellos o ellas uan. Tbey go. lpause] Repeat. They go. [pause]

To go tmbin se usa para indicar eI futuro. Por eiemplo, para decir


comprar, en espaol podemos decir uoy a compro. Eri ingls es lo
mi:*mo: I am golng t buy que es lo mismo qe decir I w:ilI buy, ambos
indicando accin en ei futuro. Listos?Ready?Adelante. Let's go.
Yo uoy a compra.r.I m going to buy. fpausel Repeat.
I am going to buy. [pausel
Yo comprar. I will buy. [pause] Repeat. I will buy. lpause]
T_o uos uda.a comprar. Jou a1e going to buy. [pause] Repeat.
You are going to buy, [pausel
T o uos comprards. You will buy. [pause] Repeat.
Ypu will buy. fpause]
El uo o aompror. IIe is going to buy. [pausel Repeat.
$e is going to buy. [pause]
EI gomprard. He will buy. lpausel Repeat. He will buy. lpausel
EIIo comprar. It will buy. [pause] Repeat. It will buy. [pause]
EIIo ua a comprar. lt is going to buy. [pauseJRepeat,
It is going to buy, [pausel
Ella ua a corlprdr. She is going to buy. [pause] Repeat.
She is going to buy. fpausel
EIla comprani. She will buy. [pause] Repeat. She will buy. [pause]
Nosotrosudmos a comprar. We are going to buy. [pause] Repat.
We are going to buy. [pausel
Nosoroscorlprarerlos. We will buy. lpausel Repeat.
\{e will buy. lpause]
Ustedesuan o uosotrosuais a comprar. You will buy. lpausel Repeat.
You will buy. lpausel
Ustedescomprar,no uosotroscompraris. You will buy. lpausel
Repeat. Yo will buy. [pause]
Ellos o ellas uan a cotlprar. They are going to buy. [pause] Repeat.
They are going to buy. lpausel
EIIos o ellas comprard.n.They will buy. [pause] Repeat,
They will buy. [pause]
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog.
cuatro fotr lpause] Repeat. four [pausel
estupendogreat lpause] Repeat. geat lpause]
ur to see lpause] Repeat. to see [pause]
Es aquello? Is that it? lpause] Repeat. Is that it? lpause]
bello, bella beautiful [pase] Repe:at. beautiful lpase]
pequ?o,pequealittle [pause]Repeat. little lpausel
estdtud stattle lpause] Repeat. statue [pause]
que that lpause] Repeat. that [pause]
uendiendo selling [pause] Repeat. selling fpause]
slo only [pause] Repeat. only [pause]
si if lpausel Repeat. if [pause]
cuesta costs lpausel Repeat. costs [pause]
menos de less than lpause] Repeat. less than [pause]
I5

----no m(is dE no more than [pause] Repeat. no more than [pause]


nunca r.everlpause] Repeat. never [pause]
oluidar forget [pausel Repeat. forget lpause]
ested,a this day lpause] Repeat. this day [pause]
Iograr, conseguir,lkgar a, obtener to get [pause] Repeat.
to get lpause]
Section III. Dialog
Escuchemosel siguiente dilogo que contiene el uso de to go como verbo
awlliar y going ro en su significado de ir.
[sound effects boat horn blowingl
lJiml
We are going to get to Liberty Island at four o'clock.
[Susan]
Great!
I will get to see the Statue of Liberty!
Is that it?

i.lr-i

Yes, that is it.


Ilere we are.
Let's get off this boat.
[Susan]
That is a beautiful little statue that they are selling.
lJiml
I will buy it for you.
[Susan]
Only if it costs less than*frve dollars!
lJirnj
It'll cost me no more than six dollars.
I'll get it for you.
[Susan]
I will get you a hot dog and a soda.
I will get them for you.
lJirnl
I'll never forget this day!
Section fV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects boat horn blowing]
lTttorl
Llegaremos a la isla Liberty a las cuatro en punto.
lJiml
We are going to get to Liberty Island at four o'clock,
lTtorl
To get es obtener, pero en este caso es lkgar a un sitio.
Estupendo! Voy a lograr uer la Estatua de ld Libertdd! Es aquello?
ISusan]
Great!
I will get to see the Statue of Liberty!
Is that it?
lT\rtorl
En este caso get es lograr, Iograr uer.
S, es aquello. Aqu estamos.Salgamos de estebarco.
lJiml
Yes, that is it.
Ilere we are.
Let's get off this boat.
LT\rtorl
Get off es aDearse.
Es una bella estatuilla Ia oue est.nuendiendo.
l bus ml
ffrat i3 a beautiful little statue that they are selling.
[Thtor]
Te la comprar.
to

En el caso del verbo irregular to speak:


Yo hablo
- I speak
Yo habl - I spoke
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog
Qu hacesaqu? -What are you doing here? lpausel Repeat.
What are you doing here? Lpausel
Hablan inglesl -Do they speak English? lpauseJRepeat.
Do they speak English? [pausel
Hablan bastante bien. --They speak pretty well. lpause] Repeat.
They speak pretty well. lfauiel
escuelaprimaria - elementary school [pause] Repeat,
elementarr school fpause]
escuelasecundaria -lrigh school fpause] Repeat.
high school lpausel
precio de Ia enseanza- tuition lpausel Repeat. tuition [pause]
ambos -bolh [pause] Repeat. both [pausef
jqntos - together lpause] Repeat, together [pause]
descanso- rest lpausejRepeat. rest lpausel
biblioteco - libr'ry lpusei Repeat. library lpausel
asignatura - subject lpausel Repeat. subject lpause]
msica - nwsie LpauselRepeat. nusic lpausel
matemticas * math lpause] Repeat. math lpause]
biologa -biology [pause] Repeat. biology [pause]
historia -history [pause] Repeat. history [pause]
Section lII. Dialog
[sound effects at the libraryj
[Jim]
Hi Susan. What a surrrise!
ljusanl

Hi, m.

Ilhat

I'm researching
l s us anl

are you

doing

the local

here?

schools

and colleges.

oh?
Uiml
My friend Miguel, his wife and his children are moving here
from Venezuela, Miguel has asked rne to gather some
information about the schools.
[Susan]
P_9tF.v speak English?
lJrml

ffi:"".T."n

prettywell.

Great! Maybe I can help you. How old are Miguel's children?
l.Jrml

The youngest is seven, the niddle one is twelve, and the oldest
one ls nlneteen.
lSusanl
Are they going to go to public school or to private school?
l.Jrml

the-t*o youngest ones are going to go to public school.


The oldest one has already gtaduated foom high school.
lSusanl
So he will be a college freshrnan then?
lJiml
Yes.
ISusan]
Well, there is a gyeat public school ten miles away from here.
It's called Morning Sta It has an elementary and a middle
school, so both children can go togethen
Uiml
I'll tell Miguel about it.
65

Section V. Comprensin
1. ,..Cul es la estacin preferida de Jim?
.
iVhat is Jim's favoiite
season?
La estacin oreferida de Jim es la primauera.
Jim's favoiite
season is spring.
2. La primavera es la estacin preferida de Susan?
season?
Is spring Susan's favorite
No.7a primauera no es Ia estacin preferida de Susan.
Et otoo es su estacin preferido.
season.
No, spring is not Susan's favorite
Fall is her favorite
season.
3. Por qu le gusta a Susan ei otoo? Why does Susan like fall?
Porqui le gista uer las hojas cambiar de color y el tiempo fresco.
Bec'ause he kes to se'e the leaves chang color nil the
cool weathen
4. A qu hora tiene Jim que regresar a su,trabajo? At what time
iloes Jim need to go back to work? El tiene que regresar a las
2
en punto- He has to go back at 2 o'clock.
5. Hasta qu hora trabaja Jim a veces?
Until what time does Jim work sometimes?
Jim a ueces trabaia hasta las siete o las ocho de Ia noche.
works until seven or eight p.m.
Jim sometimes
6. Cundo va Jim de vacaciones?
When is Jim going on vacation?
Jim ua de uacaciones el ao prximo en el mes de julio.
next year in JuIy'
Jim is going on vacation
7. A dnde va Jim de vaeaciones?
Where is Jim going on vacation?
Jim ua a ir a Australa. Jim is going to go to Australia.
8. Adnde se reune Susan con su familia anualmente?
'Where
with her family annually?
does Susan get together
Susan se reune con su familia en Las Vegas anualmente.
in Las Vegas annually.
with her fanily
Susan gets together
9. A quin ve Susan semanalmente?
Who does Susan see weekly?
Susan ue a su hermana Sandy semanalmenfu.
Susan sees her sister Sandy weekly.
10. Camina Jim desde su casa hasta la oficina?
Does Jirn walk fron his house to his office?
S, Jim camna desde su casa hasta Ia oficina.
Yes,.Iim
walks foom his house to his office.
Fin de ]a leccin 12. End oflesson

12,

ITtor]

En ingls la mayora de los adverbios y los adjetivos de una slaba


forma"n el superiativo anadiendo -est l frnal.-Por ejemplo:
jmn
-uiejo -young - old

misjouenqre-yotxtger
mtii uiejo que - older

el,misjougn-theyoupgest
el mds uiejo -the oldest

En esta leccin estudiar ciertos verbos regulares: to study, to lem.


Como ya se ha visto en lecciones anteriores, los
to attend, to research.
verbos regulares en ingls tienen la terminacin -ed en el pasado. Por
eJempl.o:
Yo aprendo
Yo isisto
64

-Ilearn
- I attend

Yo aprend -llearned
Yo rsist
- I attended

lJimj
I will buy it for you.
lTtrtorl
SIo si cuesta tnenosde cinco dlares!
'lsusanl
Only if it costs less than five dollars!
lTtorl
No me costar ms de sesdlares- Te la regalar.
lJiml
It'll cost me no more than six dollars,
I'll get if for you.
[Ttor]
Yo te comprar un peto caliente y un refresco.Te los cornprar.
lSusanl
I will get you a hot dog and a soda.
I will get then for you.
[T\rtor]
I will get you es literalmente yo te conseguir.
I will get them for you sera yo los conseguirpara ti.
Nunca se me oluidard esteda!
lJiml
I'll never forget this day!
Section V. Comprehension
1. ,:Aqu hora llesarn Susan y Jim a la Estatua de Ia Libertad?
iVhn will Suan and Jim- arrive at the Statue of Liberty?
A las cuatro o.m.
Susan and iim will anive at the Statue of Liberty
at four P.M.
2. QuIeva acomprarJim aSusan?
What is Jim going to buy for Susan?
Una Estatua de Ia Libertad.
A Statue of Liberty.
Jim is going to buy a Statue of Liberty for Susan.
3. Cunto le costar la estatua a Jim?
How much will the statue cost Jim?
Menos de seis dlares.
The statue will cost Jin less than six dollars.
4. ;.Cules el orecioque Susan quiere que Jim pague por la estatua?
iVhat is th cost Susan warits so iim can buy the statue?
No ms de cinco dlares.
No more than five dollars.
5. Qule va a comprar Susan a Jim?
What is Susan going to buy for Jim?
Un perro caliente y un refresco.
Ahot dog and a soda.
o.
Le comprar Jim el peno caliente y el refresco a Susan?
\{ill.Iin
buy the hot dog and the soda for Susan?
No, Susan Ie ua a comprar el perro caliente y eI reftesco a Jtm
No, Susan will buy the hot dog and the soda for Jim'
Cmo es la estatua?
How is the statue?
La estatua es bella.
The statue is beautiful.
8. Se le olvidar este da a Jim?
Will Jim forget this day?
No. Jim nunca oluidar este da.
No, Jim will never forget this day.
Cunto le cost la estatua a Jim?
IIow much did it cost Jin?
Menos de seis dlares.
Less than six dollars,
10. Cmo se puede decir-

t7

te Io uctya conseguir o te lo conseguir?


I will get it for you.
I am going to get it for you.
Fin de la ieccin 3. End of lesson 3.

[T\rtor]

Would, c_ould y should corresponden al modo condicional simple en


espaol. Este modo indica una accin futura que no se ha realiado
todava.
Would es eI condicional de will.
Could es el condicional de can.
Should es el condicional de shall.
Al mismo tiemDo estas palabras indican cortesa en inels.
IYouId indica voluntad. oor eiemnlo:
Would you like a soda? Dseaita un reflescol
Could indica capacidad, por ejemplo:
Could you han-d me t foik?'Me pod,ra alcanzar ese tened,or?
Should indica deber. por ejemplo:
Should I make a res'erutioir
at Tonv's Grill?
Debero de hocer uno reseruo"en el Tony's Grilll
Escuche las siguientes palabras y a continuacin
would
fpauselcould
[iausel shbuld lpausel
Section
Pnmero
ingls.

reptalas.

Repeat.

II. Key words alnd phrases from the dialog


va a escuchar la frase en espaol y despus su equivalente

l.Jrml

No,.iny brother Jeff and three of my best friends are going


wih e.
[Ttor]
Eso parece diuertido! Mi madre, primas y tas ! yo nos reunimos
onualnente en Las Vegas.Hablamos muho y nos remos mucho.
Mi hermona Sandy y yo nos reunimos semaalmente.
lSusanl
that sounds like fun! My mother, my cousins and my auts
gather yearly in Las Vegas. We talk a lot and we laugh a lot.
$y sister Sandy and I get together weekly.
I lutorl
jqua iora es Susan?
lJiml
Susan. what time is it?
IThtor]
E^sIa una y diez. Puedesqued,arteun poquito ms de tiempo, no?
ljusanl

en

;_Quisieras cale? Would you like some coffee? lpausel Repeat.


Would you like some coffee? lpausel
Uno taza de caf. One cuo ofcoffee.
loausel Reneat.
One cup of cdffee. lpaus-el
)Cudntas rebanadas de nan toslado ouieres?
How many slices of tast do you want? [pause] Repeat.
How many slices of toast do you want? l-pausel
De nada. You're welcome.
[pause] Repeat. You're welcome.
lpausel
Esta-frase lileralmente
quiere decir "eres bienvenido", sin embargo es
una frase coloquial que quiere decir "de nada".
necesto pan tostado. I need some toast. lpausel Repeat.
I need some toast. [pausel
un dolor de estmago an upset stomach
[pause] Repeat.
an upset stomach
fpause]
no Io recomendarn I would not recommend
it. [pause] Repeat,
I would not recommend
it. [pause]
qu
no? w.hV not? lpausilRepeat.
why not?.lpausel
por
El serulcto no lue muy bueno.'Ilre service was not very good.
lpausej Repeat. The service was not very good. [pausel
tnesera / mesonera hostess [pause] Repeat. hstess lpausel
por lo menos at least. lpaus-el Repeat-. at least [pau'eJ
claro que sr? You better believe it! lpause] Repeat.
You better believe it! [pause]
Note que esta.es una expresin coloquial y quq hay otras maneras d.e
expresar la misma idea que se vern en otras lecciones.
dejar to leave lpausej R^epeat. to leave lpausel

18

[Susan]
But you j,ust started a new job. When are you going on
vaation?
[Ttorl
Ah, no trasta el ao que viene. El verano prximo, enjulio, yoy a u a
Austraiia.
lJiml
Oh, not until nex yean
Next summer, in July I will be going to Australia.
lT[torl
;Vas a ir solo?
tDusanl
ygn going by yourself?
frr"
truEorl
N_o,ni hermano Jeff y tres de mis mejoresamigos uan conmigo.

en.You can stay a ttle longer, can't you?


Iifr#i,
Fijesequepara enfatizarla preguntaen ingls,serepiteel verbo

anaolendo el nesauvo.
que cruzar eI parque pdrd llegar hasta mi oficina.
""rt
fj;ii^
Yes. Ijust have to walk across the park to get to my office.
IT\rtor]
Caminas desdetu casa hasta la oficina?
ISusan]
Do yoq walk from your house to your office?
lTtorl
S.Asr'es como ha4o mi eiercicio diario. Sin embarqo. no nienso hacerIo en el inuierno, slo cuando eI tiempo est tenplao.
Ulml
Yes. That's how I get my daily exercise. I don't plan to do it in
the vinter though, only when it's warm out.
fT\rtorl
.Tencuidad,ocon esashormigas! Seestdn comiend.otu sdndwich!
liusanl
Se car-eful with those ants! They are eating your sandwich!
lTtrtorl
Vamosa d.ar una uuelta antes de regresar al trabajo.

uiml

lj:t's take a walk before going back to work.


I lutorl
Buena idca!
[Susan]
Good idea!

63

-----lTtorl
Qupena que tengo que regresar aI trabajo a Ia dos en punto.
lJiml
It's too bad I have to go back to work at 2:00 o'clock.
lT\rtorl
Fijese que la frase It's too bad es ula expresin coloquial que indica
qu rnalo, qu ldstima, qu pena.
Ya s,pero slo son las d,ocey cuarto. Tienessuficiente tiempo para
relajarte y disfrutar del almuerzo.
[Susan]
f know, but it's only 12:15. You have plenty of time to relax and
eat your lunch.
[Ttor]
Necestorelajarme. Tlabajo muchas horas en mi nueuo trobajo.
A uecestrabaio hasta las siete o las ocho de Ia noche.
l Jrml
I need to relax. I work a lot of hours at my new job.
Sonetimes I work until seven or eight p.m.
lTlrtorl
A qu hora empiezasa trabajar?
lSusanl
At what time do you start working?
IT\rtor]
Normalmente ernpiezoa las ochoy nedia, y Ia mayora de los d,as
como el alrnuerzo en Ia oficina.
[Jrm]
I normally start at eight-{hirty,
and most days I eat lunch in
ny office.
[Tfrtor]
Yo nunca como el alnuerzo en Ia oficina.
[Susan]
I never eat lunch at the ofce.
lTtorl
E ntonces, soles diariam,ente ?
lJiml
So, you go outside daily?
IT\rtor]
Tod,oslos d,asa las doce tomo ni alnuerzo y uoy a sentarme afuera
una hora -oor lo menos.
lSusanl
Every day at noon I take my lunch and go sit outdoors for at
least an hour.
lTtrtor]
ilncluso
en inuierno?
-[Jim]
Even in the winter?
lTutorl
Bueno, en d,iciembre,eneroy febrero, si hace rnuchofro almuerzo en Ia
cafetera.
Cfeteria en ingls se usa solamente cuando el cliente puede colocil
la comida en su bandeja 1solo. EI equivalente acafeteia en espaol
sera coffeeshop, caf o diner.
ISusan]
lYell, in Decenber, Januarz, and Februar1, if it's very cold I eat
lunch at the cafeteria.
lTtorl
Nopuedo esperar hasta ms uacaciones!
[Jim]
I can't wait to have a vacation!
lT\rtorl
Pero acaba de ernpezar un nueuo trabajo. Cundo uas de uacaciones?

62

propina tip. lpause] Repeat. tip [pause]


probar to try [pause] Repeat. to try [pause]
Es mejor /mds uale que te uayas ahora. Yoabetter go now [pause]
Repeat. You better go now [pause]
Vas a llegar tarde aI trabajo. You are going to be late for work.
[pause] Repeat. You are going to be late for work. lpause]
Section III. Dialog
[sound effects kitchen]
[Susan]
Good morningr.fim. Would you like some coffee?
lJiml
Yes, One cup of coffee would be nice.
And also. I need some toast.
liusanl
Sure. IIow many slices do you want?
lJiml
I\vo. Thanks.
[Susan]
You're welcome. Would you like anrthing else?
[Jiml
No. I still have an upset stomach fron last night's dinnen
lSusanl
Did you go to Burger Hut or to ChefMaurice?
lJiml
I went to t|ae Burger Hu, but I would not recommend it to
anyone.
lSusanl
lVhy not?

uiml

Well, the service was not very good. The hostess made us wait
for over seven minutes, and we could not order drinks because
they had run out of everrthing we wanted.
lSusanl
But at least the food was good?
tJiml
No! My cheeseburger waa greasy, my fries were cold, Fred's
mashed potatoes were lumpy, George found a fly in his hot
dog, and each rreal cost over eight dollars!
ISusan]
No!!!
lJiml
You better believe it!
ISusan]
So I'm guessing you did not leave a very good tip.
lJiml
You are guessing right,
lSusanl
How much money did you leave?
lJiml
One dollar and nine cents! IIa, ha, ha. But today lunch will be
good. I'm going to try that neq deli on Magnolia Street.
lSusml
h, I hear they have gleat pork chops, delicious soups,
and homemade apple pie. And that reminds me...
I have to bake an apple pie for my book club tonight.
Would you pass me those apples, please?
fJiml
These?
[Susan]
Yes. and that bowl over there.
[Jim]
This yellow bowl?
19

[Susan]
Yes, Jim. You better

go now. You are going

to be late for work.

Section fV. Explanation


of the dialog
fsould effects kitchen]
lTtrtorl
Buenos,dias. Jim. Quieres caf?
lbusanl
Good moming,
Jim. Would you like some coffee?
ITtrtorl
Would siempre aparece al lado de un verbo en la forma infrnitiva.
"Some coffee" no especifica la cantidad, sino indica "un poco de".
Aprender a decit necesito, I need es lo primero que tiene que saber en
ingls, ta1 como los bebs, nos comunicamos para resolver problemas y
conseguir cosas. I want, yo quiero es otra frase muy socorida.
S, una taza d,e caf estara bien. Y tambin necesito pan tostado[Jim]
Yes. One cup of coffee would be nice.
And also. f need some toast.
[Ttrtor]
Por supuesto. Cuntas rebanad.as quieres?
[Susan]
Sure. How nany slices do you want?
lT\rtorl
i)os. dracias.
lJiml
TWo. Thanks,
lTtrtorl
De nada. Quisieras algo ms?
ISusan]
You're welcome.
Would you like any.thing
else?
lTtorj
Recuerde que esta es una frase coloquial que quiere decir de nada y
no "eres bienvenido".
No. Todaua tengo un dolor de estmago de Ia cena de anoche.
[Jim]
No, I still have an upset stomach from last nightt dinner.
lT\rtorl
ote que Ia partcula's
al final de night indica posesivo.
Aqu "Ia cena de anoche" se dice invirtiendo el orden en ingls:
night's
dinnen"
EI posesivo que usa apstrofo's tambin se
"last
explicar en detalle en lecciones posteriores.
Fuiste a Burger Hut o a Chef Maurice?
lSusml
Did you go to t}re Burger Hut or to ChefMaurice?
lTtrtorl
Fui o Burger Hut. pero no se Io recomendara a nodie,
lJ lm l
i went to the Burger Hut, but I would not recommend
it to
anyone.
lTtorl
Por qu no?
ISusan]
Why not?
lTtorl
Bien, el seruicio no estuuo muy bueno. La mesera nos hizo esperar
mas de siete minutos, y no pudimos pedir bebid.as porque se les
habon ocobodo todailas que quermosIIiml
Well, the seroice was not very good. The hostess made us wait
for over sbven minutes,
and w could not order drinks because
they had run out of ever''thing
we wanted.

20

[Jim]
I can't wait to have a vacation!
[Susan]
But you just started a new job! When are you going on
vacation?
uiml
Oh, hot r 4til next year. Next summer, in July I will be going
to Australia.
lSusanl
Are you going by yourself?
lJiml
No, my brother Jeff and three of rny best foiends are going
with me.
ISusan]
That sounds like fun! My mother, my cousins, my aunts and I
gather annually in Las Vegas. lVe talk a lot and we laugh a lot.
My sister Sandy and I get together weekly.
lJiml
Susan, what time is it?
[Susan]
It's one ten. You can stay a little longer, can't you?
Uiml
Yes. I just have to walk across the puk to get to my office.
[Susan]
Do you salk from your house to your office?
[Jim]
Yes. Ttrat's how I get my daily exercise. I don't plan to do it in
the winter though, only when it's warm out.
lSusanl
Be careful with those ants! They are eating your smdwich!
Uiml
Let's take a walk before going back to work.
ISusan]
Good idea!
Section fV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects at the park]
lTUtorl
Qu bello da de primauera!
LSusanl
What a beautiful spring day!
lTtrtor]
Es eI da perfectopara una comida aI aire lbre. Gracias por
Lnuttarme.
[Jiml
It's the perfect day for a picnic. Thank you for inviting me.
lTtorl
Mira esasrosas blancas dctrds de ti . . . cth,y mira los tulipanes
amarillos al lado de los robls.Son preciosos!
lSusanl
Look at those white roses behind you . . . oh, and look at the
yellow tulips next to the oak trees. They are gorgeous!
ITiltor]
Sabasque mi estacnpreferida es la prmauera?
LJiml
Did you know that my favorite season is spring?
lT\rtorl
De uerdad? Me encanta Ia primauera, pero mi estacinpreferida es eI
otooMe gusta uer las hojas cambiar de color y me gustd el tiempo fresco.
[Susan]
Really? I love spring, but my favorite season is fall, I like to
see the leaves change colors and I like the cool weather.
ol

---r

Escuche los siguientes adverbios y reptalos despusde la pausa:


d.iariamente --dailv lpausel Repat. dailv-weekly
[pase]
semanalmente- welily lpausel Repeat.
lpause]
monthly
mensualnente - monttLl)' lpause] Repeat.
[pause]
trimestralmente - quartrly [pause] Repeat. quarterly lpause]
anualmente - annually fpausl Repeat. annually [pausel
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog
Que da mtis bello! - What a beautiful day! lpause] Repeat'
What a beautiful day! [pause]
ross - roses lpausel Repeat. roses [pause]
tulipanes - tulips lpause] Repeat. tullps [pausel
robles - oak trees [pausel Repeat. oak trees [pausel
liqlas como tde los ibolesl - laves lpausel Reieat. leaves lpause
Mi estacin preferida es . . . - My favorite season is [pausel
Repeat. My favorite season is [pause]
fro - cold Ipausel Repeat. cold [pausel
templaclo - warm lpausel epeat. warm lpausel
fresco - cool lpause] Repeat. cool lpause]
uacacin - vacation lpause] Repeat' vacation lpausel
sounds like fun! [pausel Repeat.
;Eso parecedioertido!:That
That- sounds like fun! lpausel
reunirse - to gather lpausel Repeat. to gather [pause]
reirse - to laugh lpause] Repeat. to laugh lpausel
hormigas - ants lpause] Repeat. ants lpausel
Section III. Dialog
lsound effects at the park, birds singing, etcl
lSusanl
What a beautiful spring day!
[Jim]
It's the perfect day for a picnic. Thank you for inviting me.
lSusanl
Look at those white roses behind you. . . oh, and look at the
yellow tulips next to the oak trees. They are gorgeous!
lJiml
Did you know that my favorite season is spring?
[Susan]
Really? I love spring, but my favorite season is fall. I like o
see te leaves change color and I like the cool weather'
lJiml
It's too bad I have to go back to work at 2:00 o'clock.
lSusanl
I know, but it's only 12:15. You have plenty of time to relax and
eat your lunch.
[Jim]
I need to relax. I work a lot of hours at my new job.
Sometimes I work until 7:00 or 8 P.m.
lSusanl
At wha time do you start working?
lJiml
Normally I start at 8:30, and most days I eat lunch in my ofce.
[Susan]
I never eat lunch at the office.
lJiml
So, you go outside daily?
ISusan]
Yes. Every day at noon I take my lunch and go sit outdoors for
at least an houn
fJiml
Eve in the winter?
lSusanl
Well, in Decenbe4 January, and February if it is very cold I
eat lunch at the cafeteria.
60

lTtrtorl
Made es el pasado irregular deto m,ake, hacer.
To have run out es el pretrito perfecto de to run ottt, acabarse
;Pero aI menos Ia comid,aestuoobuena?
tDusanl
Bu at least the food was good?
lT\rtorl
No! Mi hamburguesa con quesoestabagrasienta, las papas fritas
'estaban
fras, et fur de pafas de Fred tnia grumos, Gerge'encontr
und mosca en su petro caliente y cada comid,acost rn,sde ocho
d.lares!
Uiml
No! My cheeseburger was greasy, my fries were cold, Fred's
mashed potatoes were lurnpy, George found a fly in his hot dog
and each meal cost over eight dollars!
lTtorl
My es el adjetivo posesivo equivalente a Ia primera persona del
srngutar.
o!!!
lSusanl
No!!!
ITutor]
Claro que s!
lJiml
You better believe it!
lT\rtorl
Esta es una expresin coloquial ms enftica que decir por ejemplo:
sure o decir of course.
Entoncesme imagino que no d,ejasteuna propina rnuy buena?
[Susan]
So I'm guessing you did not leave a very good tip?
lTutorl
So puede querer decir: asl que o entonces,que suen mejor en este
caso en espaol. To guess quiere decir odiuinar o en ciertos casos
SUpOnero Lmagandf.
Adiuinaste bien.
lJiml
You are guessing right.
ITutor]
Cunto dinero dejaste?
lSusanl
How much money did you leave?
lTUtorl
Un dlar y nueuecentduosJa, ja, ja ja! Pero eI almuerzo d,ehoy ser
bueno. Voy a probar el nueuo delicatessenen Ia calle Magnolia.
lJiml
ne-dollar and nine cents! Ha, ha, ha! But today lunch will be
good. I'n going to try that new deli on Magnolia Street.
lTtrtor]
I'm going to try ya se explic en la leccin 3. Es una manera de
expresar el futuro. Lunch will be good tambin es el futuro, y se
exolic en Ia leccin 3.
Oh, he od,odecir que tienen chuletas d,epuerco muy buenas, sopas
deliciosasy pastel de manzana casero.Y eso me recuerda ... tengo que
hornear un pastel de mareana para mi club de lectura esta noche.
Mepodrai pasar esasmanzaas. por fauor?
lSusanl
Oh, I hear they have great pork chops, delicious sonps,
and homemade apple pie. And that reminds me ...
I have to bake an apple pie for my book club tonight.
Would you pass me those apples, please?
[Thtor]
tEstds?

2L

lJiml
These?
LTtorl
En este casothese es un pronombre y quiere decir stas.
S, y aquel tazn que est aII.
lSusanl
Yes, and that towl over there.
lTtrtor]
That es un adjetivo demostrativo en este caso pues va seguido de un
sustantrvo.
tEste tazn amarillo?
l Jlml

this yellow bowl?


[T\ltor]
This aparece aqui como adietivo demostrativo. Estos adjetivos
demostrativos eitn directmente relacionados con los adverbios de
hgar: aquL alli v allci. This (here) es el ms cercano a Ia persona
qu-ehabia. That'(there) es el ms lejano a la persona que habla.
Mientras en espaol hay tres grados de distancia, de la ms cercana a
la ms lejana (qu, atli y aIIa1, en ingls slo hay dos grados this,
that.
S, Jim- Es mejor que te uayas ahora.
Vas a llegar tardc aI trabajo.
ISusan]
Yes Jim. You better go now.
You are going to be late for work,
n
SectionV. Comprehension
L. ;Curinto pan tostadonecesilabaJim?
How mny slices of toast did Jim need?
Jim necesitabados tostadas.
Jim wanted two slices of toast.
2. A dnde fue Jin a comer anoche?
Where did Jim go for dinner last night?
Jim fue a Burger Hut..Iim went to Burger Hut,
3. iEra buena la comida en Burger Hut?
iVas the food good at Burg-er Hut?
No, Ia comida no era buena en Burger Hut.
No, the food was not good al Burger Hut'
4. )Ou pidi Jim en el Burqer Hut?
Whai id .Iim order adBurger Hut? lpatsel
Jim pidi una hamburgueso con quesoJ papas ftitas.
.Iim'ordered a cheesburger and fries.5. qu encontr Jim en su peno caliente?
What did George find in his hot dog? Georgeencontr un(r
mosca en su perro caliente.
George found a fly in his hot dog.
6. DejJim una buenapropina en Burger Hul?.
Did Jim Ieave a good iip at Burgr Hut?
No, Jim no dej ulo buenpropina en Burger HuL
No, Jin did irot leave a jood tip at Bulger Hut,
7. ;Que tieneoue hornear Susanpara esta nochel
What does Susan have to bke for tonight?
Susan tiene que hornear un pastel de manzanas para esta noche.
Susan has tb bake an aple pie for tonight.8. De qu color es el tazn di'Susn? What co-lor is Susan's bowl?
El tazn de Susan es amarillo. Susan's bowl is yellow.
Fin de Ia leccin 4. End of lesson 4.

lTtorl

Qu hora s? se dice What time is it?


Es la una en punto. It's one otclock.
Son las dos en Dunto. It's two otclock.
Son las dos y cuarto. It's two fifteen.
Para indicar las horas de la maana se dice la hora sezuida de a.m.
Por ejemplo: Son las diez d,e la maana.
It's ten a.n. o It is ten in the morning.
Para incar las horas de la tarde y de la noche se dice la hora segrrida
de p,m.
Por.ejemplo: Son las ocho de lo noche.It's eight p.m.
Es Io una J cuorento o son los dos menos ueite.
It's one forty o It's twenty
to two.
Son las siete y cudrentd y cinco o son las ocho tnenoa cudrto.
It's seven forty-five
o lt's a quarter
to eight.
Son las d.os y cincuenta y cinco o son las tres menos cinco.
It's two fifty-five
o lt's five to three.
Ias doce dpl da - noon
la medianoche - midnight
Escuche las siguientes palabras y frases, y repta1as a continuacin:
Que da es-- What day is it? lpausel-Reieat.
What day is it? [pause]
lunes - l[,Ionday [pause] Repeat. Monday
[pause]
martes -T\tesd,ay
lpause] Repeat. T\resday fpause]
mircoles - Wednesday
[pause] Repeat. Wednesday
lpause]
jzeues - Thursday
lpausel Repeat. Thursday
lpausel
uiernes - Friday
fpausel Repeat. Friday
lpausel
sbado - Saturday
lpausel Repeat. Saturday
lpausel
domingo - Sudaj'
[pause[ Refreat. Sunday ipausel
la
d,e
hoy?
What's
today's date? lpause] Repeat.
C_ul.es
fecha
What's today's date? Lpausel
En qu mes-estamosl -'lVhai month is it? lpause] Repeat.
What month is it? lpauseJ
enero - Jantary
lpausel Repeat. elanuary lpausel
lpausel Repeat. February
febrero -Febntary
[pausel
marzo - ]larc}r [pause] ft,sps. March
lpausel
abril - Aptrl [pausel Repet. April [pausel
mayo -May
[pause] Repeat, May [pause]
junio - June lpausel Repeat. June lpausel
julio - Jtly lpusel Rep-eat. July lpusel
agoso - August lpause] Repeat. August lpausel
sepliembre - September lpausel Repeat. September
lpausej
oalubre - October fpausel Repeat. October lpausel
nouiembre - November
Lpausel Repeat. Novmber
[pause]
diciembre - December lpausel Repeat. December Ipiusel
Tanto los das de la semana como los meses del ao siemnre
comienzan en mavscula en inels.
Las estaciones - the season lpause] Repeat. the seasons
ocro no - summer
lpause] Repeat. summer
lpausel
otono - fall lpause] Repeat, fll lpausel
inuierno - winter lpause] Repeat. winter lpausel
primouera - spring lpausel Repeat. spring fpausel

[pause]

Un oduerbio es una palabra que se usa para modifrcar un verbo, un


adjetivo u otro adverbio. Puee indicar mo, cu,ndo, d,nd.e, caa cu.nto tiempo o qu cantidad.
Por jempio: Ella lee rpid,amente. She reads quickly.

59

[T\rtor]
Por supuesto-Gracias. A propsito, cmote ua en tu trabajo?
[Susan]
Of course. Thank you. By the way, how is your job going?
ITtor]
Te iba a decir . . . ehen . . . me desnidieron el nartes nasado.
Uiml
I was going to tell you . . . ehem . . . I was frred last Thesday.
lTtrtorl
Ay no! Eso es terrible!
[Susan]
Oh no! That's terrible!
IT\rtor]
No te preocupes.Empec a buscar un nueuo trabajo el mircoles.
Tenqo una entreuista el uierrues.
tJlml

i)or;t wo"rr. I started looking for a new job on Wednesday.


I have an interview on Fridav.
ITtrtor]
Te d,arn el trabajo, Jim. Eres un contador con experiencia.
ISusan]
You'll get the job .Iim. You are an experienced accountant.
lTtrtorl
Tienesrazn. Ya tengo ueintidos aos de experiencia.
lJiml
That's right, I already have twenty-two years of experience.
Sec\ion V. Comprehensio
1. Aqu se dedica Ia hermana de Susan?
What does Susan's sister do for a living?
La hermana de Susan es atna de casaSusan's sister is a housewife.
2. Est buscando trabajo la hermana de Susan?
Is Susan's sister looking for ajob?
S, ella estuibuscando trabajo.
Yes, she is looking for a job.
3. Quhabilidades tiene la hermana de Susan?
lVhat job skills does Susan's sister have?
ElIa sabe escribr a mquina, archiuar, utlizar programas
de computadora y comunicarse bien con Ia gente.
She can type, file, use computer programs,
and she communicates well with people,
4- Qu tipo de trabajo podra encontrar la hermana de Susan?
What kind of job could Susan's sister frnd?
Podra encontrar un trabajo dc recepcionistao de secretara.
She could find ajob as a receptionist or a secretary.
5. Qu Ie gustara ser a la sobrina de Susan?
What would Susan's niece like to be?
A eIIa le gustara ser crtica culinaria.
She would like to be a restaurant writer.
6. Quhabilidades tiene la sobrina de Susan?
What job skills does Susan's niece have?
Ella es buena en la cocina. Sabe cocinar muy bien.
She is good in the kitchen. She can cook really well.
7. AJim leva bien en su trabajo?
Is Jim's job going well?
No. a Jin Io desnidieron.
No. Jim was fiied.
8. Jim tiene experiencia de contador?
Does.Iim have exrerience as an accountant?
S. l es un contablecon experiencia.
Yes, he is an experienced accountant.
Fin de la leccin 11. End of lesson 11.
5at

lTtorl

En esta leccin va a distinguir entre los pronombres personales


(que se estudiaron en la leccin 1), los adjetivos posesivosy los
pronombres reflexivos. Recuerde que los pronombres personales en
ingls son: I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they. Los adjetivos posesivosen
ingls son: my, your, his, her, our, thein
Escuche los adjetivos posesivosen ingls e intente repetir cada uno de
ellos durante la pausa. Despus puede retroceder y repefirlos de nuevo.
m.i - my lpausel Repeat. my [pause]
iu, tus - yotr [pause] Repeat. your fpause]
de eIIa, su, szs - her [pause] Repeat. her [pause]
de 1,su, ss - his lpausel Repeat. his [pause]
nuestro, nuestros, nuestra, nuestras - our [pause] Repeat. our
Lpausel
uuestro o suyo -yowr lpause] Repeat. your fpause]
de ellos, de ellas, su - their [pause] Repeat. their [pause]
Obsene que en ingls se utiliza el mismo adjetivo posesivopara
acompaar un sustantivo singular o plural, y que a diferencia del
espaol no se distingue entre femenino y masculino. Por ejemplo: ![
hijo juego bisbol. My son plays baseball. Mis anigas quieren jugar
fenrs. My friends want to play tennis.
En ingls los pronombres reflexivos son: nyself, yourselt himself,
herselt ourselves, yourselves, themselves.
Escuche cada uno de los pronombres reflexivos en ingls y despustrate
de repetir cada uno de ellos durante la pausa.
me - myself lpausel Repeat. myself lpause]
le - yourself [pause] Repeat yourself lpausel
//) se - himself lpauselRepeat, himself [pausel
(ella) se -herself LpauselRepeat. herself fpause]
nos - ourselves lpauselRepeat. ourselves [pausel
(uosotros)os - yourselves [pause] Repeat. yourselves lpause]
(ustedes)se - yourselves [pause] Repeat. yourselves fpause]
(ellos/ ellas) s - themselves lpausel Repeat. thenselv-es lpause]
Note que Ia forma de expresar las accionesreflexivas en espaol no
siempre coincide con la forma de expresarlas en ingls. Por ejemplo:
[9lauo los dentes. I brush my teeth. Me peino. I comb my hir.
qyg se dice en ingls que "me cepillo (no lavo) mis dientes
9
tno"gu
los o1enf,esi.
Pero en ciertos casosel reflexivo en ingls,funciona como en espaol.
Por ejemplo: Yo qglauo, I wash myself. El s_glesion.He hurt hilnself, En otros casosel pronombre reflexivo en ingls se utiliza para
aadir nfasis, por ejemplo: Lo hice yo mismo, | id it rnyself.
Section II. Key words md phrases from the dialog
En qu puedo ayudarlo? How may I help you? lpause] Repeat.
How may I help you? [pausel
Cuciles su deporte fouorito! What is your favorite sport? lpausel
Repeat. What is your favorite sport? [pausel
Mi deporte fauorito es eI baloncesto-My favorite sport is basketball, fpause] Repeat. My favorite sport is basketball. [pause]
Bisol. Baseball lpause] Repeat, Baseball. lpausel
Bate. Bat lpausel Repeat. Bat. [pause]
Guante de receptor.Catcher's mitt [pause] Repeat,
Catcher's mitt. lpause]
5

Juega l en un equipo? Does he play on a team? [pausel Repeat.


Doe he play on aieam? [pausell
Estadio. etadium lpause] Rcpeat. etadium [pause]
EI ua al estadio. H eoes to the stadium lpa-uselRerear.
He goes to the stadlium. [pause]
La tenporad,a de bsbol.baseball season [pause] Repeat.
basebll season. lnausel
Coleccinde tarjeti de bZisbol.baseball card collection [pause]
Repeat. baseball card collection lpause]
Me lesion.I hurt myself, [pausel Repeat, I hurt myself. fpause]
Baloncesto.basketbll tpausel Repeal. basketball l-pausel-'
Ftbol americano. football lpause] Repeat. football [pause]
Caniseta deportiua. jersey [irause] Reieat. jersey tpusel
Section III. Dialog
[sound effects cash register sounds]
tJlml

irello!
ISusan]
Hell, how are you?
tJ rml
line, thank you.
lsusanl

*'"
r helP You?
r"J
I need to buy a gift for my nephew. IIis birthday
He is going to be ten years old.
[Susan]
What is his favorite sport?
tJiml
His iavorite sport is baseball.

is tomorrow.

los anuncios.del peridico (newspaper ads) donde se anuncian


ventas v trabaros.
Y o qu? qui"r" dedicar su hija?
""
IJ l M I
.i\nd what does her daughter do for a living?
I ruf,ofl
Tg do (sometlring) for a living qtiere decir trabajar,
-dedrcarsea also.'
Se acaba de grduar de la uniuersid,adcon una especializacinen
administracin gastronmica y hoteleray anda biscando trabajo
tambin.
lSusanl
She has just graduated from college with a maior in
Hospilality Management, and she is looking foi a job as well.
lT\rtorl
de trabajo Ie gustara hacer?
lrArir:rrto.
lVhat kind ofjob would she like to do?
lTirtorl
Le enco,ntaraser crtica culinaria, pero sabe que se morira d,e
hambre.
lSusanl
She would really like to be a food critic, but she knows she
would starve to death.
ITtor]
To sarve es "morirse de hambe".
Probablemente. . . iTiene talento?
[Jim]
9!e probably will . . . Does she have any talent?
lT\rtorl
Sl, creo que s.pero soysu to.
liusanl

Well, we have this new bat that every kid wants right now.
It comes in bo/s sizes eleven, twelve, thirteen, and fourteen.
Or, you could buy your nephew a catcher's mitt. Our mitts are
made of leather, and they are hand.stitched.
lJiml
Oh, your mitts are excellent, but I think my nephew already
has one.
lSusanl
Does he play on a eam?
[Jim]
Yes. Ife plays on a team and he watches baseball on TV.
Also, his parents take him to watch games at the stadium
during baseball season.
lSusanj
So. he is a real fan! I have an idea,
How about this baseball card collection?
It has frfteen of the best players in the history of baseball.
[Jrm]
That is the perfect gift! How much is it?
liusml
Sixteen dollars. Great! Anything else?
[Jim]
Well, since I'm here I think I should get myself something.
Do you have Celtic jerseys?
lSusanl
We sure do. Is basketball your favorite sport?
lJrml
Yes, basketball is my favorite sport,
I ued,to play in coliege until I'hurt myself.
lSusanl
Oh. is too bad.
24

Yes, I eeve so, but I'rn her aunt.


lT\rtorl
Qullabilidades tiene?
lJiml
What job skills does she have?
ITutor]
Puede hacer tnuchas cosasen la cocina. Cocnapero que rnuy ben.
lSusanl
She can do a lot of things in the kitchen.
She can cook really- well.
lTtorl
Formidable! Podra traba.jar en un restaurante y asi no se morira de
hambrepor Io menos.Sabs,mi amigo Ryan tiee un restdurante. . .
y ella pudiese ayud,ar a administrarlo.
Uiml
That's gteat! She could qork at a restaurant, and at least she
would not starve to death. You know, my friend Ryan owns a
restaurant .., and she could help run it.
IT\rtor]
To run a business, "Iiteralmente correr eI negocio" quiere decir
manejarlo o adrnnistrarlo.
De verdad?
[Susan]
Really?
lTtorl
S, y me dijo la semanapasada que necesitaenplear un gerente
auiiliar. Podra mencionorle a ti sobrina el prximo luns.
LJiml
Yes, and he told me last Wednesday that he needs to hire an
Assislant Managen I could tell him about your niece next
Monday.

57

----r

lSusanl
You'll get the job tlim. You are an experienced accountant.
lJiml
That's right. I already have twenty-two years of exrerience.
Section fV, Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects door be]l ringsl
lTtori
Me alegro d,eque hayas uenido a conocera mi hermana y a mi sobrina,
cllm.

Ya deben

de estar

al llepor.

[SusanJ
I'm glad you came to meet my sister and my niece, cfim.
They should be here any minute now.
[T\rtor]
Any minute now es una foma coloquial de decir
"muy pronto, a punto de . . ."
Dijiste que tu hermana est buscando trabajo?
[Jim]
Did you say your sister is looking for a job?
lTbtorl
St. Zlia ha sido atna d.ecasa hace rato, pero ahora que sushijos son
moyores a ella le gustara tener un empleofuera de la casa de nueuoliusanl
Yes. She has been a housewife for a while. but now that her
children are older she would like to have a job outside the
house again.
IT\rtor]
Que.iipode lrabajo le gustra tener?
l.,rml
What kind of job would she like to have?
lTtorl
Ella no est segura-Estudi historia de arte en la uniuersid,ad,,
pero no qulere ser mdestr.
lSusanl
She is not sure. She studied Art History in college.
but she does not want to be a teacher.
[T\rtorl
Qu habilidad,eslaborales tiene?
lJiml
What job skills does she have?
[Ttor]
Bueno, pued,eescribir a m.quina, archiuar, escribir reportes,
sdbe utilizar muchos progranas d,ecomputad,oray puede
comunicarse bien con Ia pente.
[Susan]
Well, she can tJ4re, she can frle, she can write reports,
she is familiar with many computer programs.
and she can commrmicate well with people.
lT\rtorl
Probablementepodra encontrar un trabajo de recepcionistao de secretaria, quiztis ei un museo d,earte- Yaho"empezada buscar trabajo?
Uiml
She could probably frnd ajob as a receptionist or a secretary,
perhaps in an art museum. Has she started looking for a job
yet?
lTtorl
Bueno, ella ha mirado los anuncios del peridico desdeel jueues,
pero no ha encontrado nada todaua.
lbusanl

Sne hs looked at the classifieds since Thursday,


but has not found anything yet.
tT\rtorl
irese que the classifieds es una manera coloquial de decrr
56

I like basketball, but ny favote sport is football.


lJiml
Really? Do you have a favorite team?
[Susanl
I guess the Miani Dolphins are my favorite team, in 1972 they
won seventeen games in a perfect season, but in our house we
watch all the games. Ilere are the Celtic jerseys.
[Jin]
I'll take two, one for ne and one for my wife.
Herjersey i pretty old, so she'll be plased to get a new one.
ISusan]
Okay. It's going to be eighteen dollars each.
lJ rml

Here I have my credit card.


ISusan]
Have a good day,Iim, and I hope your nephew likes his
birthday present.
Section fV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects cash register]
lT\rtorl
;HoIa!
tJlml

irello!
lThtorl
Hola, cmoestds?
ISusan]
Hello, how are you?
ITtor]
Muy bien, graciaslJiml
Fine, thank you.
[Ttorl
En qu puedo ayudarte?
[Susan]
How nay I help you?
[Ttrtor]
Necesitocomprar un regolo pg,ra mi sobrino.
Su cumpleaoses m.adna.El ua a cwnplir diez aos.
Uiml
I need to buy a gift for my nephew.
Eis birthday is tomonow. He is going to be ten years old.
[Ttor]
Obserue que para decir la edad en ingls no se utiliza el verbo tener
como en espaol, sino que se usa el verbo ser - to be. Por ejemplo:
Tengo19 os equivale a I am nineteen years old y nunc a I lrac
nineteen years old. Por otro lado es muy importante conocerel
verbo to have pues es el auxiliar aber y-quiere decr tener.
He id.o = I have gone. I have a tickel-='Tbngo un boleto.
[T\rtor]
Cu.les su deportefauorito?
lSusanl
What is his favorite sport?
[Ttor]
Su deportefauorto es el bisbol.
Uiml
His favorite sport is baseball.
lT\rtorl
Bien. Tenemosun nueuo bate que todos los nios auieren en estos
momentos.Viene en cuatro tannaosde nio: once,doce, trecey cdtorce.
O le podra comprar o su sobrino un guante d,ereceptor.
Nueitrosguants sonde piel y soncoidosa mdno.

25

lSusanl
IVell. lYe have this new bat_ that every kid wants right now. It
com_esin four boy's sizes eleven, tweive, thirteen. 'nd fourteen. Or you could buy your nephew a catcher's mitt.
Uur mitts are made of leather and they are hand-stitched.
[Ttor]
Para describir d9 9ue m-ate4al est hecho un objeto, en ingls se suele
decir made of o "hecho de." Por ejemplo: Esta bo-Isaes de lna.
This bag is made of wool.
Los nmeros del 13 al 19 se_form^an
con el sufrjo -teen que representa
ez,os ea. t hi r t e e n e s S y I 0 y f ou r te e n e siy 1 0 .
guantes son excelentes,pero creo que m sobrino ya tiene uno.
sus
,U!,
IJIMI
Oh, your mitts are excellent, but I think my nephew already
[Tutorl
Jueeal en un eouioo?
tDusanl
D._oesfe play on a team?
I l\rtorl

S Z! jyeSa en un equipo y ue losjuegos de bisbot en la teleuisin.


tdmrcn fus_padreslo lleuan a uerjuegos en el estad,iodurante la
temporada de bisbol.
fJiml
Y.9s.Ile plays on a team md he watches baseball on TV.
{lsg, hi-s paTents take him to watch games at the stadium
currng Daseball season,
lT\rtorl
Entonceses un oerdadero fantico! Tengo una id.ea.
Qu te parece esta coleccinde tarietas-de bisbot.
Tiene quince d.elos mejoresjugadoires en Ia historio del bisbol.
ISusan]
So, he is a real fan! I have an idea.
How about this baseball card collection?
Lt has fifteen of the best players in the history of baseball.
ITtor]
.Esees eI regalo perfecto! Curinto cuesta?
l..,rml
the perfect gift! How much is it?
frat.is
Diecisis d.lares)AIpo ms?
lSusml
Fjxteeir dollars. Great. Anrthing else?
[T\rtor]
Breno, pueslo que estoyaqu-ipienso.quedeberaaomprar algo.
'llenen usledescamisetas de los Celtics?
Uiml
Well, si_nceI'm here I think I should get myself something,
DJ V"P have Celtics jerseys?
truf,orl
Aqu el verbo to get, obtener substituye el verbo to btty, tomprar.
st. Ls et baoncesto
tu deportefauorfof
id:3"1*
We sure do. Is basketball your favorite sport?
[Ttor]
'We
sure do equivale a "claro que sf'.
S, el baloncestbes mi deporte iauorito.
Yo.solajugar cuando est-obaen lo uniuersidadhasta que me lesion.
t.Jtm I

indica ma

accin pasada que se prolong durmte

now.

tdlml

Djd yo3 say your sister is looking for a job?


liusml
Y9g_.Se has been a housewife for a while, but now that her
children are older she would like to have a job outside the
house again.
l.Jrml

iVtrattind

of job would she like to have?

She is not sure. She studied Art H!"tory in college,


but she does not want to be a teachen
Uiml
What job skills does she have?
tDusanl
Well, she c.an type, she can frIe, she can write reports,
sne-rs_ramrtrar wrttr many computer progfams,
and stre can communicate well with people,
Uiml
She_could probably find a job as a receptionist or a secretarvi
per_haps in m art museum. Has she started looking for a job
yet?
[Susan]
She has looked at the classifreds since Thursday, but she has
not found anything yet.
[.Jlml

And what does her daughter do for a living?


[usanl
She has just graduated frorr college with a maior in
Hospitality l\tmagement, and shels toki;ti;;;
jol as well.
urml
And what kind ofjob would she like to do?
tDusanl
She would really-like to be a food critic, but she knows she
would starve to death.
[Jim]
She probably will . , . Does she have any talent?
IsUSanl
Yes. I believe so, but I'm her aunt.
uiml

lglrTj,""

skills doesshehave?

She can do a lot of things in the kitchen.


Fle,can cook really well.
[.rrml
That's great! She could work at a restaurant, and at least she
would not starve to death. You know, my friend Rvan owns a
restaurant . . . and she could help run ii.
lSusanl
Really?
[Jim]
Y_es,and he told me last Wednesday that he needs to hire an
Assistant Manager. I could tell hini about your niece on
Mondav.
tDusanl

f course, thank you. By the way, how is your job going?


I^was going to tell you .,. ehem ... I was fired last Thesday.
lSusan I

Yes,-b_askelball is my favorite sport.


I_used to play in college until I-hrrt myself.

I'l\rtorl
'i o"ed
to play

They should be here any ninute

un

h noi That,s terrible!


lJiml
Don't worr2. I started looEing for a new job on Wednesday. I
have an interview on Friday.

zo

55

--r

How does one get foom the Botanical


Gardenrs
to the zoo?
Uno toma un barco que ua a traus del lago hasta eI zoolgico.
One takes a boat that goes across th lake and into"the
zoo,
Fin de la leccin 10. End oflesson

10.

[Ttor]

En esta leccin va a estudiar diferentes verbos relacionados con los


empleos,las ocupacionesy la bsqueda de empleo.
En isls to look for quiere decir scr.
Yo bucotrabajo. I lobk for a job
To hire quier decir darle trabaj a alguien.
Por ejemilo:
Yo empleo un jard.inero en el ueranoI hire a gardener in the summerY
Me dieron el empleo - I was hired.
Me darn el embleo. I will be hired.
To fire quiere ?lecirdespedir/dejar sin lrobajo.
Por ejemplo:
Despido a aquellos trabajadores que llegan tarde.
I fiie those workers riho are iardv]
Sin embareo:
Me despidleron. - I was fired.
Me uan a despedir. I will be fired.
To interview - entreuistarse.
Por ejemplo:
Maana ooy a entreuistarm con Wilson & Wilson.
Tornonow I am going to interview with lYilson & lVilson,
Section IL Key words and phrases from the dialog
ama dp casa - housewife lpausel Repeat. housewife lpausel
rnaestro, ndestra - teacher [pause] Repeat. teacher lpause]
uniuersidad - college [pausel Repeat. college lpausel
recepcionista- receptionist [pausel Repeat. receptionist [pausel
secretaria, secretario - secretary [pause] Repeat. secretary fpause]
escritor, escritora - miter [pause] Repeat. miter lpause]
contador, contable - accountant [pause] Repeat. accountant
lPausel
entreuisto
entreuista -- interview
interview
Repeat. interview
interview
lpause]
[pause] Repeat.
lp
[pause]
dor trabajo - to hire lpusel Repat. to hire lpausl
I
despedir - to fire lpauiel Rpeal.
Repeal. to fire lpaui-el
lpaus'el
Q;rhabitidodes lborats ti6ne? -Whatib skiils do you have?
job skills do you-have? lpausei
trqp61. What
Whatjob
lpausel [.qp61.
ipusel
What does she want io 4ofor,a-living?
do for a living
En qu quiere trabojor? --What
[pause] Repeat. What does she want to do for a living? fpause]
quieres
tipo
de
ti_po
tipo
d9
de
quieres
trabajo
trl
hacerl
trabqjo
hacer?
Que
Qu
Qu
What kind
kind ofjob
What
of
would you like to have? lpausel Repeat.
What kind
kind-ofof job would
y_oulike
world you
like_to
to have? [pausel
[bausel
usted
experiencia?-Do you have expeiience? lpause]
Tiene
Repeat. Do yu have experince? lpausei
Section III. Dialog lsound effects door bell ringsl
liusml
'm gla you came to neet my sister and my niece, Jim,
54

perodo de tiempo. Para expresar ese tipo de pasado en ingls se


utiliza el verbo to use (en pasado) ms,el verbo en infinitivo que
indica la accin habitual. Por ejemplo: EI sola montar en bicicleta
todos los das. He used to ride his bike every day. En espaol
'I used to play" tambin puede expresarse:Yojugaba.
Lo siento mucho.
A mi me gusta el baloncestopero mi deporte fauorito es el fr1tbol ...
lSusanl
Oh, is too bad.
I like basketball, but my favorite sport is football.
lTtrtorl
Note que el balompi se conocecomo soccer en Estados Unidos.
Football es el fiitbol americano.
En serio?Tienesun equipo fauorito?
lJiml
Really? Do you have a favorite team?
lT\torl
Creo que los Dolphins d,eMiami es mi equipo preferido; en 1972
ganaron diecisietejuegos en una temporad.aperfecta, pero en rni casa
uemostodns los juegos. Aqu esin las cannisetasde los Celtics.
lSusanl
I guess the Miami Dolphins are my favorite team, in 1972
they won seventeen games in a perfect season, but in our
house we watch all the games. Here are the Celtics jerseys.
lTtrtor]
Note que como se explic en la leccin anterior el verbo to guess
sgnifrca adiuinar y en ciertos casos como en este quiere decir creer
o SuponerNote que los aos del siglo pasado se dicen as: diecinueuesetentay
dog o sea, nineteen seventy-two. Los nmeros compuestos llevan
un guin, o sea, twenty-one lleva guin entre twenty y one
mientras que twenty no lleva guin.
Comprar dos, una para m y una para ni esposa.
Su camiseta es muy uieja, as que ella se alegrar de recibir una
nueua.
[Jim]
I'll take two, one for me and one for my wife.
Her jersey is pretty old, so she'll be pleased to get a new one.
ITtrtorl
La.palabra pretty quiere decr bonito o bonita, pero en este caso
ouere oecrr mv.
kay. Van a cosiar dieciochod.Iarescad.auna.
lSusml
Okay. ft's going to be eighteen dollars each,
lTtorl
En vez de utilizar to coat o costar, a veces se expresa de una manera
ms coloquial "it's going to ber" literalmente 'Aa a ser".
Aqu tengo ni tarjeta de crdito.

uiml

card.
Here I have my credit
lTtorl
Que la pases bien, Jm, y espero que a tu sobrino le guste el regalo de
cumDLeanos.
IDUSanl
ilave a good day Jim, and I hope that your nephew
likes his
present.
birthday
lTtrtorl
Note que la lrase "que la pases bien" en ingls-have
a good day
quiere decir literalmente "que tenga un buen da". En ingls el
pronombre posesivo debe de aparecer siempre delante del sustantivo,
pero en espaol no es necesario (...que a tu sobrino le guste el regalo)

27

--Section V. Comprehension
1. Por qu entr Jim en Ia tienda de deportes?
Why did Jim go into the Sporting goods store?
Porque tena que comprar un regalo para su sobrino.
Because he had to buy a birthday gift for his nephew.
2. Qu deportejuega el sobrino de Jim?
fhat sport does Jim's nephew play?
El juega bisbol. He plays baseball.
3. Por qu Jim no quiso comprarle a su sobrino un guante?
tobuy his nephew a calcher's mitt?
ivhy ido't.Iim'want
Poroue su sobrino va tena uno.
Bec-ause his nepirew already had one.
4. Va eI sobrino de Jim al estadio durante la temporada de bisbol?
Does Jim's nephew go to the stadium during baseball
season?
S, eI sobrino de Jim ua al estad,iodurante Ia temporada de
bisbol.
Yes, Jim's nephew goes to the stadium during baseball
season.
5. Quregalo le compr Jim a su sobrino?
What present did Jim buy for his nephew?
Jim Ie compr a su sobrino una coleccinde tarjetas de bsbol.
Jim bougt his nephew a baseball card coilection.
6. Cul es el deporte preferido de Jim?
What is.Iim's favorite sport?
EI deportepreferido de Jim es el baloncesto.
Jim's favorite sport islasketball,
7. Porqu Jim ya no juega baloncesto?
Why doesn't.Iim play basketball any more?
Poroue se lesion. Becau'se he hurt himself.
8. CuaI es el deporte preferido de la empleado de Ia tienda?
What is the sales clerHs favorite sport?
Su deportefauorito es el ftitbol. Her favorite sport is football.
9. Qu se coripr Jim en l tienda de objetos dep-ortivos?
What did .Iim buy for himself at the sporting goods store?
Jim se compr una cannsetade baloncestodel equipo de los
Celtics.
Jim bought himsel{ a Celtics basketball shirt.
10. Por qu le compr Jim a su esposauna camiseta de baloncesto?
Why did .Iim buy his wife a basketball jersey?
Porque la oue ella tena estaba uieia.
Bec'ause the one she had was ld,
Fin de la leccin 5. End of lesson 5.

lTtrtorl

En esta leccin va a estudiar los pronombres posesivosque ocupan el


lugar de un sustntivo.
Lo--spronombres posesivosen ingls son:
mine, yours, his, hers, ours, yours, theirs.
Escuche los pronombres posesivosy reptalos a continuacin.
mo, ma, mos, mas - mine [pause] Repeat. mine [pause]
tuyo, tuyos, qa, tuyas - yours [pause] Repeat. yours lpause]
suyo, suyos,de l -lnis [pausel Repeat. his lpause]
suyo, suyos,suya, suyds, de ella - hers lpausel Repeat. hers [pause]
nuestro, nuestros, nuestra, nuestrds - ours fpause] Repeat.
28

ITtor]
S. Hay un barco que te lleua a traus del lago y te deja en eI zoolgico.
tJiml
Yes. There is a boat that takes you across the lake and leaves
you at the zoo.
ITtrtor]
Quotrd cosapodra hacer con Leslie?
[Susan]
Ilhat else could I do with Leslie?
[T\ltor]
D i ameuer--.
Ped,encoger el tren e ir a esepueblo con los nanzanalesy los uiedos...
No puedo acordanne del nornbre,pero s que est,slo a dos horas de
aou.
Uiml
Letmesee...
You could take a train and go to that town with the apple
orchards and the wineries . . ,
I cantt remember its name; but I know itts only two hours away.
lTtorl
Qu buena idea! Santos cielos Jim, es cas medianoche!
Te ueremosel sdbado.
lSusanl
\Yhat a great idea! My goodness Jim, it's almost midnight!
'We'll see you on Saturday.
lT\rtorl
My goodness es otra interjeccin que se usa a menudo en ingls. .
Buenas noches, Susan
[Jim]
Good night, Susan.
Section V. Comprehensin
1. Quin viene a visitar a Susan?IYho's coming to visit Susan?
Su prna segunda Leslie uienea uisitarla.
IIer second cousin Leslie is coming to visit.
2. VieneLeslie en auto o en avin?
Is Leslie coming by car or by plane?
Leslie uieneen auinLeslie is coming by plane.
3. Qulugar piensa Jim que Ie gustara a Leslie?
What place does Jim think that Leslie would like?
Jim piensa aue a Leslie le pustdra el batio chino.
Jim-thinks that Leslie ould like Chinatovrn.
4. Vive Susan cerca del aeropuerto?
Does Susan live near the airport?
S, Susan uiue cerca dcl aeropuerto.
Yes, Susan lives near the irport.
5. Jim va a ir al barrio chino en metro o en auto?
Is elim going to go to Chinatown by subway or by car?
Jm ua a ir al barro chino en eI auto de Susan.
Jin is going to go to Chinatown in Susan's can
6. A dnde van a ir Susan y Leslie en tren?
Where are Susan and Leslie going to go by train?
Susan y Leslie uan a ir a un pueblo con manzanalesy uiedos
en tren.
Susan and Leslie are going to go to a town with apple
orchards and winees by train.
7. Qu lugar es bello en esta pocadel ao?
What place is beautiful at this tine of the year?
EI Jardn Botnico es bello en esta nocadel ao.
The Botanical Gardems are beairtiful at this time of the
year.
8. Cmollega uno desde el Jardn Botrico hasta eI zoolgico?

53

[Tltor]
No c,reoque debas conducir porque no pod.rsdisfrutar de las ustas
(de la ciudad).
[Jiml
I don't think-you should drive because you won't be able to
eryoyll|e srghts.
Estara mtis relajada si no manejara. Tonaremos un tari para ir al
centro- Asr,podremoscaminar por las calles sin preocuparios d.el
fraltco nt dc encontrar un estaconamiento.
lSusanl
Yes. I would le more relaxed if I didn,t drive. We'll take a taxi
dovntown. Then weTl be able to walk up and dvm the streets,without worrying about traffic or frn-ding a parking space.
Irurorl
Leslie probablemente disfrutara del barrio chino.
bs ton exticoy s que a ello le gusta Ia comida chinaIJiml
Leslie woutd probably eqloy Chinatown.
It's so exotic. and I know she likes Chinese food.
fTttorl
Oyt . . Tengo una id.ea!
)querros uenir con nosolraso cenor el scjbado?
[Susm]
Hey! I have an idea!
Would you like to join us on Saturday for dinner?

l'lltorl
Hey es otra iterieccin corn en insls.
Sera muy
.agradble; Puedo llegar hlsta olld en metro muy fricilmente
. . . o puedo tomar el autobs
lJiml
That would be njce. I cm get there by subway very easily. . .
Or I could take tlre bus[Ttor]
No seas tonto.
!9,y a manejar y te recogeremos en camino hacia el barrio chino.
lSusanl
Don't.6e silly. I will drive and we will pick you up on our way
to Chinatom.
[T\rtor]
No te oluid,es d.e lleuar a Leslie aI Jard.n Botnico.
En esta poca del ao es bello.
lJiml
Oh don't forget
to take Leslie to the Botanical
Gardens.
'.I]hey
at this time of the year.
3re beautiful
lTtrtorl
Tiene,s toda la,razn. Crees que todaua tienen los canos tirad.os por
coballos que Ileuan o ld genle o traus del parque?
IJusanl
Y_ou're absolutely
right. Do you think thev still have horse-

ffi*T."*i"Ses

to take people through the park?

Creo que sl.pcro asegrate.deque lleguen lemprano.


son muJ populareslos hnes de semono.
fi"rff,ro""o"
i think so, but make sure you get there eulv.
Those rides e very popl n week-ends.'
l'lhtorl
Me ac,bo de acord.ar. Hay un zoolgico cerca dl Jard,n Botdnico.
rOdrIAmoS on tamblen.
[Susan]
I_just remembered.
There is a zoo near the Botanical
Gardens.
IYe could also go there.

52

ours Lpausel
uuestro, uuestros, Duestra, uuestras _ yours lpause] Repeat.
yours lpause]
suyo, suyos, suya, suyds - theirs [pause] Repeat. theirs
[pause]
O!:lryg que el pronombre posesivo.en ingls es el mismo para el
mascu[no que el temenino y para el singular que el plurai.
n.lngle:c cualgg !e comparan dos cosas que son iq-uales se hace
util'zando "as" delante y detrs del adjetivo. por e-iemplo: ElIa es tan
tntetrgenfe co_n9su hermana. She is as intelligerit
ad her sistenCuando se compa-ran dos cosas diferents. se utlza la=teirnmaclon _er
para la-mayora de los adjetivos de una slaba (por eiemolu;
tst - l'aster. He is faster than.his
brothen
iEt e ms rripido gaqsu
herma.no;), y la palabra more delante del adjetivo
Gr" tieile Joi-"mas sllabas
"l
(por ejemplo: agile - more agile, intelligent
- more intelligent).
Section II. Key words and phrases foom the dialog
Primero oir la palabra o la frase en espariol y despus la oir en ingls.
aarutna - guess lpausel llepeat. guess loausel
enorme -hage
lpausel Repat. hiree lpusel
negro -black
lpausel Rerat. blaJk lausel
marrn - brovm lpausel Repeat. broivn lpausel
blanro - white lpause] Repat. white.[pasel
gmptos - twrn lpausel Repeat. twin lpause]
que hoy de nueuo con ella? What,s ne with her? [pausel Repeat.
What's new with her? loausel
No lo-pyeln creer! - I ch't believe it! [pause] Repeat.
I can't believe it! lnause]
Son tan altos como_iu padre. - They are as tall as their father.
l.pausel ftepeat.'lhey
tre_as tall as their father. lpausel
Alex es m(is rapido que Andy- - Alex is faster than -Andy.
lpausel
Repeat. Alex-is fater thn Andv. Ipausel
uniuersid.ad - coJlege [pauseJ Rep-eat-. college lpausel
Lrz es mas estudrcsa que su hermano. _ Liz is more studious than
ner brother.
lpausel ltepeat.
Liz is more stdious
thlan her brother.
loausel
ladrar - to bark [pausel Repeat. to bark i'pausei
mouttor - to meow lpausel Repeat, to mew loausel
grande -big
[pausel Repeat. b1g fpausel
p_"_?!i!g: pequeos, pequea, peqielas - small
lpause] Repeat.
smarr lpause]
bello, bellos, bella, bellas - beautiful
Repeat.
lpauseJ
DeauErfur lpaseJ
regao!. d.ar.-to.give
away.[pausel
Rep_eat. to give away [pausel
En mi opinin -.in my opinin lpausej-Repeat."
rn my oprnron lpauseJ
Seftion
1ll Dialog
lsound efiects at the Darkl

Uiml
Hi. Susan!
ISusan]
Hi!
lJiml
Guess-who I just saw?
lSusanl
lVho?
Uiml
I saw Claire walking her two huge, twin, black dogs.
liusanl
Oh, I thought her dogs were brom.

29

lJiml
No. mine is bron'n but hers are black.
lSusanl
So, what did Claire say?
[Jim]
She said her win sons started high school this year.
They are thirteen.
lSusanl
I can't believe it!
lJiml
Yes. She said they are as tall as their fathen They do
cross-country and are very competitive. She doesn't like that
because Alex is faster than Andy, and he teases his brother
about it.
lSusanl
Really?
Uiml
I told her that my son and my daughter are now in college
and they also compete with each othen He is seventeen and
she is eighteen.Liz geta better grades than Jack because she
is more studious than her brother. but he doesn't underetand
that. But, anway, we couldn't talk very much because my dog
Princess was barking very loud.
lSusanl

whv?

[Jim]
I think she was afraid of Qlaire's dogs.
They are so much bigger than she is.
lSusanl
Did Claire mention her cats? I remember she used to have
several beautiful, long-haired cats.
lJiml
Yes. Her white Persian cat is already fourteen years old, the
black Persian passed away, and her grey cat just had kittens.
lSusanl
That small. old cat is still alive?
lJiml
Yes!
[Susan]
Is she ging the kittens away?
lJiml
Mmm. I will call her and ask hen
But, why do you need nother cat?
lSusanl
Mine needs a companion. She meows so much because she
wants to play, but I'm too busy most of the time.
Urml
Okay, I understand.
[Susan]
You know how much I love cats.
In my opinion they are more fin than dogs.
Section IV. Explanation
of the dialog
lsound effects dogs barking at the parkl
[Ttor]
Hola, Susan!
lJiml
Hi. Susan!
lTtrtorl
Hola!
lSusanl
Hi!

30

lSusanl
Hi, Jim. How are you?
lT\rtorl
Bien. Qu hay de nueuo?
lJiml
Fine. What's new?
lT\rtorl
No mucho. Estqt llamando porque necesitoalgunas sugerenciaspara
estefin de semdna.
lSusanl
Not much. I'n calling because I need some suggestions for this
week-end.
lTutorl
Ay Dios! Es algo tard,eSusan. Qupensabas?

uiml

Oh boy! It's kind of late Susan, What did you have in mind?
lT\rtorl
Oh boy es una interjeccin que se usa frecuentemente en ingls.
Fjese que esta pregunta Wha did you have in mind?
quiere decir literalmente gatencsen Ia rnente?o sea
quplaneabas? quhabas pensado?
Mi prima de Ohio uiene d.euisrto.
lsusml
i{y cousin from Ohio is coming to visit.
lT\rtorl
EIla es tu prina Lesli o tu prirna Lisa?
lJiml
Is that your cousin Leslie or your cousin Lisa?
lTtorl
Mi prima Leslie. Es una prima segunda.
lSusanl
My cousin Leslie. She is a second cousin.
lT\rtorl
Supongo que ueneen auinSera un uiaje muy largo en autonuil desde Ohio.
[Jim]
I assume she's flying. It would be a long drive ftom Ohio.
lTtorl
El verbo to assume quiere decir szponer.
Drive quiere decit manejar, a long drive es
"urr viaje largo en automvil".
S. Viene en auin. Su uuelo llesa eI uiemes a las 70:45 d la noche.
ISusan]
Yes. She's coning by plane,
Her flight mives on Friday at 1O:45 pm.
lT\rtorl .
Udsd recogerlnal aeropuerto?
[Jim]
Are you going to pick her up at the airport?
lTtorl
S. Al fin y al caboyo uivo muy cerca.
lSusanl
Yes. After all I live around the comer.
lT\rtorl
Around the corrrer es una expresin coloquial que indica "muy
cerca" aunque literalmente quiere decir "a la vuelta de Ia esquina".
Entonces,ld uds a sdcar a pasedr eI sbado y el domingo?
lJiml
So, on Saturday and Sundayyou will be showing her around?
[Trtor]
S.
lSusanl
Yes.
51

lSusanl
Yes. She's coming by plane.
Her flight arrives on Friday at 10:45 p.m.
[Jim]
Are you going to pick her up at the airport?
lSusanl
Yes.
lJiml
I don't think you should drive because you won't be able to
enjoy the sigts.
lSusanl
I would be more relaxed if I didn't drive. We'll take a taxi
downtom.
Then we'll be able to walk up and down the streets
without worrring about traffic or frnding a parking space,
[Jim]
Leslie would probably enjoy Chinatom.
It's so exotic, and I know she likes Chinese food.
lSusanl
Hey! I have an idea!
Would you like to join us on Saturday for dinner?
lJiml
That would be nice. I can get there by subway very easily. . .
or I could take the bus.
lSusanl
Don't be silly.
I will drive and we will pick you up on our way to Chinatown.

uiml

Oh, don't forget to take Lelie to the Botanical Gardens.


They are beautiful at this time of the year,
lSusanl
You are absolutely right. Do you think trfusy still have
horse-drawn caniages to take people through the park?
Uiml
I think so, but make srrre yorr get there early.
Those rides are very popular on week-ends.
lSusanl
I just remembered. There is a zoo near the Botanical Gardens.
We could also go there.
Uiml
Yes. There is a boat that takes you across the lake and leaves
you at the zoo.
[Susan]
What else could I do with Leslie?
[Jim]
Let ne see . . . You could take a train and go to that town with
the apple orchards and the srineries . . , I can't remember its
name.. . but I know it's only two hours away!
lSusanl
What a great idea!
My goodness Jim, it's almost midnight!
We'll see you on Saturday.

uiml

Good night, Susan.


Section IV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects telephone rings]
IT\tor]
Diga.
lJrml
Hello
lTttorl
HoIa Jim. Cmoestds?.

f,U

lT\rtorl
Adiuina a auin acabo de uer.
[Jim]
Guess who I just saw.
[T\rtor]
A quin?
lSusanl
Who?
[Tutor]
Vi a Claire paseando sus dos enorrnes perros negros gernelos.
[Jim]
I rsaw Claire walking her two, twin, huge, black dogs.
[Ttor]
T$in es el adjetivo gemelos,twin dogs.
Ibing con "s" al final es el sustantivo.
The dogs are twing.
To walk quiere decir caminar, pero en este caso es pasear.
Oh, yo pens que susperros eran Larronea.
lSusanl
Oh, I thought her dogs were brown.
[T\rtor]
No, eI mo es marrn pero los de ella son negros.
lJiml
No, mine is brown, but hers are black.
lTtrtorl
Y qu dijo Claire?
[Susan]
So, what did Claire say?
lTlrtorl
EIla dijo que susdos hijos gemelosenpezaron la secundaria esteao.
Tienen trece aos.
[Jim]
She said her two twin sons started high school this year.
They are thirteen.
lTirtorl
No Io pued.ocreer!
ISusan]
I can't believe it!
lTirtorl
S. Dijo que est.ntan altos cornosu padre.
EIIos praclican aampoy pista y son muy competitiuos.
A elli no te gusta eio pioqueex es ms rpido que Andy y l se burla
de su nermdno

Dor eso-

lJiml
Yes. She said they are as tall as their fathen
They do cross-country and are very cornpetitive.
She doesn't like that because Alex is faster than Andy, and he
teases his brother about it.
lT\rtorl
Said es el pasado del verbo to say - decir.
Note eI uso del comparativo cuando se comparan cosas,iguales
(as tall as) y despus cuando se comparrn cosas diferentes
(Alex is faster than Andy).
De uerdad?
[Susan]
Really?
[Ttor]
Yo Ie dije que mi hijo y m hija egtn ahora en la uniuersidad
y tanbin compiten entre ellos. El tiene d,iecisietey ella dieciocho.
Liz recibe mejores notas que Jack porque es ms estudosaque su
hertnano, pero l no entiend.e eso. Pero, de todas naneras no pudimos
hablar rnuchoporque Princess estaba ladrando muy alto.

5I

---[Jim]
I_told her that my son md my daughter are now in college and
they also compete anong thenselves. He is seventeen and she
is eighteen. Liz gets better grades than Jack because she is
more studious than her brother, but he doesn't understand
that.
But, anrway, we couldn't talk very much because ny dog
Princess was barking very loud.
I lUtorl
ote el uso del comparativo cuando se comDaran cosasdiferentes
(she is more studibus than her brothei).
Porqu?
[Susan]
whv?
lT\rtor]
Creo que ella le tena mied,oa los penos de Clare.
Son mucho mas grandes que ella.
tJlmi

i think she was afraid of Claire's dogs.


Tltgy r." so much bigger than she is.

I llrtorl
To be-afraid
es una expresin que quiere decir "tener miedo." Esto es
otro ejemplo de que muho_de lo-que-espaol va con tener en ingis va
con el verbo ser o estar, to be. Claire mencion sus Ratos?
R-ecuerdo que ella tenro uarios gatos bellos de pelo la"rgo.
lSusanl
Did Claire mention
her cats?
I remember
she used to liave several beautifirl,
long.haired
cats.
lTtorl
St. S.u gata blanca persa_ya tiene catorce aos, el gato negro persa
murto J su galo grs acaba dc lcner gatilos.
l.Iiml
Yes. Her white Persian cat is already fourteen
years old, the
black,Persian
passed away, and heigrey
cat juit had kitens.
I lutor
Los gentilicios en ingls comienzan con marscula, o sea que persa se
escribe Persim
con "P" mayscula. To pass away se traduc
literalmente como "pasar lejos", quiere decr morii.
Esa ga\o uieja y peq-uea esta uiia todauio?
lDusanl
That small old, cat is still alive?
IThtor]
S !
[Jim]
Yes!
lTtrtor]
;Eslrl regalando los gatitosl
tbusanl
her kittens
away?
Is she giving
[Ttor]
alvay
o
"dar
afuera"
Io qug quiere decir es danar o regalar.
St"q
T9
M-mm, la llamar y Ie preguntar. Peio, por qu necesitas otrl gato?
lJ rml
Mmm, f will call her and ask hen
But, why do you need another
cat?
lT\rtorl
La ma.necesita un compdero. Motl-o tanto porque quiere ugar,
pero csto! ocupadct la mayor porte del tiempo.
liusanl
Mine needs a conpanion.
She meows so much because she
wants to play, but I'm too busy most of the time.

[Ttor]

En esta leccin va a estudiar las preposicionesque indicm direccin.


Como se vio en la leccin anterior, la preposicin es una palabra que se
usa en relacin con un nombre, un pronombre o con alguna otra palabra
de la oracin.
A continuacin escuchelos siguientes pronombres, y
reptalos despusde la pausa.
aniba - tp lpaus'els61. up_lpausel
dbolo - down lpauseJRepeat, down lpausel
a traue.s- through lpausl Repeat. througir lpausel
a traus - across [pauseJRepeat. across lau;el
olrededor - arouil
[pause] Repeat. aroud lpausel
Observe.aqu tambin el-uso de_ciertasconjunciones- las palabras que
unen palabras o grupos de palabras. como nd t y ), but {pro) y or ().
Section IT. Key words and phrases from the dialog
prim.o. prima - cousin lpausel Repeat. cousin [pauie]
conductr,ryangjar- to_drive fpauselRepeat. to drive lpausel
uola-r- t9.fly [pausel Repeat. to fly lpasel
uuel,o- flight lpausel.Rebeat. fligt ipausel
auton - plane lpausel [.sps. plane [pausel
aeropuerto-- ?irport lpauseJ Repeat. alrport lpausel
el centro (de la ctudad) - d.owntown lpauselRepeat.
downtown [pause]
aparaomiento- rarking space lpauselRepeat.
parKrng space lpausel
melro - subway fpause]Repeat, subway [pausel
poseo(en outomuil)- ride fpauselRepeat. ride lpause]
barco -boat [pausel Repeat-. boat lpa-usel
tren - train lpausel f,,sp61. train lpausel
aulobs -bu3 LpauselF,sp6.bus fpausel
Qu buena idea! - What great ida! lpausel Reoeat,
What a great idea! lpausef
)Qu hay de nueu_ol- What's new with you? lpausel Repeat.
What's new with you? lpausel
Section III. Dialog
[s_omdeffectstelphoneringsl
lJiml
Hello.
ISusan]
Hi, Jim. How are vou?
I.Iiml
Fin, What's new?
[Susan]
Not much.
I'rn calling because I need some suggestions for this week-end.
lJrml

It's kind f late Susan. IVhat did you have in mind?


Bll*it
My cousin from Ohio is coming to visit.
lJiml
l-s that your cousin Leslie or your cousin Lisa?
[Susan]
My cousin Leslie. She is a second cousin.
lJiml
I assume she's flying. It would be a long drive from Ohio.
49

ISusan]
That sounds good.
lTirtorl
SOCORRO!
tJ tml

HELP!
lTtrtorl
Jim, quepas?
lSusanl
Jim, what happened?
lT[tor]
Me d con Ia pared en el brazo roto- Nopuedo aguantar el dolor!
Uiml
I bunped my broken am against the wall.
I can't stand the pain!
lT\rtorl
Ay no! Por fauor, ten cuid.ad.o.Voy a buscar a la enfermeraNo fu mueuas hasta que yo regrese.
ISusan]
Oh no! Please, be careful. I'm going to look for the nurse.
Don't move until I come back.
Section V. Comprehensin
1. Por qu Jim fue a la sala emergencia?
Why did Jim go to the emergency room?
Poroue se ouebr el brazo- Because he broke his arm.
2. C.untotimpo ha esta$o Jim esperando en 1a sala de
mergencia?'or how l6ng has iirn been waiting at the
emergency room?
Jim has estado esperandod,urante ueinticinco minutos.
clim has been waiting for twenty-five minutes.
3. Por qu Jim no fue a la clnica?
Why didn't Jim go to the clinic?
Porque la clnica no Ie poda dar und cita hasta maana por la
tarcle.
Because the clinic could not give him an appointment
until
tomorrowafternoon.
4. Qu quiere pedirle Jim a la enfemera?
What does Jirr want to ask the nurse for?
Jim ouiere oedirle una bolsa de hieloJim ivants- to ask the nurse for an ice pack.
5. Qule ofrece Susan a Jim?
What does Susan offer Jirn?
SusonIe ofreceo Jim una aspirina.
Susan offers Jim an aspirin.
6. Qu le pas al nio de la pierna hinchada?
lrhat happened to the boy with the swollen leg?
El meti el oie en una colmerua.
He stuck is foot inside a beehive.
7. Porqu llevaron para adentro a Ia seora que acababa de llegar?
Why did they take inside the lady who just anived?
Porque eIIa tuuo un ataque al corazn.
Because she had a heart attack.
8. Jim quiere esperar afuera de la sala de espera?
Does Jim want to wait outside the waiting roorrr?
No, Jim quiere esperar adentro. No, Jim wants to wait inside.
9. Por qu Jim pidi ayuda? Why did Jim ask for help?
Porque se dio con la pared en eI brazo roto y no puede aguantar
el d.olor.
Because he bumped his broken arrn with the wall and he
can't stand the pain.
Fin de Ia leccin 9. End of lesson 9.
48

lTtorl
Bien, entiend,o
[Jim]
Okay, I understand.
[T\rtor]
Sabes cmo me gustan los gatos.
En mi opinin son ms diuertidos que los perros.
[Susan]
You know how much I love cats.
In my opinion they are more fun thm dogs.
Section V. Comprensiri
1. Aquin vio Jim en el parque?
Who did Jim see at the park?
Jim uio a Claire en eI parque.
Jim saw Claire at the park
2. C6moeran los perros de Claire?
How were Claire's dogs?
Los perros gemelosde Claire eran negrosy enormes.
Claire's twin dogs were black md huge.
3. De qu color es Princess?
What color is Princess?
Prncess es marrnPrincess is brom.
4. Quin es ns rpidoAlex oAndy?
IYho is faster Alex or Andv?
Alex es mas rapido que Andj.
Alex is faster than Andv.
5. Por qu Princess estaba iadrando?
Why was Princess buking?
Porque tena mied,od,elos perros de Claire.
Because she was afraid of Claire's dogs.
6. Por qu Susan quera otro gato?
Why did Susan want another cat?
Porque su gata necesitabaun compaero.
Because her cat needed a companion.
7. PrefiereSusan los petros o los gatos?
Does Susan prefer dogs or cats?
Susanprefiere los gotos.
Susan prefers cats.
Fin de la leccin 6. End oflesson 6.

[Ttor]

En esta leccin aprender sobre el alquiler o Ia compra de una


vivienda. Algunos de los verbos oue se van a utilizar son
regulares. Pr ejemplo: to rent I alquilar y to call - llamar.
En el pasado a estos verbos se les aade Ia teminacin
-ed.

Yoalquilo
Yollatno

I rent
I call

Yo alquil
Yo llam

I rented
I called

Yo alquilar
Yo llamar

I will rent
I will call

El verbo comprar - to buy es un verbo imegular que cambia


completamente en el pasado.
Yo compro

Ibuy

Yo cornpr I bought

Yo comprar

I will buy
33

Recuerde que en ingls el verbo en presente slo canbia la


terminacin en la tercera persona del sinzular - he o she donde se le
aade ua -s. Por ejemploi
Yo alquilo
T.alquilas
4llEl.lnolauila
Nontftsalquilnm
Umtrcslw-alquilrii"s
tlstedesalquiln
ElkslEllasalquilan

I rent
You rent
Heherents
Werent
Yourerrt
Yourent
lheyrent

Yo cornpro
T1i cornpras
EllElln-mpm
Nontrurcnpmrc
Vosotrelretimpniis
tJstdesmmpin
Ellns/Ellasnmpran

I buy
Youbuy
Hehebuys
Webuy
Youby
Youbu!
Ttreybiry

Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog


Pnmeramente orr la Dalabra o Ia frase en espariol v despussu
equ-ivalenteen ingls. -Repita la palabra o la flase dspusde oirla
en lngles.
propietario - landlord lpausel Repeat. landlord [pause]
pidb disculpas - I apol-gize lpaus'ejRepeat. I aplogize [pausel
cunto tienxpoha uiuido allt? -}Jow long have you lived there?
[pause] ft,sps, How long have you livd there? lpausel
prefijo dc Ia ciudad - area code lpausel Repeat. area code lpause'|
quisieraconprar un apartamentoo una casa?lVould you like to buy an aprtment
or a house? fpause]
Repeat. Would you lii<e to 6uy an apartment or a-hous?
LPausel
operadora - operator lpausgl Repeat. operator lpausel
suburbios - suburbs fpausel Repeat. suburbs lpausel
laoadora - washer tpusel Repat. washer [pasel
secadora- dryer fpausel Repeat. dryer [pause]
t7ngo un p.resupu.esto
fijo.- I'm on a budget lpause] Repeat.
l m on a Drrdgef, lpausel
q propsito 1 by the way lpause] Repeat. by the way [pausel
Iauaplatos - dishwasher lpausel Rspssl. dishwasher [pausel
oire acondicionado - air conditioner lpausel Repeat.
air conditioner lpausel
d,ormitorio princrp7 - master bedroom [pause] Repeat.
master bedroom loausel
cocina - kitchen tpiusel-Repeat. kitchen lpausel
ba7o- bathroom pausel Rpeat. bathroom [pause]
salo - living roon-[pausel Rpeat. living rooin [pausel
rontedor - diningroom, lpause] ft,spe. dining room fpausel
drnoa ten eptso de arrtba) - upstanrs lpausel Kepeat.
upstairs [pause]
qbajo Cp el piso de gbajo) - downstairs [pausel Repeat.
downstarrs lpause]
tareas domstica.s- housework [pause] Repeat.
housework [pause]
Section III Dialog
[soune effects telephone ringsl
I JlM

Heilb
ISusan]
Hi Jim. It's Susan.
lJimj
How are you Susan? Is something wrong?
fSusanl
I apolgize for calling so late, I know it is past eleven,
butl h av eapro b l e m .
lJiml
What's the matter?
lSusanl
34

ITtor]
Tb,Iuezpodramos pedirle a Ia enfermera una bolsd de hielo.
lJiml
Maybe we could ask the nurse for an ice pack.
lT\rtorl
Por supuesto.Quieresund dspirina tatnbin? Tengoalgunas en mi
bolso.
[Susan]
Of course. Would you like an aspirin also?
I have some in my purse.
lTtorl
Fjese que en este caso Would you like?
es la manera corts en ingls de preglntar si se quiere algo.
Muy bien, mepodrfas alcanzar esa botella de dgud que est en Ia
nesa, por fauor?
Uiml
Okay, would you hand me that bottle of water that is on the
table, please?
[T\rtor]
Hand quiere decir mano, pero el verbo to hand qtiere decr alcanza2
Claro. Ay! se me cay la aspirina en eI suelo. Qu torpe soy!
lSusanl
Sure. Oops!.$dropped the aspirin on the floon
How clumsvtf
ne!
lTtorl
Vistea esenio con la pierna hinchada?
Uiml
Did you see that boy with the swollen leg?
[Ttor]
S. O que rneti el pie en una colnena y las abejas lo picaron mucho.
[Susan]
Yes. I heard he had stuck his foot inside a beehive and he got
bay stung.
lTtrtorl
Uy! ... Mira. Estdn lleuando a esa seorapara adnntro y ella acaba
de llegar!
lJiml
Ouch!...Look.
They are taking that lady inside and she just arrived!
[Ttor]
Jim, ella acaba de tener un ataque al corazn.
EIla tien una ernergencatn.sseria que la tuya.
lSusanl
Jin, she just had a heart attack.
She has a nore serious emergency than yours.
lT\rtorl
Ay! No me d, cuenta de eso.
Uiml
Oh! I didn't realize that.
[T\rtor]
To realize quiere decir "duse cuenta de."
Tegustdrd salir afuera unos minutos?
Quizs eI aire flesco te hard bien.
lSusanl
IVould you like o go outside for a few minutes?
Maybe the fresh air will do you some good.
lTtorl
-|y'o.
Por qu no nos sentanos en esesof entre eI uestbuloy la cafetera?
Uiml
No. Why don't we sit on that couch between the lobby and the
cafeteria?
lTtorl
Me oarecebien-

47

lJiml
HELP!!!
[Susan]
tlim, what happened?
tdrml
I bumped rny broken am against the wall ...
I can't,stand the pain!
lsusanl
Oh no! Please, be careful. I'm going to look for the nurse.
Don't move rmtil I come back.
Section fV, Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects at the emergencyroom]
lT\rtorl
)Cmo te sientesJim?
lSusanl
How are you feeling tlim?
lTtorl
Podra estar meior. EI brazo ne duele mucho.
Uiml
I could be betten My arrn hurts a lot.
[T\rtor]
Lo siento. Estoy segura de que el doctor te uer,pronto.
[Susan]
I'm sorr2. I'm sure the doctor will see you soon.
[Ttor]
No puedo creer que hayamos estad,oesperand.oaqu uenticinco
minutos.
[Jim]
I can't believe we have been waiting here for twenty-frve
minutes.
[Ttrtor]
Note la utilizacin del pretrito perfecto: hemosestado = we have
been waiting, que se estudi en la leccin 8.
Mira qu crtestaddest Ia sala dc espera.
[Susan]
Look how crowded the waiting roon is.
lT\rtorl
Caramb a! Tenes razn.
Uiml
Wow! Youte right.
[T\rtor]
Wow es una expresin de sorpresa usada constmtemente.
Aquel hombre con la gota roja ha estada esperandodesdc hace una
hora y treinta minutos.
[Susan]
That man over there with the red cap said he had been waiting for an hour and thirty minutes.
[Tto]
Y yo pens que si uenamosa Ia sala de etnergenciame atenderan mi
br azo roto r pidamnnte.
[Jim]
And I thought that if we cane to the emergency room they
would take care of my broken arrn quickly.
lTttorl
Jim, cuando llam a la clnica re d,ijeron que no me pod,an dar una
cta hasta maana por la tarde.
Me parece que uinimos al lugar indicado.
[Susan]
Jim, when I called the clinic they said they could not give you
an appointment until tomorrow aftemoon.
I think we came to the right place.

46

My landlord wants me to nove out in twentz days.


lJiml
Oh no! But he can't do that! How long have you lived there?
[Susan]
TWo and a half years, His huse is infected with temites.
so he needs to live in my apartment for a while.
l.Jml

F^o,what are you going to do?


tusanl
Ilhink I should buy myself a place.
l.Jlml

[ould,Vou like to buy m apartment or a house?


liusan I
7ln apartment,
[Jim]
You should call Universal Realty, Ask for Nancy.
She's a good friend of mine.
lSusanl
Pj {"o have their phone number?
l.Jlml
No, Itm sorrr.
It's a local numbe4 so their area code will be the same as ours.
The_y_alsohave an 800 numben But ... I don't have it right now.
g^all 41.1,The operator will give you the information
yo need.
liusml
ihankyou
Jim.
lJiml
You're_welcome. So, where would you like o live?
ISusan]
I would like to stay in the city.
! find it more exciiing than lving in the subrrbs.
tJrml
I know what you mean.
lSusanl
I would like to frnd a three-bedroom apartment.
with a balcony, a washer and dryen
9_!, 3n it should allow pets. I culdn't live wihout my kitty.
l Jrml
p\, i'gqferday I say q house-for-sale ad in the newspapen
It had the master bedroom downstairs and two othr
bedrooms upstairs.
It_hq{_a kitchen, a dining room, a living room, and two and
a half bathrooms plus a two-car garage, all foi two hundred
and twenty thousand dollars,
[Susan]
But Jim, you forget I'm looking for an apartment.
I1+ gr " budget, you hrow?
l Jrml
Youtre.right. By the way, what will you do while you wait to
move into your new placel
lbusanl
I guess I will have to live in a motel for a while.
But it will cost me one hundred and twenty dollars a night.
lJirnl
I have a better idea! You could be my roommate for a few
weeks, What do you think'!
liusml
'i"hat *odd be great!
We would have to share the housework ,..
[Susan]
OJ course. I actually like to do he laundrz and to vacuum.
t.Jml
My dishwasher is broken right now, so we'll have to *""n,O:_
Jf,

dishes by hand.
[Susan]
Don't worr-l about it.
[Jim]
Also, my air conditioner is not working very well.
lSusanl
I can bring a fan I have at my place.
IJim]
Excellent!
ISusan]
Thank you again, clim. I'll talk to you soon.
lJiml
Good night, Susan.
Sftion fV. Explanation of the dialog
lsound effects telephone ringsl
lThtorl
HoIa
Uiml
Hello
lTirtorl
Hola, Jim. Es Susan.
lSusanl
Hi, Jim. It's Susan.
ITtrtor]
)Como estasSusonl Teposa algo?
lJiml
ilow are you Susan? Is sdnething wrong?
[Ttor]
Note que la frase Is something wrong? quiere decir literalmente
"Hay algq equivocado?"pero es una frase coloquial para preguntar
sr algo ancla mal.
Te pldo dsculpas por llamar tan tdrde s que es pasado las once,
pero tengo un problema.
ISusan]
I apologize for calling so late, I know it is past eleven,
butlhav eapro b l e m .
lTtorl
Qute pasd?
Uiml
What's the rnatter?
[T\rtor]
La pregunta what's the matter? es una expresin coloquial pra
preguntar "qu es lo que pasa." Es una pregunta similar a Is
sgmething wrong? en la que se sospechaque existe algn.problema.
EI propietario de mi aportamento quiere que me mudc en ueinte dds.
lSusanl
My landlord wants me to move out in twenty days.
lTlrtorl
Oh, no! Pero I no pued.ehacer eso!Cunto tiempo has uiuido ah?
lJiml
Oh no! But he can't do that! How long have you lived there?
IThtor]
He can't es la contraccin del verbo can y not o sea ma manera de
negar que pueda.
How long? quiere decir cunto tiempo o durante cunto tiempo.
Have you lived there? es el tiempo preterito perfecto que en ingls
se forma con el verbo to have en ei piesente m?s el participio pa;ado
del verbo principal. Por ejemplo: Yo he uuido en Nuela Yorh trs aos.
I have liried in New Yoik fbr three years. Este tiempo indica una
acci'nque oruri en un momento inde'finido del pasado'o una accin
que ocurri en el pasado y que se extiende hasta el presente.
Dos aosy medio. Su caia st,infestada con comej;nesas que l
36

Eso me parece bien - that sounds good lpause] ft,sps1.


that sounds good [pause]
No puedo aguantar el dolor - | can't stand the pain lpause]
Repeat. I an't stand the pain lpausej
Ten cuidado! - be careful! lpause] Repeat. be careful! [pause]
Section III. Dialog
fsoundeffectsat the hospital'semergencyroomj
tDusanl

How are you feeling Jim?


lJinl
I could be betten My arrn hurts a lot.
ISusan]
I'm sony. I'm sure the doctor will see you soon.
lJiml
I can't believe we have been waiting here for twenty-ive
minutes!
lSusanl
Look how crowded the waiting roon is.
lJiml
IVow! You are right.
ISusan]
That man over there with the red cap said he has been waiting
for an hour and thirty minutes.
lJiml
And_I-thought that if we came to the emergency room they
would take care ofmy broken arm quicklyf
lSusanl
Jim, when I called the clinic they said they could not give you
an appointment until tomonow afternoon,
I think we came to the right place.
Uiml
Maybe we could ask the nurse for an ice pack.
[Susan]
Of course. Would you like an aspirin also?
I.lrave some in my purse.
l.Jrml

kay, would you hand me that bottle of water that is on the


table, please?
[Susan]
Sure. Oops! I dropped the aspirin on the floon
How clumsv of me!

uiml

Did you see that boy with the swollen leg?


lSusanl
Yes. I heard he had stuck his foot inside a beehive and he got
badly stung.
[Jim]
Ouch! Look.
They are taking that lady inside and she just arrived!
[Susan]
Jim, she just had a heart attack!
She has a more serious emergency than yours.
Uiml
Oh! I didn't realize that.
[Susan]
Would you like to go outside for a few rninutes?
Maybe the foesh air will do you some good.
[Jim]
No. Why don't we sit on that couch between the lobby and the
cafeteria?
[Susan]
That sounds good.
+f

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Qu hizo Susan en el correo?


What did Susan do at the post office?
Susan mand unas cartds y unos paquetes.
Susan sent sorne letters and sm packages.
Qu hay aI lado de la cafetera?
What is next to the coffee shop?
Al lado de la cafetera hay una biblioteca nueoa.
Next to the coffee shop there is a brand new librarL
Cmose llama eI supermercado?
What's the supermarket's name?
El sunermercados llama "Food Fair".
The supemarket's nme is t'Food Faintt
Cundollevar Susan a Lily al veterinario?
When will Susan take Lily to the vet?
Tan pronto como se instale en su dpartamento.
As soon as she gets settled in her apartment.
Qu estn construyendo sobre la colina?
What are they building on the hill?
Estn construyendn un centro comercial sobre la colina.
They are building a mall on the hill.
Cmose enter Susan de esta comunidad?
How did Susan frnd out about this community?
Nancy, la amiga de Jim se Ia sugiri.
Because, Nancy, rfim's friend suggested it.

Fin de la leccin 8. End of lesson 8.

ITtorl

En esta leccin va a estudiar las preposiciones de lugar. Una preposicin


es una palabra que siroe de nexo entre diferentes palabras de la frase.
Escuche las siguientes preposiciones de lugar y reptalas a continuacin:
enldentro - in [pause] Repeat. in lpause]
sobre - on lpause] Repeat. on Lpausel
fuera - ou;t [pause] Repeat. out [pause]
dentro - inside lpause] Repeat. inside [pause]
- outside lpause] Repeat. outside [pause]
fueralafuera
entre -between
lpause] Repeat. between
lpausel
En esta leccin tambin anrender eI uso de las interiecciones.
Una interl'eccin es una plabra que expresa una emcin, como por
ejemplo asombro, dolor o equivocacin. Oh, Oops, Ouch, Wow y Help
son algunas interjecciones en ingls que se estudiarn en el dilogo.
Section II. Key words and phrases foon the dialog
sala de espera - waiting
roon
[pausel Repeat.
waiting
roon
lpause]
sala de emergencia - emergency
room lpause] Repeat.
emergency
room Lpausel
cio - appointment
Repeat,
appointment
[pause]
[pause]
enfermera / o - nurse [pause] Repeat, nurse lpausel
clnica - clinic [pause] Repeat. clinic fpause]
brazo roto - broken
arm fpause] Repeat. broken arm [pause]
ataque al corazn - heart attack lpause] Repeat.
heart attack fpause]
44

necesitauiuir en m apartamento.
[Susan]
TWo and a half years, His house is infected with temites so he
needs to live in ny apartnent for a qhile.
lTtorl
En ingis se dice literalmente dos y medio aos, two and a half
years.
Y qu uas a hacer?
lJimi
So, what are you going to do?
lTtorl
Creo oue me debera cotnorar un sitio.
lbusanl

I think I should buy myself a place.fThtorl


En este caso rnyself (pronombre reflexivo estudiado en la leccin 5)
se utiliza para dr nfasis.
.Teg.ustaiia compror un apartomento o una coso?
lJlml
iVould you like to buy m apartment
or a house?
lTtrtorl
Note eI uso del condicional con would explicado en la leccin 4.
Un apartamento.
lSusnl
An apartment.
IT'r:tor]
Deberas de llamar a Unuersal Realty. Pregunta por Nanc,.
EIIa es una bueno amisa ma.
tJ l m I
Youihould
call Universal
Realty. Ask for Nancy.
She's a good friend of mine.
lT\rtorl
Fjese en el condicional should (estudiado en la leccin 4).
nenes su nmero de telfono?
ISusan]
Do you have their phone nunber?

lTtorl
No, Io siento. Es un nmero local, as que su prefijo serd eI msmo que
el nuestro. Ellos tambin tenen un nmero 800. Pero ..- no lo tenso en
estos momentos. Llama al 417. La operadora te dar. la informacln
que necesLtas.
Note que en todos los Estados Unidos para averiguar cualquier nmero telefnico en cualquier ciudad o estado se llama al 'four, one,
one.tt Nunca se dice four hundred
and eleven. Y en caso de emergencias se llama al 911, o sea, ai 'hine, one, one." Los nmeros 800,
888 y otros con 8 son nmeros gratis para que clientes llamen a los
negocios. Los nmeros 900 son nmeros con cargo al cliente que llama
a ese negocio. En ingls los cientos se dicen one hundred,
two huny as sucesivamente cuando se trata de cifras.
dred, three hundred
[Jim]
No, I'm sorry. It's a local number
so their area code will be
the same as ours. They also have an 800 number.
But . . .
I don't have it right now. Call 4ll. The operator
will give
you the infornation
you need.
lTtorl
Note la utilizacin del adjetivo posesivo their que se estudi en la
leccin 5 y el pronombre posesivo ours que se estudi en la leccin 6.
Gracias Jim.
[Susan]
Thank you Jim.
[Ttor]
De nada. Y dndc tu gustara uiuir?
[Jim]
You're welcome, So, where would you like to live?
[Tto]
Me gustarct quedarme en Ia ciudad.
37

La encuentro ns estimulante oue Ins suburbios.


lSusanl
I woufd like to stav in the citv
I find it nore exciing than the suburbs.
lTtorl
Fjese en la utilizacin del comparativo que se estudi en Ia leccin 6.
Lo entiendo.

uiml

I how what you mean.


ITtrtor]
Esta es una frase coloquial que quiere decir literaLnente
"s lo que quieres decir".
Me gustara encontrar un apartanento dn tres domitorios,
con balcn, lauadora y secadora.Oh, y debera de permitir mascotas.
No podra uiuir sin mi gatita.
lSusml
I would like to frnd a three-bedroom apartment, with a
balcony, washer and dryen Oh, and it should allow pets.
I couldn't live without my kitta
lTirtorl
Un apartamento de tres cuartos se dice a three-bedroom
apartment y se escribe con un guin ente three y bedroom.porque
cumdo dos adjetivos califrcan un sustantivo se usa un guin corto
entre ellos.
Oh, ayer ui un anuncio de una casa a la uenta en el perid,ico.
Tenn el dorrnitorio principal abajo y otros dos dorrnitorios arriba.
Tena cocina, comedor,saia y do bos y rudio ms un garae para
dos autotnuiles. todo nor dorcientos ueinte nil dIares.
IJIMI

h, yesterday I saw a house fot sale ad in the newspaper.


It had the master bedroom downstairs and two other
bedrooms upstairs, It had a kitchen, a dining room, a living
room, and two and a half bathrooms plue a two-car garage, all
for two hundred and twenty thousand dollars.
lTtorl
Pero Jim, te oluidas que estoy buscando un apo,rtanento.
Tengo un presupuestofijo, sabes?
lSusanl
But.fim, you forget I'm looking for an apartment.
f'rn on a budget, you know?
lTtorl
Note que mientras en espaol se usa eI verbo fezer para decir
"tengo un presupuesto fijo", en ingls se usa el verbo to be
para decir 1omismo I'm on a budget.
Trenesrazn. A propsito, quuas a hacer mientras esperasd
mudarte a tu nueud uiuienda?
lJiml
You're right. By the way, what will you do while you wait to
move into your new place?
[Ttor]
Tend,roue uiuir en un motel durante un tiemoo.
l5usanl

i gues3 I will have to live in a motel for a while.


[T\rtor]
Tengo una idea mejor! Podras compartir rni casa d,urante unu
semanag Qute parece?
l..,rml
i have a better idea! You could be my roommate for a few
weeks. What do you think?
[T\rto]
Se'Aoommate'de alguien quiere decir ser compaero o compaera
de cuarto o de casa.
Serla estupendo!
lSusanl
38

lTtorl
Lo ueo ahora.

Y debajo de esos rbol.es estd la oficina

del ueterinario.

Uiml
I see it now. And under those trees there is a vet's office.
lTlrtorl
Casi siempre se dice vet y no veterinarian.
Aqu vet's quiere decir
"del veterinario".
S. Pienso lkuar a LiIy tan pronto cono mz asientu.
Y ad,iuina qu estn construyendoen esa colina?
ISusan]
Yes. I plan to take Lily aa aoon as I get settled.
And guess what they are building on that hill?
lTtorl
Qu?
[Jrml
What?
lT\rtorl
Un centro comercal. Tbndr tendas por departamentos, cines,
restdurdntes e incluso una peluquera.
lSusanl
Amall. It will have departnent
etores, moe theaters,
restaurants. and even a hairdresser.
lT\rtorl
;Y cudndo lo terminardn?
t.Jmi

l\ndwhen will it be completed?


lTttorl

El uerano prximo.
lsusml
ext su--en
[T\rtor]
Estupendo! Bien, parece que escogisteun buen lugar para tu nueuo
hogar. A propsito, cmosupiste de esta zona?
lJiml
That'e great!
Well, i looks like you chose a good location for your new
home. By the way, how did you frnd out about this area?
lTlrtorl
T amiga Nancy de Uniuersal Realty tne la recotnend.
ISusan]
Your friend Nancy from Universal Realty recorrmended it.
[Ttor]
Te dije que ella te ayudara.
Ftml
I told you she would help you out.
[T\rtor]
Eres un buen atnigo, Jim.
lSusanl
You are a good foiend, Jim.
Section V. Comprehensin
1. A Jim Ie gust el nuevo apartamento de Susan?
Did Jim like Susan's new apartment?
S, a Jirn le encant el nueuo apartamento de Susan.
Yes, .Iim loved Susan's new apartment.
2. El apartamento de Susan tiene una vista del supermercado?
Does Susan's apartment have a view of the supemarket?
No, su aparfanento tiene una uista d,elparque.
No, her apartment has a view ofthe park.
3. Adnde fue Susan ayer porla maana?
\[here did Susan go yesterday morning?
Susan fue aI coneo.
Susan went to the post offrc.

43

--Section fV. Explaaation


ofthe dialog
lsound effects]
lT\torl
Me alegro tanto de que pudieras uer mi nueuo apdrtanento hoy, Jirn.
[Susan]
I'n so glad you could see my new apartment today.Iim.
lTttorl
;Me encanta tu nueuo hopar!
'Es
espacioso,tiene una b'onita uista del parque y puedes encontrar
cerca todo lo que necesitas.Y adetnds estds en la planta baja!
lJiml
I love your new place!
It's spacious, it has a nice view of the par\ and you have
everything you need nearby. Plus you are on the frrst floor!
[T\rtorl
Note qre el verbo to love quiere decit querer, amdr peto tambin
encanmr.
Por ejemplo: Me encanta ese restdurante. I love that restaurant.
Observe que first floor equivale a planta baja.
El prirur piso es equivalente a second floon
Es uerdad. Por eso quera que diranos un paaeo.
Quiero ensearteIo estupenda que es estd comunid,ad.
lSusanl
That's true. That's why I wanted s to take a walk.
I want o show you what a great community this is.
lT\rtorl
Veoque eI correo eata al lado de tu edificio dz apartamentos.
lJiml
I see that the post office is next to your apartment building.
No es nagnfico? ,Ayerfui aI correo en cudnto acabaron de abrir.
Pude mandar rnis cartas y mis paquetes enseguida,y ni siquiera tuue
qle hacer cola.Estan cmodo!
tDusanl
Isn't that great? Yesterday I went into the post office the
minute they opened. I could send my letters and packages in
no time at all, and I didn't even have to wait in line.
It's so convenient!
[Tirtor]
Fijese que la expresin the minute they opened quiere decir ez
cuanto abrieron In no time at all quiere decir enseguida,
inmediatamente.
Veoque hay una biblioteca nueva al lado de esecaf.
lJiml
I see there is a new library by that coffee shop.
lTtrtorl
S. Pensopasar nuchas horas all. Mira, en frente de Ia tintorera hay
una delicatessenestupend,ay detrs d ella estd el banco.
lSusanl
Yes. I plan to spend many hous there.
Look, in front f the cleaners there is a great delicatessen and
behind it there is the bank.
[Ttor]
Dndeest el supermercado?
lJiml
lVhere is the superrnarket?
lTtrtorl
Si te paras al lad.o mo y miras por encima de la torre de Ia iglesio
uer.i eI letrero del suoe-rrercado.
Dice "Food Fair" en letras grandes y rojas.
[Susan]
If you stand beside me and look over the church tower you'll
see the supemarket sign.
It says'Food Fair" in large, red letters.

42

That would be great!


lT\rtorl
Tendramos que compartir las tareas donsticas , . .
lJiml
lVe would have to share the housevork. . .
[T\tor]
Por supuesto.De hecho, ru gusta lauar la ropa y pasar Ia aspirad,ora.
[Susan]
Of course. I actually like to do the laundry and to vacuun.
lTtorl
Mi lauaplatos est.roto en estos nonentos, as que tendremos que
Iauar los olatos a tnano.
IJIM I

i{y ishwasher is broken right now, so we'll have to wash the


dishes by hand.
lT\rtorl
No te preocupespor eso.
[Susan]
Don't worrJ about it.
lTttorl
Adems, mi aire acond,icionadono estd funcionando rnuy bien.

uiml

Also, my air contioner is not working very well.


lTtorl

Puedn traer un uentilador que tengo en mi apartamento.


[Susm]
I can bring a fan I have at ny place.
[Tbtor]
Ercelente!
[Jim]
Excellent!
lTlrtorl
Gracias de nueuo,Jim. Hablar contgo pronto.
lSusanl
Thank you again, Jin. I'll talk to you soon.
lT\rtorl
Buenas noches,Susan.
[Jim]
Good night, Susan.

Section V. Comprehension
1. Por qu Susan est llamando a Jim tan tarde?
Why is Susan calling Jin so lae?
Porque tiene un problema. Because she has a problem.
2. Ctnto tiempo ha vivido Susan en su apartamento?
How long has Susan lived in her apartment?
EIIa ha uiuido dos aos y nedio en su apartamento.
She has lived in her a:partment for iwo and a half years.
3. Susan quiere comprar o alquilar un apartamento?
poes Susan want to buy or to rent an apartment?
Susan quiere corprar un apartdmento.
Susan -wants tobuy an a'partment.
4. Qu nmero llama uno para pedir informacin?
What number does one call to ask for information?
Uno llama al 411 para pedir informacin.
One calls 411 to ask for infomation.
5. Adnde le gustaravivir a Susan?
I[here would Susan like to live?
A Susan Ie gustara uuir en Ia ciudad.
Susan would like to live in the city.
6. Cuntos domitorios quisiera tener Susan?
How many bedrooms would Susan like to have?
Susan ouisiera
-would tener tres dormitorios.
Susan
like to have three bedrooms.

39

7.

8.

9.

Qu le dice Jim a Susan que haga mientras espera para comprar


su nueva vivienda?
What does Jim tell Susan to do while she waits to buv her
new place?
Jrn le dice a Susan que compartd su casa con 1.
Jim tells Susan to be his roomrnate.
Qu tareas domsticas le gusta hacer a Susan?
What housework
does Susan like to do?
A Susan le gusta lauar la ropa y pasar la aspirad.oraSusan likes to do the laundry
and to vacuum.
Por qu Jim y Susan tendran que lavar los platos a mano?
Why would Jim and Susm have to wash the dishes by
hand?
Poroue el lauaolatos de Jim est rotoBec-ause climts dishwasher
is broken.

F in de la leccin 7. End of lesson

7.

lTtorl

En esta leccin va a estudiar algunas preposiciones que expresan lugar.


Escuche cada una de estas prepsicionies n ingls a iontiiuacin
y frate
de repetir cada una durante la pausa. Luego trate de repetirlas de
nuevo.

vet's office [pause]


centrocomeraial- mall fpause]Repeat, mall lpausel
tlenda por deportamentos - department store [pause] Repeat,
department store lpausel
cine - movie theater lpause] Repeat. movie theater [pause]
restaurdnte - restaurant [pause] Repeat, restaurant lpausel
pel uqueria / pel uquera - hairdresser-[pausel Repeat,
hair-dresser [pause]
letrero - sign lpausel Repeat. sign lpausel
colina -hill [pause]Repeat. hill lpausel
F^ection III. Dialog lsound effects street noisesl
usanl
I'm so-glad you could see my nelv apartment today.Iim!
lJiml
I love vour new place!
It's spcious, it lias a nice view of the park, and vou have
everything you need nearby. Plus you-are on th first floor!
lSusanl
That's true. That's why I wanted us to take a walk.
I_want to show you what a gr.eat community this is.
fJiml
taP;".fi*
the post office is next to vour apartment building.
Isn't that great? Yesterday I went into the post offrce the
minante they__open9{.-I colrld send my letteis and packages in
no time at all, and I didn't even have to wait in line.
It's so convenient!
Uiml
I see there is a new library by that coffee shop,
IJU S N I

por encirna - over [pause] Repeat. over [pause]


encina de - above [pausel Repeat. above lpause]
debajo - wder
lpausel Repeat. under [pause]
al lado - beside lpausel Repeat. beside lpausej
al lado de - next to [pausel Repeat. next to lpause]
al lado de - by lpause] Repeat. by lpausel
cerca d,e - near fpause] Repeat. neu
lpause]
enfrente d - in front of lpause] Repeat. in front of lpause]
detrs de -behind
Repeat.
behind
[pause]
[pause]

Yes, I plan to spend many hours there. Look, in front of the


cleaners there is a great delicatessen, and behind it there is
the bank.
[Jim]
Where is the superrnarket?
[Susan]
If yoF stand beside me and look over the church tower you'll
see the supermarket sign.
It.says "Food Fair" in large, red letters.

Section II. Key words and phrases fron the dialog


espacioso - spacious
lpausel Repeat. spacious [pause]
uista - view lpausel Repeat, view [pause]
cerca - nearby lpause] Repeat. nearby
[pause]
parque - park fpause] Repeat. park lpausel
dar un paseo a pie - take a walk lpausel Repeat.
take a walk lpause]
coeo - post offrce lpausel Repeat. post of{ice [pause]
edificio de apdrtamentos - apartment
building
lpause] Repeat.
apartment
building
fpause]
cartas - letters lpausel Repeat. letters lpausel
paquetes - packages
[pause] Repeat. packages
lpause]
hacer Ia cola - to wait in line lpause] Repeat.
to wait in line fpause]
nueuo / a - new fpause] Repeat. new fpause]
linlorerio - cleaners lpause] Repeat, cleaners lpausel
bonao -bank
fpausel Repeat. bank lpausel
supermercado - supemarket
[pause] Repeat. supemarket
lpausel
iglesia- church
lpause] Repeat. church
lpausel
drbol - tree [pause] Repeat, tree fpausel
ofiaino del ueterinario - vet's office lpausel Repeat.

i se it now. And under those trees there is a vet's office.


[Susan]
Ycs. I plan to take Lily as soon as I get settled.
And,guess what they are building on that hill?
l .rrml
What?
lSusanl
A mall. It will have department stores, movie theaters,
restaurants. and even a hairdressen
lJiml
And wlen will it be completed?
lusanl
ext summer.
[Jim]
That's great! Well, it looks like you chose a good location for
your new home. By the way, how did you fid out about this
area?
ISusan]
Your friend Nancy fi:om Universal Realty recommended it.
lJiml
I.^told you she would help you out.
lSusanl
ou'rsa good friend, Jim.

l.Jrml

40

41

7.

8.

9.

Qu le dice Jim a Susan que haga mientras espera para comprar


su nueva vivienda?
What does Jim tell Susan to do while she waits to buv her
new place?
Jrn le dice a Susan que compartd su casa con 1.
Jim tells Susan to be his roomrnate.
Qu tareas domsticas le gusta hacer a Susan?
What housework
does Susan like to do?
A Susan le gusta lauar la ropa y pasar la aspirad.oraSusan likes to do the laundry
and to vacuum.
Por qu Jim y Susan tendran que lavar los platos a mano?
Why would Jim and Susm have to wash the dishes by
hand?
Poroue el lauaolatos de Jim est rotoBec-ause climts dishwasher
is broken.

F in de la leccin 7. End of lesson

7.

lTtorl

En esta leccin va a estudiar algunas preposiciones que expresan lugar.


Escuche cada una de estas prepsicionies n ingls a iontiiuacin
y frate
de repetir cada una durante la pausa. Luego trate de repetirlas de
nuevo.

vet's office [pause]


centrocomeraial- mall fpause]Repeat, mall lpausel
tlenda por deportamentos - department store [pause] Repeat,
department store lpausel
cine - movie theater lpause] Repeat. movie theater [pause]
restaurdnte - restaurant [pause] Repeat, restaurant lpausel
pel uqueria / pel uquera - hairdresser-[pausel Repeat,
hair-dresser [pause]
letrero - sign lpausel Repeat. sign lpausel
colina -hill [pause]Repeat. hill lpausel
F^ection III. Dialog lsound effects street noisesl
usanl
I'm so-glad you could see my nelv apartment today.Iim!
lJiml
I love vour new place!
It's spcious, it lias a nice view of the park, and vou have
everything you need nearby. Plus you-are on th first floor!
lSusanl
That's true. That's why I wanted us to take a walk.
I_want to show you what a gr.eat community this is.
fJiml
taP;".fi*
the post office is next to vour apartment building.
Isn't that great? Yesterday I went into the post offrce the
minante they__open9{.-I colrld send my letteis and packages in
no time at all, and I didn't even have to wait in line.
It's so convenient!
Uiml
I see there is a new library by that coffee shop,
IJU S N I

por encirna - over [pause] Repeat. over [pause]


encina de - above [pausel Repeat. above lpause]
debajo - wder
lpausel Repeat. under [pause]
al lado - beside lpausel Repeat. beside lpausej
al lado de - next to [pausel Repeat. next to lpause]
al lado de - by lpause] Repeat. by lpausel
cerca d,e - near fpause] Repeat. neu
lpause]
enfrente d - in front of lpause] Repeat. in front of lpause]
detrs de -behind
Repeat.
behind
[pause]
[pause]

Yes, I plan to spend many hours there. Look, in front of the


cleaners there is a great delicatessen, and behind it there is
the bank.
[Jim]
Where is the superrnarket?
[Susan]
If yoF stand beside me and look over the church tower you'll
see the supermarket sign.
It.says "Food Fair" in large, red letters.

Section II. Key words and phrases fron the dialog


espacioso - spacious
lpausel Repeat. spacious [pause]
uista - view lpausel Repeat, view [pause]
cerca - nearby lpause] Repeat. nearby
[pause]
parque - park fpause] Repeat. park lpausel
dar un paseo a pie - take a walk lpausel Repeat.
take a walk lpause]
coeo - post offrce lpausel Repeat. post of{ice [pause]
edificio de apdrtamentos - apartment
building
lpause] Repeat.
apartment
building
fpause]
cartas - letters lpausel Repeat. letters lpausel
paquetes - packages
[pause] Repeat. packages
lpause]
hacer Ia cola - to wait in line lpause] Repeat.
to wait in line fpause]
nueuo / a - new fpause] Repeat. new fpause]
linlorerio - cleaners lpause] Repeat, cleaners lpausel
bonao -bank
fpausel Repeat. bank lpausel
supermercado - supemarket
[pause] Repeat. supemarket
lpausel
iglesia- church
lpause] Repeat. church
lpausel
drbol - tree [pause] Repeat, tree fpausel
ofiaino del ueterinario - vet's office lpausel Repeat.

i se it now. And under those trees there is a vet's office.


[Susan]
Ycs. I plan to take Lily as soon as I get settled.
And,guess what they are building on that hill?
l .rrml
What?
lSusanl
A mall. It will have department stores, movie theaters,
restaurants. and even a hairdressen
lJiml
And wlen will it be completed?
lusanl
ext summer.
[Jim]
That's great! Well, it looks like you chose a good location for
your new home. By the way, how did you fid out about this
area?
ISusan]
Your friend Nancy fi:om Universal Realty recommended it.
lJiml
I.^told you she would help you out.
lSusanl
ou'rsa good friend, Jim.

l.Jrml

40

41

--Section fV. Explaaation


ofthe dialog
lsound effects]
lT\torl
Me alegro tanto de que pudieras uer mi nueuo apdrtanento hoy, Jirn.
[Susan]
I'n so glad you could see my new apartment today.Iim.
lTttorl
;Me encanta tu nueuo hopar!
'Es
espacioso,tiene una b'onita uista del parque y puedes encontrar
cerca todo lo que necesitas.Y adetnds estds en la planta baja!
lJiml
I love your new place!
It's spacious, it has a nice view of the par\ and you have
everything you need nearby. Plus you are on the frrst floor!
[T\rtorl
Note qre el verbo to love quiere decit querer, amdr peto tambin
encanmr.
Por ejemplo: Me encanta ese restdurante. I love that restaurant.
Observe que first floor equivale a planta baja.
El prirur piso es equivalente a second floon
Es uerdad. Por eso quera que diranos un paaeo.
Quiero ensearteIo estupenda que es estd comunid,ad.
lSusanl
That's true. That's why I wanted s to take a walk.
I want o show you what a great community this is.
lT\rtorl
Veoque eI correo eata al lado de tu edificio dz apartamentos.
lJiml
I see that the post office is next to your apartment building.
No es nagnfico? ,Ayerfui aI correo en cudnto acabaron de abrir.
Pude mandar rnis cartas y mis paquetes enseguida,y ni siquiera tuue
qle hacer cola.Estan cmodo!
tDusanl
Isn't that great? Yesterday I went into the post office the
minute they opened. I could send my letters and packages in
no time at all, and I didn't even have to wait in line.
It's so convenient!
[Tirtor]
Fijese que la expresin the minute they opened quiere decir ez
cuanto abrieron In no time at all quiere decir enseguida,
inmediatamente.
Veoque hay una biblioteca nueva al lado de esecaf.
lJiml
I see there is a new library by that coffee shop.
lTtrtorl
S. Pensopasar nuchas horas all. Mira, en frente de Ia tintorera hay
una delicatessenestupend,ay detrs d ella estd el banco.
lSusanl
Yes. I plan to spend many hous there.
Look, in front f the cleaners there is a great delicatessen and
behind it there is the bank.
[Ttor]
Dndeest el supermercado?
lJiml
lVhere is the superrnarket?
lTtrtorl
Si te paras al lad.o mo y miras por encima de la torre de Ia iglesio
uer.i eI letrero del suoe-rrercado.
Dice "Food Fair" en letras grandes y rojas.
[Susan]
If you stand beside me and look over the church tower you'll
see the supemarket sign.
It says'Food Fair" in large, red letters.

42

That would be great!


lT\rtorl
Tendramos que compartir las tareas donsticas , . .
lJiml
lVe would have to share the housevork. . .
[T\tor]
Por supuesto.De hecho, ru gusta lauar la ropa y pasar Ia aspirad,ora.
[Susan]
Of course. I actually like to do the laundry and to vacuun.
lTtorl
Mi lauaplatos est.roto en estos nonentos, as que tendremos que
Iauar los olatos a tnano.
IJIM I

i{y ishwasher is broken right now, so we'll have to wash the


dishes by hand.
lT\rtorl
No te preocupespor eso.
[Susan]
Don't worrJ about it.
lTttorl
Adems, mi aire acond,icionadono estd funcionando rnuy bien.

uiml

Also, my air contioner is not working very well.


lTtorl

Puedn traer un uentilador que tengo en mi apartamento.


[Susm]
I can bring a fan I have at ny place.
[Tbtor]
Ercelente!
[Jim]
Excellent!
lTlrtorl
Gracias de nueuo,Jim. Hablar contgo pronto.
lSusanl
Thank you again, Jin. I'll talk to you soon.
lT\rtorl
Buenas noches,Susan.
[Jim]
Good night, Susan.

Section V. Comprehension
1. Por qu Susan est llamando a Jim tan tarde?
Why is Susan calling Jin so lae?
Porque tiene un problema. Because she has a problem.
2. Ctnto tiempo ha vivido Susan en su apartamento?
How long has Susan lived in her apartment?
EIIa ha uiuido dos aos y nedio en su apartamento.
She has lived in her a:partment for iwo and a half years.
3. Susan quiere comprar o alquilar un apartamento?
poes Susan want to buy or to rent an apartment?
Susan quiere corprar un apartdmento.
Susan -wants tobuy an a'partment.
4. Qu nmero llama uno para pedir informacin?
What number does one call to ask for information?
Uno llama al 411 para pedir informacin.
One calls 411 to ask for infomation.
5. Adnde le gustaravivir a Susan?
I[here would Susan like to live?
A Susan Ie gustara uuir en Ia ciudad.
Susan would like to live in the city.
6. Cuntos domitorios quisiera tener Susan?
How many bedrooms would Susan like to have?
Susan ouisiera
-would tener tres dormitorios.
Susan
like to have three bedrooms.

39

La encuentro ns estimulante oue Ins suburbios.


lSusanl
I woufd like to stav in the citv
I find it nore exciing than the suburbs.
lTtorl
Fjese en la utilizacin del comparativo que se estudi en Ia leccin 6.
Lo entiendo.

uiml

I how what you mean.


ITtrtor]
Esta es una frase coloquial que quiere decir literaLnente
"s lo que quieres decir".
Me gustara encontrar un apartanento dn tres domitorios,
con balcn, lauadora y secadora.Oh, y debera de permitir mascotas.
No podra uiuir sin mi gatita.
lSusml
I would like to frnd a three-bedroom apartment, with a
balcony, washer and dryen Oh, and it should allow pets.
I couldn't live without my kitta
lTirtorl
Un apartamento de tres cuartos se dice a three-bedroom
apartment y se escribe con un guin ente three y bedroom.porque
cumdo dos adjetivos califrcan un sustantivo se usa un guin corto
entre ellos.
Oh, ayer ui un anuncio de una casa a la uenta en el perid,ico.
Tenn el dorrnitorio principal abajo y otros dos dorrnitorios arriba.
Tena cocina, comedor,saia y do bos y rudio ms un garae para
dos autotnuiles. todo nor dorcientos ueinte nil dIares.
IJIMI

h, yesterday I saw a house fot sale ad in the newspaper.


It had the master bedroom downstairs and two other
bedrooms upstairs, It had a kitchen, a dining room, a living
room, and two and a half bathrooms plue a two-car garage, all
for two hundred and twenty thousand dollars.
lTtorl
Pero Jim, te oluidas que estoy buscando un apo,rtanento.
Tengo un presupuestofijo, sabes?
lSusanl
But.fim, you forget I'm looking for an apartment.
f'rn on a budget, you know?
lTtorl
Note que mientras en espaol se usa eI verbo fezer para decir
"tengo un presupuesto fijo", en ingls se usa el verbo to be
para decir 1omismo I'm on a budget.
Trenesrazn. A propsito, quuas a hacer mientras esperasd
mudarte a tu nueud uiuienda?
lJiml
You're right. By the way, what will you do while you wait to
move into your new place?
[Ttor]
Tend,roue uiuir en un motel durante un tiemoo.
l5usanl

i gues3 I will have to live in a motel for a while.


[T\rtor]
Tengo una idea mejor! Podras compartir rni casa d,urante unu
semanag Qute parece?
l..,rml
i have a better idea! You could be my roommate for a few
weeks. What do you think?
[T\rto]
Se'Aoommate'de alguien quiere decir ser compaero o compaera
de cuarto o de casa.
Serla estupendo!
lSusanl
38

lTtorl
Lo ueo ahora.

Y debajo de esos rbol.es estd la oficina

del ueterinario.

Uiml
I see it now. And under those trees there is a vet's office.
lTlrtorl
Casi siempre se dice vet y no veterinarian.
Aqu vet's quiere decir
"del veterinario".
S. Pienso lkuar a LiIy tan pronto cono mz asientu.
Y ad,iuina qu estn construyendoen esa colina?
ISusan]
Yes. I plan to take Lily aa aoon as I get settled.
And guess what they are building on that hill?
lTtorl
Qu?
[Jrml
What?
lT\rtorl
Un centro comercal. Tbndr tendas por departamentos, cines,
restdurdntes e incluso una peluquera.
lSusanl
Amall. It will have departnent
etores, moe theaters,
restaurants. and even a hairdresser.
lT\rtorl
;Y cudndo lo terminardn?
t.Jmi

l\ndwhen will it be completed?


lTttorl

El uerano prximo.
lsusml
ext su--en
[T\rtor]
Estupendo! Bien, parece que escogisteun buen lugar para tu nueuo
hogar. A propsito, cmosupiste de esta zona?
lJiml
That'e great!
Well, i looks like you chose a good location for your new
home. By the way, how did you frnd out about this area?
lTlrtorl
T amiga Nancy de Uniuersal Realty tne la recotnend.
ISusan]
Your friend Nancy from Universal Realty recorrmended it.
[Ttor]
Te dije que ella te ayudara.
Ftml
I told you she would help you out.
[T\rtor]
Eres un buen atnigo, Jim.
lSusanl
You are a good foiend, Jim.
Section V. Comprehensin
1. A Jim Ie gust el nuevo apartamento de Susan?
Did Jim like Susan's new apartment?
S, a Jirn le encant el nueuo apartamento de Susan.
Yes, .Iim loved Susan's new apartment.
2. El apartamento de Susan tiene una vista del supermercado?
Does Susan's apartment have a view of the supemarket?
No, su aparfanento tiene una uista d,elparque.
No, her apartment has a view ofthe park.
3. Adnde fue Susan ayer porla maana?
\[here did Susan go yesterday morning?
Susan fue aI coneo.
Susan went to the post offrc.

43

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Qu hizo Susan en el correo?


What did Susan do at the post office?
Susan mand unas cartds y unos paquetes.
Susan sent sorne letters and sm packages.
Qu hay aI lado de la cafetera?
What is next to the coffee shop?
Al lado de la cafetera hay una biblioteca nueoa.
Next to the coffee shop there is a brand new librarL
Cmose llama eI supermercado?
What's the supermarket's name?
El sunermercados llama "Food Fair".
The supemarket's nme is t'Food Faintt
Cundollevar Susan a Lily al veterinario?
When will Susan take Lily to the vet?
Tan pronto como se instale en su dpartamento.
As soon as she gets settled in her apartment.
Qu estn construyendo sobre la colina?
What are they building on the hill?
Estn construyendn un centro comercial sobre la colina.
They are building a mall on the hill.
Cmose enter Susan de esta comunidad?
How did Susan frnd out about this community?
Nancy, la amiga de Jim se Ia sugiri.
Because, Nancy, rfim's friend suggested it.

Fin de la leccin 8. End of lesson 8.

ITtorl

En esta leccin va a estudiar las preposiciones de lugar. Una preposicin


es una palabra que siroe de nexo entre diferentes palabras de la frase.
Escuche las siguientes preposiciones de lugar y reptalas a continuacin:
enldentro - in [pause] Repeat. in lpause]
sobre - on lpause] Repeat. on Lpausel
fuera - ou;t [pause] Repeat. out [pause]
dentro - inside lpause] Repeat. inside [pause]
- outside lpause] Repeat. outside [pause]
fueralafuera
entre -between
lpause] Repeat. between
lpausel
En esta leccin tambin anrender eI uso de las interiecciones.
Una interl'eccin es una plabra que expresa una emcin, como por
ejemplo asombro, dolor o equivocacin. Oh, Oops, Ouch, Wow y Help
son algunas interjecciones en ingls que se estudiarn en el dilogo.
Section II. Key words and phrases foon the dialog
sala de espera - waiting
roon
[pausel Repeat.
waiting
roon
lpause]
sala de emergencia - emergency
room lpause] Repeat.
emergency
room Lpausel
cio - appointment
Repeat,
appointment
[pause]
[pause]
enfermera / o - nurse [pause] Repeat, nurse lpausel
clnica - clinic [pause] Repeat. clinic fpause]
brazo roto - broken
arm fpause] Repeat. broken arm [pause]
ataque al corazn - heart attack lpause] Repeat.
heart attack fpause]
44

necesitauiuir en m apartamento.
[Susan]
TWo and a half years, His house is infected with temites so he
needs to live in ny apartnent for a qhile.
lTtorl
En ingis se dice literalmente dos y medio aos, two and a half
years.
Y qu uas a hacer?
lJimi
So, what are you going to do?
lTtorl
Creo oue me debera cotnorar un sitio.
lbusanl

I think I should buy myself a place.fThtorl


En este caso rnyself (pronombre reflexivo estudiado en la leccin 5)
se utiliza para dr nfasis.
.Teg.ustaiia compror un apartomento o una coso?
lJlml
iVould you like to buy m apartment
or a house?
lTtrtorl
Note eI uso del condicional con would explicado en la leccin 4.
Un apartamento.
lSusnl
An apartment.
IT'r:tor]
Deberas de llamar a Unuersal Realty. Pregunta por Nanc,.
EIIa es una bueno amisa ma.
tJ l m I
Youihould
call Universal
Realty. Ask for Nancy.
She's a good friend of mine.
lT\rtorl
Fjese en el condicional should (estudiado en la leccin 4).
nenes su nmero de telfono?
ISusan]
Do you have their phone nunber?

lTtorl
No, Io siento. Es un nmero local, as que su prefijo serd eI msmo que
el nuestro. Ellos tambin tenen un nmero 800. Pero ..- no lo tenso en
estos momentos. Llama al 417. La operadora te dar. la informacln
que necesLtas.
Note que en todos los Estados Unidos para averiguar cualquier nmero telefnico en cualquier ciudad o estado se llama al 'four, one,
one.tt Nunca se dice four hundred
and eleven. Y en caso de emergencias se llama al 911, o sea, ai 'hine, one, one." Los nmeros 800,
888 y otros con 8 son nmeros gratis para que clientes llamen a los
negocios. Los nmeros 900 son nmeros con cargo al cliente que llama
a ese negocio. En ingls los cientos se dicen one hundred,
two huny as sucesivamente cuando se trata de cifras.
dred, three hundred
[Jim]
No, I'm sorry. It's a local number
so their area code will be
the same as ours. They also have an 800 number.
But . . .
I don't have it right now. Call 4ll. The operator
will give
you the infornation
you need.
lTtorl
Note la utilizacin del adjetivo posesivo their que se estudi en la
leccin 5 y el pronombre posesivo ours que se estudi en la leccin 6.
Gracias Jim.
[Susan]
Thank you Jim.
[Ttor]
De nada. Y dndc tu gustara uiuir?
[Jim]
You're welcome, So, where would you like to live?
[Tto]
Me gustarct quedarme en Ia ciudad.
37

dishes by hand.
[Susan]
Don't worr-l about it.
[Jim]
Also, my air conditioner is not working very well.
lSusanl
I can bring a fan I have at my place.
IJim]
Excellent!
ISusan]
Thank you again, clim. I'll talk to you soon.
lJiml
Good night, Susan.
Sftion fV. Explanation of the dialog
lsound effects telephone ringsl
lThtorl
HoIa
Uiml
Hello
lTirtorl
Hola, Jim. Es Susan.
lSusanl
Hi, Jim. It's Susan.
ITtrtor]
)Como estasSusonl Teposa algo?
lJiml
ilow are you Susan? Is sdnething wrong?
[Ttor]
Note que la frase Is something wrong? quiere decir literalmente
"Hay algq equivocado?"pero es una frase coloquial para preguntar
sr algo ancla mal.
Te pldo dsculpas por llamar tan tdrde s que es pasado las once,
pero tengo un problema.
ISusan]
I apologize for calling so late, I know it is past eleven,
butlhav eapro b l e m .
lTtorl
Qute pasd?
Uiml
What's the rnatter?
[T\rtor]
La pregunta what's the matter? es una expresin coloquial pra
preguntar "qu es lo que pasa." Es una pregunta similar a Is
sgmething wrong? en la que se sospechaque existe algn.problema.
EI propietario de mi aportamento quiere que me mudc en ueinte dds.
lSusanl
My landlord wants me to move out in twenty days.
lTlrtorl
Oh, no! Pero I no pued.ehacer eso!Cunto tiempo has uiuido ah?
lJiml
Oh no! But he can't do that! How long have you lived there?
IThtor]
He can't es la contraccin del verbo can y not o sea ma manera de
negar que pueda.
How long? quiere decir cunto tiempo o durante cunto tiempo.
Have you lived there? es el tiempo preterito perfecto que en ingls
se forma con el verbo to have en ei piesente m?s el participio pa;ado
del verbo principal. Por ejemplo: Yo he uuido en Nuela Yorh trs aos.
I have liried in New Yoik fbr three years. Este tiempo indica una
acci'nque oruri en un momento inde'finido del pasado'o una accin
que ocurri en el pasado y que se extiende hasta el presente.
Dos aosy medio. Su caia st,infestada con comej;nesas que l
36

Eso me parece bien - that sounds good lpause] ft,sps1.


that sounds good [pause]
No puedo aguantar el dolor - | can't stand the pain lpause]
Repeat. I an't stand the pain lpausej
Ten cuidado! - be careful! lpause] Repeat. be careful! [pause]
Section III. Dialog
fsoundeffectsat the hospital'semergencyroomj
tDusanl

How are you feeling Jim?


lJinl
I could be betten My arrn hurts a lot.
ISusan]
I'm sony. I'm sure the doctor will see you soon.
lJiml
I can't believe we have been waiting here for twenty-ive
minutes!
lSusanl
Look how crowded the waiting roon is.
lJiml
IVow! You are right.
ISusan]
That man over there with the red cap said he has been waiting
for an hour and thirty minutes.
lJiml
And_I-thought that if we came to the emergency room they
would take care ofmy broken arm quicklyf
lSusanl
Jim, when I called the clinic they said they could not give you
an appointment until tomonow afternoon,
I think we came to the right place.
Uiml
Maybe we could ask the nurse for an ice pack.
[Susan]
Of course. Would you like an aspirin also?
I.lrave some in my purse.
l.Jrml

kay, would you hand me that bottle of water that is on the


table, please?
[Susan]
Sure. Oops! I dropped the aspirin on the floon
How clumsv of me!

uiml

Did you see that boy with the swollen leg?


lSusanl
Yes. I heard he had stuck his foot inside a beehive and he got
badly stung.
[Jim]
Ouch! Look.
They are taking that lady inside and she just arrived!
[Susan]
Jim, she just had a heart attack!
She has a more serious emergency than yours.
Uiml
Oh! I didn't realize that.
[Susan]
Would you like to go outside for a few rninutes?
Maybe the foesh air will do you some good.
[Jim]
No. Why don't we sit on that couch between the lobby and the
cafeteria?
[Susan]
That sounds good.
+f

lJiml
HELP!!!
[Susan]
tlim, what happened?
tdrml
I bumped rny broken am against the wall ...
I can't,stand the pain!
lsusanl
Oh no! Please, be careful. I'm going to look for the nurse.
Don't move rmtil I come back.
Section fV, Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects at the emergencyroom]
lT\rtorl
)Cmo te sientesJim?
lSusanl
How are you feeling tlim?
lTtorl
Podra estar meior. EI brazo ne duele mucho.
Uiml
I could be betten My arrn hurts a lot.
[T\rtor]
Lo siento. Estoy segura de que el doctor te uer,pronto.
[Susan]
I'm sorr2. I'm sure the doctor will see you soon.
[Ttor]
No puedo creer que hayamos estad,oesperand.oaqu uenticinco
minutos.
[Jim]
I can't believe we have been waiting here for twenty-frve
minutes.
[Ttrtor]
Note la utilizacin del pretrito perfecto: hemosestado = we have
been waiting, que se estudi en la leccin 8.
Mira qu crtestaddest Ia sala dc espera.
[Susan]
Look how crowded the waiting roon is.
lT\rtorl
Caramb a! Tenes razn.
Uiml
Wow! Youte right.
[T\rtor]
Wow es una expresin de sorpresa usada constmtemente.
Aquel hombre con la gota roja ha estada esperandodesdc hace una
hora y treinta minutos.
[Susan]
That man over there with the red cap said he had been waiting for an hour and thirty minutes.
[Tto]
Y yo pens que si uenamosa Ia sala de etnergenciame atenderan mi
br azo roto r pidamnnte.
[Jim]
And I thought that if we cane to the emergency room they
would take care of my broken arrn quickly.
lTttorl
Jim, cuando llam a la clnica re d,ijeron que no me pod,an dar una
cta hasta maana por la tarde.
Me parece que uinimos al lugar indicado.
[Susan]
Jim, when I called the clinic they said they could not give you
an appointment until tomorrow aftemoon.
I think we came to the right place.

46

My landlord wants me to nove out in twentz days.


lJiml
Oh no! But he can't do that! How long have you lived there?
[Susan]
TWo and a half years, His huse is infected with temites.
so he needs to live in my apartment for a while.
l.Jml

F^o,what are you going to do?


tusanl
Ilhink I should buy myself a place.
l.Jlml

[ould,Vou like to buy m apartment or a house?


liusan I
7ln apartment,
[Jim]
You should call Universal Realty, Ask for Nancy.
She's a good friend of mine.
lSusanl
Pj {"o have their phone number?
l.Jlml
No, Itm sorrr.
It's a local numbe4 so their area code will be the same as ours.
The_y_alsohave an 800 numben But ... I don't have it right now.
g^all 41.1,The operator will give you the information
yo need.
liusml
ihankyou
Jim.
lJiml
You're_welcome. So, where would you like o live?
ISusan]
I would like to stay in the city.
! find it more exciiing than lving in the subrrbs.
tJrml
I know what you mean.
lSusanl
I would like to frnd a three-bedroom apartment.
with a balcony, a washer and dryen
9_!, 3n it should allow pets. I culdn't live wihout my kitty.
l Jrml
p\, i'gqferday I say q house-for-sale ad in the newspapen
It had the master bedroom downstairs and two othr
bedrooms upstairs.
It_hq{_a kitchen, a dining room, a living room, and two and
a half bathrooms plus a two-car garage, all foi two hundred
and twenty thousand dollars,
[Susan]
But Jim, you forget I'm looking for an apartment.
I1+ gr " budget, you hrow?
l Jrml
Youtre.right. By the way, what will you do while you wait to
move into your new placel
lbusanl
I guess I will have to live in a motel for a while.
But it will cost me one hundred and twenty dollars a night.
lJirnl
I have a better idea! You could be my roommate for a few
weeks, What do you think'!
liusml
'i"hat *odd be great!
We would have to share the housework ,..
[Susan]
OJ course. I actually like to do he laundrz and to vacuum.
t.Jml
My dishwasher is broken right now, so we'll have to *""n,O:_
Jf,

Recuerde que en ingls el verbo en presente slo canbia la


terminacin en la tercera persona del sinzular - he o she donde se le
aade ua -s. Por ejemploi
Yo alquilo
T.alquilas
4llEl.lnolauila
Nontftsalquilnm
Umtrcslw-alquilrii"s
tlstedesalquiln
ElkslEllasalquilan

I rent
You rent
Heherents
Werent
Yourerrt
Yourent
lheyrent

Yo cornpro
T1i cornpras
EllElln-mpm
Nontrurcnpmrc
Vosotrelretimpniis
tJstdesmmpin
Ellns/Ellasnmpran

I buy
Youbuy
Hehebuys
Webuy
Youby
Youbu!
Ttreybiry

Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog


Pnmeramente orr la Dalabra o Ia frase en espariol v despussu
equ-ivalenteen ingls. -Repita la palabra o la flase dspusde oirla
en lngles.
propietario - landlord lpausel Repeat. landlord [pause]
pidb disculpas - I apol-gize lpaus'ejRepeat. I aplogize [pausel
cunto tienxpoha uiuido allt? -}Jow long have you lived there?
[pause] ft,sps, How long have you livd there? lpausel
prefijo dc Ia ciudad - area code lpausel Repeat. area code lpause'|
quisieraconprar un apartamentoo una casa?lVould you like to buy an aprtment
or a house? fpause]
Repeat. Would you lii<e to 6uy an apartment or a-hous?
LPausel
operadora - operator lpausgl Repeat. operator lpausel
suburbios - suburbs fpausel Repeat. suburbs lpausel
laoadora - washer tpusel Repat. washer [pasel
secadora- dryer fpausel Repeat. dryer [pause]
t7ngo un p.resupu.esto
fijo.- I'm on a budget lpause] Repeat.
l m on a Drrdgef, lpausel
q propsito 1 by the way lpause] Repeat. by the way [pausel
Iauaplatos - dishwasher lpausel Rspssl. dishwasher [pausel
oire acondicionado - air conditioner lpausel Repeat.
air conditioner lpausel
d,ormitorio princrp7 - master bedroom [pause] Repeat.
master bedroom loausel
cocina - kitchen tpiusel-Repeat. kitchen lpausel
ba7o- bathroom pausel Rpeat. bathroom [pause]
salo - living roon-[pausel Rpeat. living rooin [pausel
rontedor - diningroom, lpause] ft,spe. dining room fpausel
drnoa ten eptso de arrtba) - upstanrs lpausel Kepeat.
upstairs [pause]
qbajo Cp el piso de gbajo) - downstairs [pausel Repeat.
downstarrs lpause]
tareas domstica.s- housework [pause] Repeat.
housework [pause]
Section III Dialog
[soune effects telephone ringsl
I JlM

Heilb
ISusan]
Hi Jim. It's Susan.
lJimj
How are you Susan? Is something wrong?
fSusanl
I apolgize for calling so late, I know it is past eleven,
butl h av eapro b l e m .
lJiml
What's the matter?
lSusanl
34

ITtor]
Tb,Iuezpodramos pedirle a Ia enfermera una bolsd de hielo.
lJiml
Maybe we could ask the nurse for an ice pack.
lT\rtorl
Por supuesto.Quieresund dspirina tatnbin? Tengoalgunas en mi
bolso.
[Susan]
Of course. Would you like an aspirin also?
I have some in my purse.
lTtorl
Fjese que en este caso Would you like?
es la manera corts en ingls de preglntar si se quiere algo.
Muy bien, mepodrfas alcanzar esa botella de dgud que est en Ia
nesa, por fauor?
Uiml
Okay, would you hand me that bottle of water that is on the
table, please?
[T\rtor]
Hand quiere decir mano, pero el verbo to hand qtiere decr alcanza2
Claro. Ay! se me cay la aspirina en eI suelo. Qu torpe soy!
lSusanl
Sure. Oops!.$dropped the aspirin on the floon
How clumsvtf
ne!
lTtorl
Vistea esenio con la pierna hinchada?
Uiml
Did you see that boy with the swollen leg?
[Ttor]
S. O que rneti el pie en una colnena y las abejas lo picaron mucho.
[Susan]
Yes. I heard he had stuck his foot inside a beehive and he got
bay stung.
lTtrtorl
Uy! ... Mira. Estdn lleuando a esa seorapara adnntro y ella acaba
de llegar!
lJiml
Ouch!...Look.
They are taking that lady inside and she just arrived!
[Ttor]
Jim, ella acaba de tener un ataque al corazn.
EIla tien una ernergencatn.sseria que la tuya.
lSusanl
Jin, she just had a heart attack.
She has a nore serious emergency than yours.
lT\rtorl
Ay! No me d, cuenta de eso.
Uiml
Oh! I didn't realize that.
[T\rtor]
To realize quiere decir "duse cuenta de."
Tegustdrd salir afuera unos minutos?
Quizs eI aire flesco te hard bien.
lSusanl
IVould you like o go outside for a few minutes?
Maybe the fresh air will do you some good.
lTtorl
-|y'o.
Por qu no nos sentanos en esesof entre eI uestbuloy la cafetera?
Uiml
No. Why don't we sit on that couch between the lobby and the
cafeteria?
lTtorl
Me oarecebien-

47

ISusan]
That sounds good.
lTirtorl
SOCORRO!
tJ tml

HELP!
lTtrtorl
Jim, quepas?
lSusanl
Jim, what happened?
lT[tor]
Me d con Ia pared en el brazo roto- Nopuedo aguantar el dolor!
Uiml
I bunped my broken am against the wall.
I can't stand the pain!
lT\rtorl
Ay no! Por fauor, ten cuid.ad.o.Voy a buscar a la enfermeraNo fu mueuas hasta que yo regrese.
ISusan]
Oh no! Please, be careful. I'm going to look for the nurse.
Don't move until I come back.
Section V. Comprehensin
1. Por qu Jim fue a la sala emergencia?
Why did Jim go to the emergency room?
Poroue se ouebr el brazo- Because he broke his arm.
2. C.untotimpo ha esta$o Jim esperando en 1a sala de
mergencia?'or how l6ng has iirn been waiting at the
emergency room?
Jim has estado esperandod,urante ueinticinco minutos.
clim has been waiting for twenty-five minutes.
3. Por qu Jim no fue a la clnica?
Why didn't Jim go to the clinic?
Porque la clnica no Ie poda dar und cita hasta maana por la
tarcle.
Because the clinic could not give him an appointment
until
tomorrowafternoon.
4. Qu quiere pedirle Jim a la enfemera?
What does Jirr want to ask the nurse for?
Jim ouiere oedirle una bolsa de hieloJim ivants- to ask the nurse for an ice pack.
5. Qule ofrece Susan a Jim?
What does Susan offer Jirn?
SusonIe ofreceo Jim una aspirina.
Susan offers Jim an aspirin.
6. Qu le pas al nio de la pierna hinchada?
lrhat happened to the boy with the swollen leg?
El meti el oie en una colmerua.
He stuck is foot inside a beehive.
7. Porqu llevaron para adentro a Ia seora que acababa de llegar?
Why did they take inside the lady who just anived?
Porque eIIa tuuo un ataque al corazn.
Because she had a heart attack.
8. Jim quiere esperar afuera de la sala de espera?
Does Jim want to wait outside the waiting roorrr?
No, Jim quiere esperar adentro. No, Jim wants to wait inside.
9. Por qu Jim pidi ayuda? Why did Jim ask for help?
Porque se dio con la pared en eI brazo roto y no puede aguantar
el d.olor.
Because he bumped his broken arrn with the wall and he
can't stand the pain.
Fin de Ia leccin 9. End of lesson 9.
48

lTtorl
Bien, entiend,o
[Jim]
Okay, I understand.
[T\rtor]
Sabes cmo me gustan los gatos.
En mi opinin son ms diuertidos que los perros.
[Susan]
You know how much I love cats.
In my opinion they are more fun thm dogs.
Section V. Comprensiri
1. Aquin vio Jim en el parque?
Who did Jim see at the park?
Jim uio a Claire en eI parque.
Jim saw Claire at the park
2. C6moeran los perros de Claire?
How were Claire's dogs?
Los perros gemelosde Claire eran negrosy enormes.
Claire's twin dogs were black md huge.
3. De qu color es Princess?
What color is Princess?
Prncess es marrnPrincess is brom.
4. Quin es ns rpidoAlex oAndy?
IYho is faster Alex or Andv?
Alex es mas rapido que Andj.
Alex is faster than Andv.
5. Por qu Princess estaba iadrando?
Why was Princess buking?
Porque tena mied,od,elos perros de Claire.
Because she was afraid of Claire's dogs.
6. Por qu Susan quera otro gato?
Why did Susan want another cat?
Porque su gata necesitabaun compaero.
Because her cat needed a companion.
7. PrefiereSusan los petros o los gatos?
Does Susan prefer dogs or cats?
Susanprefiere los gotos.
Susan prefers cats.
Fin de la leccin 6. End oflesson 6.

[Ttor]

En esta leccin aprender sobre el alquiler o Ia compra de una


vivienda. Algunos de los verbos oue se van a utilizar son
regulares. Pr ejemplo: to rent I alquilar y to call - llamar.
En el pasado a estos verbos se les aade Ia teminacin
-ed.

Yoalquilo
Yollatno

I rent
I call

Yo alquil
Yo llam

I rented
I called

Yo alquilar
Yo llamar

I will rent
I will call

El verbo comprar - to buy es un verbo imegular que cambia


completamente en el pasado.
Yo compro

Ibuy

Yo cornpr I bought

Yo comprar

I will buy
33

---[Jim]
I_told her that my son md my daughter are now in college and
they also compete anong thenselves. He is seventeen and she
is eighteen. Liz gets better grades than Jack because she is
more studious than her brother, but he doesn't understand
that.
But, anrway, we couldn't talk very much because ny dog
Princess was barking very loud.
I lUtorl
ote el uso del comparativo cuando se comDaran cosasdiferentes
(she is more studibus than her brothei).
Porqu?
[Susan]
whv?
lT\rtor]
Creo que ella le tena mied,oa los penos de Clare.
Son mucho mas grandes que ella.
tJlmi

i think she was afraid of Claire's dogs.


Tltgy r." so much bigger than she is.

I llrtorl
To be-afraid
es una expresin que quiere decir "tener miedo." Esto es
otro ejemplo de que muho_de lo-que-espaol va con tener en ingis va
con el verbo ser o estar, to be. Claire mencion sus Ratos?
R-ecuerdo que ella tenro uarios gatos bellos de pelo la"rgo.
lSusanl
Did Claire mention
her cats?
I remember
she used to liave several beautifirl,
long.haired
cats.
lTtorl
St. S.u gata blanca persa_ya tiene catorce aos, el gato negro persa
murto J su galo grs acaba dc lcner gatilos.
l.Iiml
Yes. Her white Persian cat is already fourteen
years old, the
black,Persian
passed away, and heigrey
cat juit had kitens.
I lutor
Los gentilicios en ingls comienzan con marscula, o sea que persa se
escribe Persim
con "P" mayscula. To pass away se traduc
literalmente como "pasar lejos", quiere decr morii.
Esa ga\o uieja y peq-uea esta uiia todauio?
lDusanl
That small old, cat is still alive?
IThtor]
S !
[Jim]
Yes!
lTtrtor]
;Eslrl regalando los gatitosl
tbusanl
her kittens
away?
Is she giving
[Ttor]
alvay
o
"dar
afuera"
Io qug quiere decir es danar o regalar.
St"q
T9
M-mm, la llamar y Ie preguntar. Peio, por qu necesitas otrl gato?
lJ rml
Mmm, f will call her and ask hen
But, why do you need another
cat?
lT\rtorl
La ma.necesita un compdero. Motl-o tanto porque quiere ugar,
pero csto! ocupadct la mayor porte del tiempo.
liusanl
Mine needs a conpanion.
She meows so much because she
wants to play, but I'm too busy most of the time.

[Ttor]

En esta leccin va a estudiar las preposicionesque indicm direccin.


Como se vio en la leccin anterior, la preposicin es una palabra que se
usa en relacin con un nombre, un pronombre o con alguna otra palabra
de la oracin.
A continuacin escuchelos siguientes pronombres, y
reptalos despusde la pausa.
aniba - tp lpaus'els61. up_lpausel
dbolo - down lpauseJRepeat, down lpausel
a traue.s- through lpausl Repeat. througir lpausel
a traus - across [pauseJRepeat. across lau;el
olrededor - arouil
[pause] Repeat. aroud lpausel
Observe.aqu tambin el-uso de_ciertasconjunciones- las palabras que
unen palabras o grupos de palabras. como nd t y ), but {pro) y or ().
Section IT. Key words and phrases from the dialog
prim.o. prima - cousin lpausel Repeat. cousin [pauie]
conductr,ryangjar- to_drive fpauselRepeat. to drive lpausel
uola-r- t9.fly [pausel Repeat. to fly lpasel
uuel,o- flight lpausel.Rebeat. fligt ipausel
auton - plane lpausel [.sps. plane [pausel
aeropuerto-- ?irport lpauseJ Repeat. alrport lpausel
el centro (de la ctudad) - d.owntown lpauselRepeat.
downtown [pause]
aparaomiento- rarking space lpauselRepeat.
parKrng space lpausel
melro - subway fpause]Repeat, subway [pausel
poseo(en outomuil)- ride fpauselRepeat. ride lpause]
barco -boat [pausel Repeat-. boat lpa-usel
tren - train lpausel f,,sp61. train lpausel
aulobs -bu3 LpauselF,sp6.bus fpausel
Qu buena idea! - What great ida! lpausel Reoeat,
What a great idea! lpausef
)Qu hay de nueu_ol- What's new with you? lpausel Repeat.
What's new with you? lpausel
Section III. Dialog
[s_omdeffectstelphoneringsl
lJiml
Hello.
ISusan]
Hi, Jim. How are vou?
I.Iiml
Fin, What's new?
[Susan]
Not much.
I'rn calling because I need some suggestions for this week-end.
lJrml

It's kind f late Susan. IVhat did you have in mind?


Bll*it
My cousin from Ohio is coming to visit.
lJiml
l-s that your cousin Leslie or your cousin Lisa?
[Susan]
My cousin Leslie. She is a second cousin.
lJiml
I assume she's flying. It would be a long drive from Ohio.
49

lSusanl
Yes. She's coming by plane.
Her flight arrives on Friday at 10:45 p.m.
[Jim]
Are you going to pick her up at the airport?
lSusanl
Yes.
lJiml
I don't think you should drive because you won't be able to
enjoy the sigts.
lSusanl
I would be more relaxed if I didn't drive. We'll take a taxi
downtom.
Then we'll be able to walk up and down the streets
without worrring about traffic or frnding a parking space,
[Jim]
Leslie would probably enjoy Chinatom.
It's so exotic, and I know she likes Chinese food.
lSusanl
Hey! I have an idea!
Would you like to join us on Saturday for dinner?
lJiml
That would be nice. I can get there by subway very easily. . .
or I could take the bus.
lSusanl
Don't be silly.
I will drive and we will pick you up on our way to Chinatown.

uiml

Oh, don't forget to take Lelie to the Botanical Gardens.


They are beautiful at this time of the year,
lSusanl
You are absolutely right. Do you think trfusy still have
horse-drawn caniages to take people through the park?
Uiml
I think so, but make srrre yorr get there early.
Those rides are very popular on week-ends.
lSusanl
I just remembered. There is a zoo near the Botanical Gardens.
We could also go there.
Uiml
Yes. There is a boat that takes you across the lake and leaves
you at the zoo.
[Susan]
What else could I do with Leslie?
[Jim]
Let ne see . . . You could take a train and go to that town with
the apple orchards and the srineries . . , I can't remember its
name.. . but I know it's only two hours away!
lSusanl
What a great idea!
My goodness Jim, it's almost midnight!
We'll see you on Saturday.

uiml

Good night, Susan.


Section IV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects telephone rings]
IT\tor]
Diga.
lJrml
Hello
lTttorl
HoIa Jim. Cmoestds?.

f,U

lT\rtorl
Adiuina a auin acabo de uer.
[Jim]
Guess who I just saw.
[T\rtor]
A quin?
lSusanl
Who?
[Tutor]
Vi a Claire paseando sus dos enorrnes perros negros gernelos.
[Jim]
I rsaw Claire walking her two, twin, huge, black dogs.
[Ttor]
T$in es el adjetivo gemelos,twin dogs.
Ibing con "s" al final es el sustantivo.
The dogs are twing.
To walk quiere decir caminar, pero en este caso es pasear.
Oh, yo pens que susperros eran Larronea.
lSusanl
Oh, I thought her dogs were brown.
[T\rtor]
No, eI mo es marrn pero los de ella son negros.
lJiml
No, mine is brown, but hers are black.
lTtrtorl
Y qu dijo Claire?
[Susan]
So, what did Claire say?
lTlrtorl
EIla dijo que susdos hijos gemelosenpezaron la secundaria esteao.
Tienen trece aos.
[Jim]
She said her two twin sons started high school this year.
They are thirteen.
lTirtorl
No Io pued.ocreer!
ISusan]
I can't believe it!
lTirtorl
S. Dijo que est.ntan altos cornosu padre.
EIIos praclican aampoy pista y son muy competitiuos.
A elli no te gusta eio pioqueex es ms rpido que Andy y l se burla
de su nermdno

Dor eso-

lJiml
Yes. She said they are as tall as their fathen
They do cross-country and are very cornpetitive.
She doesn't like that because Alex is faster than Andy, and he
teases his brother about it.
lT\rtorl
Said es el pasado del verbo to say - decir.
Note eI uso del comparativo cuando se comparan cosas,iguales
(as tall as) y despus cuando se comparrn cosas diferentes
(Alex is faster than Andy).
De uerdad?
[Susan]
Really?
[Ttor]
Yo Ie dije que mi hijo y m hija egtn ahora en la uniuersidad
y tanbin compiten entre ellos. El tiene d,iecisietey ella dieciocho.
Liz recibe mejores notas que Jack porque es ms estudosaque su
hertnano, pero l no entiend.e eso. Pero, de todas naneras no pudimos
hablar rnuchoporque Princess estaba ladrando muy alto.

5I

lJiml
No. mine is bron'n but hers are black.
lSusanl
So, what did Claire say?
[Jim]
She said her win sons started high school this year.
They are thirteen.
lSusanl
I can't believe it!
lJiml
Yes. She said they are as tall as their fathen They do
cross-country and are very competitive. She doesn't like that
because Alex is faster than Andy, and he teases his brother
about it.
lSusanl
Really?
Uiml
I told her that my son and my daughter are now in college
and they also compete with each othen He is seventeen and
she is eighteen.Liz geta better grades than Jack because she
is more studious than her brother. but he doesn't underetand
that. But, anway, we couldn't talk very much because my dog
Princess was barking very loud.
lSusanl

whv?

[Jim]
I think she was afraid of Qlaire's dogs.
They are so much bigger than she is.
lSusanl
Did Claire mention her cats? I remember she used to have
several beautiful, long-haired cats.
lJiml
Yes. Her white Persian cat is already fourteen years old, the
black Persian passed away, and her grey cat just had kittens.
lSusanl
That small. old cat is still alive?
lJiml
Yes!
[Susan]
Is she ging the kittens away?
lJiml
Mmm. I will call her and ask hen
But, why do you need nother cat?
lSusanl
Mine needs a companion. She meows so much because she
wants to play, but I'm too busy most of the time.
Urml
Okay, I understand.
[Susan]
You know how much I love cats.
In my opinion they are more fin than dogs.
Section IV. Explanation
of the dialog
lsound effects dogs barking at the parkl
[Ttor]
Hola, Susan!
lJiml
Hi. Susan!
lTtrtorl
Hola!
lSusanl
Hi!

30

lSusanl
Hi, Jim. How are you?
lT\rtorl
Bien. Qu hay de nueuo?
lJiml
Fine. What's new?
lT\rtorl
No mucho. Estqt llamando porque necesitoalgunas sugerenciaspara
estefin de semdna.
lSusanl
Not much. I'n calling because I need some suggestions for this
week-end.
lTutorl
Ay Dios! Es algo tard,eSusan. Qupensabas?

uiml

Oh boy! It's kind of late Susan, What did you have in mind?
lT\rtorl
Oh boy es una interjeccin que se usa frecuentemente en ingls.
Fjese que esta pregunta Wha did you have in mind?
quiere decir literalmente gatencsen Ia rnente?o sea
quplaneabas? quhabas pensado?
Mi prima de Ohio uiene d.euisrto.
lsusml
i{y cousin from Ohio is coming to visit.
lT\rtorl
EIla es tu prina Lesli o tu prirna Lisa?
lJiml
Is that your cousin Leslie or your cousin Lisa?
lTtorl
Mi prima Leslie. Es una prima segunda.
lSusanl
My cousin Leslie. She is a second cousin.
lT\rtorl
Supongo que ueneen auinSera un uiaje muy largo en autonuil desde Ohio.
[Jim]
I assume she's flying. It would be a long drive ftom Ohio.
lTtorl
El verbo to assume quiere decir szponer.
Drive quiere decit manejar, a long drive es
"urr viaje largo en automvil".
S. Viene en auin. Su uuelo llesa eI uiemes a las 70:45 d la noche.
ISusan]
Yes. She's coning by plane,
Her flight mives on Friday at 1O:45 pm.
lT\rtorl .
Udsd recogerlnal aeropuerto?
[Jim]
Are you going to pick her up at the airport?
lTtorl
S. Al fin y al caboyo uivo muy cerca.
lSusanl
Yes. After all I live around the comer.
lT\rtorl
Around the corrrer es una expresin coloquial que indica "muy
cerca" aunque literalmente quiere decir "a la vuelta de Ia esquina".
Entonces,ld uds a sdcar a pasedr eI sbado y el domingo?
lJiml
So, on Saturday and Sundayyou will be showing her around?
[Trtor]
S.
lSusanl
Yes.
51

[Tltor]
No c,reoque debas conducir porque no pod.rsdisfrutar de las ustas
(de la ciudad).
[Jiml
I don't think-you should drive because you won't be able to
eryoyll|e srghts.
Estara mtis relajada si no manejara. Tonaremos un tari para ir al
centro- Asr,podremoscaminar por las calles sin preocuparios d.el
fraltco nt dc encontrar un estaconamiento.
lSusanl
Yes. I would le more relaxed if I didn,t drive. We'll take a taxi
dovntown. Then weTl be able to walk up and dvm the streets,without worrying about traffic or frn-ding a parking space.
Irurorl
Leslie probablemente disfrutara del barrio chino.
bs ton exticoy s que a ello le gusta Ia comida chinaIJiml
Leslie woutd probably eqloy Chinatown.
It's so exotic. and I know she likes Chinese food.
fTttorl
Oyt . . Tengo una id.ea!
)querros uenir con nosolraso cenor el scjbado?
[Susm]
Hey! I have an idea!
Would you like to join us on Saturday for dinner?

l'lltorl
Hey es otra iterieccin corn en insls.
Sera muy
.agradble; Puedo llegar hlsta olld en metro muy fricilmente
. . . o puedo tomar el autobs
lJiml
That would be njce. I cm get there by subway very easily. . .
Or I could take tlre bus[Ttor]
No seas tonto.
!9,y a manejar y te recogeremos en camino hacia el barrio chino.
lSusanl
Don't.6e silly. I will drive and we will pick you up on our way
to Chinatom.
[T\rtor]
No te oluid,es d.e lleuar a Leslie aI Jard.n Botnico.
En esta poca del ao es bello.
lJiml
Oh don't forget
to take Leslie to the Botanical
Gardens.
'.I]hey
at this time of the year.
3re beautiful
lTtrtorl
Tiene,s toda la,razn. Crees que todaua tienen los canos tirad.os por
coballos que Ileuan o ld genle o traus del parque?
IJusanl
Y_ou're absolutely
right. Do you think thev still have horse-

ffi*T."*i"Ses

to take people through the park?

Creo que sl.pcro asegrate.deque lleguen lemprano.


son muJ populareslos hnes de semono.
fi"rff,ro""o"
i think so, but make sure you get there eulv.
Those rides e very popl n week-ends.'
l'lhtorl
Me ac,bo de acord.ar. Hay un zoolgico cerca dl Jard,n Botdnico.
rOdrIAmoS on tamblen.
[Susan]
I_just remembered.
There is a zoo near the Botanical
Gardens.
IYe could also go there.

52

ours Lpausel
uuestro, uuestros, Duestra, uuestras _ yours lpause] Repeat.
yours lpause]
suyo, suyos, suya, suyds - theirs [pause] Repeat. theirs
[pause]
O!:lryg que el pronombre posesivo.en ingls es el mismo para el
mascu[no que el temenino y para el singular que el plurai.
n.lngle:c cualgg !e comparan dos cosas que son iq-uales se hace
util'zando "as" delante y detrs del adjetivo. por e-iemplo: ElIa es tan
tntetrgenfe co_n9su hermana. She is as intelligerit
ad her sistenCuando se compa-ran dos cosas diferents. se utlza la=teirnmaclon _er
para la-mayora de los adjetivos de una slaba (por eiemolu;
tst - l'aster. He is faster than.his
brothen
iEt e ms rripido gaqsu
herma.no;), y la palabra more delante del adjetivo
Gr" tieile Joi-"mas sllabas
"l
(por ejemplo: agile - more agile, intelligent
- more intelligent).
Section II. Key words and phrases foom the dialog
Primero oir la palabra o la frase en espariol y despus la oir en ingls.
aarutna - guess lpausel llepeat. guess loausel
enorme -hage
lpausel Repat. hiree lpusel
negro -black
lpausel Rerat. blaJk lausel
marrn - brovm lpausel Repeat. broivn lpausel
blanro - white lpause] Repat. white.[pasel
gmptos - twrn lpausel Repeat. twin lpause]
que hoy de nueuo con ella? What,s ne with her? [pausel Repeat.
What's new with her? loausel
No lo-pyeln creer! - I ch't believe it! [pause] Repeat.
I can't believe it! lnause]
Son tan altos como_iu padre. - They are as tall as their father.
l.pausel ftepeat.'lhey
tre_as tall as their father. lpausel
Alex es m(is rapido que Andy- - Alex is faster than -Andy.
lpausel
Repeat. Alex-is fater thn Andv. Ipausel
uniuersid.ad - coJlege [pauseJ Rep-eat-. college lpausel
Lrz es mas estudrcsa que su hermano. _ Liz is more studious than
ner brother.
lpausel ltepeat.
Liz is more stdious
thlan her brother.
loausel
ladrar - to bark [pausel Repeat. to bark i'pausei
mouttor - to meow lpausel Repeat, to mew loausel
grande -big
[pausel Repeat. b1g fpausel
p_"_?!i!g: pequeos, pequea, peqielas - small
lpause] Repeat.
smarr lpause]
bello, bellos, bella, bellas - beautiful
Repeat.
lpauseJ
DeauErfur lpaseJ
regao!. d.ar.-to.give
away.[pausel
Rep_eat. to give away [pausel
En mi opinin -.in my opinin lpausej-Repeat."
rn my oprnron lpauseJ
Seftion
1ll Dialog
lsound efiects at the Darkl

Uiml
Hi. Susan!
ISusan]
Hi!
lJiml
Guess-who I just saw?
lSusanl
lVho?
Uiml
I saw Claire walking her two huge, twin, black dogs.
liusanl
Oh, I thought her dogs were brom.

29

--Section V. Comprehension
1. Por qu entr Jim en Ia tienda de deportes?
Why did Jim go into the Sporting goods store?
Porque tena que comprar un regalo para su sobrino.
Because he had to buy a birthday gift for his nephew.
2. Qu deportejuega el sobrino de Jim?
fhat sport does Jim's nephew play?
El juega bisbol. He plays baseball.
3. Por qu Jim no quiso comprarle a su sobrino un guante?
tobuy his nephew a calcher's mitt?
ivhy ido't.Iim'want
Poroue su sobrino va tena uno.
Bec-ause his nepirew already had one.
4. Va eI sobrino de Jim al estadio durante la temporada de bisbol?
Does Jim's nephew go to the stadium during baseball
season?
S, eI sobrino de Jim ua al estad,iodurante Ia temporada de
bisbol.
Yes, Jim's nephew goes to the stadium during baseball
season.
5. Quregalo le compr Jim a su sobrino?
What present did Jim buy for his nephew?
Jim Ie compr a su sobrino una coleccinde tarjetas de bsbol.
Jim bougt his nephew a baseball card coilection.
6. Cul es el deporte preferido de Jim?
What is.Iim's favorite sport?
EI deportepreferido de Jim es el baloncesto.
Jim's favorite sport islasketball,
7. Porqu Jim ya no juega baloncesto?
Why doesn't.Iim play basketball any more?
Poroue se lesion. Becau'se he hurt himself.
8. CuaI es el deporte preferido de la empleado de Ia tienda?
What is the sales clerHs favorite sport?
Su deportefauorito es el ftitbol. Her favorite sport is football.
9. Qu se coripr Jim en l tienda de objetos dep-ortivos?
What did .Iim buy for himself at the sporting goods store?
Jim se compr una cannsetade baloncestodel equipo de los
Celtics.
Jim bought himsel{ a Celtics basketball shirt.
10. Por qu le compr Jim a su esposauna camiseta de baloncesto?
Why did .Iim buy his wife a basketball jersey?
Porque la oue ella tena estaba uieia.
Bec'ause the one she had was ld,
Fin de la leccin 5. End of lesson 5.

lTtrtorl

En esta leccin va a estudiar los pronombres posesivosque ocupan el


lugar de un sustntivo.
Lo--spronombres posesivosen ingls son:
mine, yours, his, hers, ours, yours, theirs.
Escuche los pronombres posesivosy reptalos a continuacin.
mo, ma, mos, mas - mine [pause] Repeat. mine [pause]
tuyo, tuyos, qa, tuyas - yours [pause] Repeat. yours lpause]
suyo, suyos,de l -lnis [pausel Repeat. his lpause]
suyo, suyos,suya, suyds, de ella - hers lpausel Repeat. hers [pause]
nuestro, nuestros, nuestra, nuestrds - ours fpause] Repeat.
28

ITtor]
S. Hay un barco que te lleua a traus del lago y te deja en eI zoolgico.
tJiml
Yes. There is a boat that takes you across the lake and leaves
you at the zoo.
ITtrtor]
Quotrd cosapodra hacer con Leslie?
[Susan]
Ilhat else could I do with Leslie?
[T\ltor]
D i ameuer--.
Ped,encoger el tren e ir a esepueblo con los nanzanalesy los uiedos...
No puedo acordanne del nornbre,pero s que est,slo a dos horas de
aou.
Uiml
Letmesee...
You could take a train and go to that town with the apple
orchards and the wineries . . ,
I cantt remember its name; but I know itts only two hours away.
lTtorl
Qu buena idea! Santos cielos Jim, es cas medianoche!
Te ueremosel sdbado.
lSusanl
\Yhat a great idea! My goodness Jim, it's almost midnight!
'We'll see you on Saturday.
lT\rtorl
My goodness es otra interjeccin que se usa a menudo en ingls. .
Buenas noches, Susan
[Jim]
Good night, Susan.
Section V. Comprehensin
1. Quin viene a visitar a Susan?IYho's coming to visit Susan?
Su prna segunda Leslie uienea uisitarla.
IIer second cousin Leslie is coming to visit.
2. VieneLeslie en auto o en avin?
Is Leslie coming by car or by plane?
Leslie uieneen auinLeslie is coming by plane.
3. Qulugar piensa Jim que Ie gustara a Leslie?
What place does Jim think that Leslie would like?
Jim piensa aue a Leslie le pustdra el batio chino.
Jim-thinks that Leslie ould like Chinatovrn.
4. Vive Susan cerca del aeropuerto?
Does Susan live near the airport?
S, Susan uiue cerca dcl aeropuerto.
Yes, Susan lives near the irport.
5. Jim va a ir al barrio chino en metro o en auto?
Is elim going to go to Chinatown by subway or by car?
Jm ua a ir al barro chino en eI auto de Susan.
Jin is going to go to Chinatown in Susan's can
6. A dnde van a ir Susan y Leslie en tren?
Where are Susan and Leslie going to go by train?
Susan y Leslie uan a ir a un pueblo con manzanalesy uiedos
en tren.
Susan and Leslie are going to go to a town with apple
orchards and winees by train.
7. Qu lugar es bello en esta pocadel ao?
What place is beautiful at this tine of the year?
EI Jardn Botnico es bello en esta nocadel ao.
The Botanical Gardems are beairtiful at this time of the
year.
8. Cmollega uno desde el Jardn Botrico hasta eI zoolgico?

53

--r

How does one get foom the Botanical


Gardenrs
to the zoo?
Uno toma un barco que ua a traus del lago hasta eI zoolgico.
One takes a boat that goes across th lake and into"the
zoo,
Fin de la leccin 10. End oflesson

10.

[Ttor]

En esta leccin va a estudiar diferentes verbos relacionados con los


empleos,las ocupacionesy la bsqueda de empleo.
En isls to look for quiere decir scr.
Yo bucotrabajo. I lobk for a job
To hire quier decir darle trabaj a alguien.
Por ejemilo:
Yo empleo un jard.inero en el ueranoI hire a gardener in the summerY
Me dieron el empleo - I was hired.
Me darn el embleo. I will be hired.
To fire quiere ?lecirdespedir/dejar sin lrobajo.
Por ejemplo:
Despido a aquellos trabajadores que llegan tarde.
I fiie those workers riho are iardv]
Sin embareo:
Me despidleron. - I was fired.
Me uan a despedir. I will be fired.
To interview - entreuistarse.
Por ejemplo:
Maana ooy a entreuistarm con Wilson & Wilson.
Tornonow I am going to interview with lYilson & lVilson,
Section IL Key words and phrases from the dialog
ama dp casa - housewife lpausel Repeat. housewife lpausel
rnaestro, ndestra - teacher [pause] Repeat. teacher lpause]
uniuersidad - college [pausel Repeat. college lpausel
recepcionista- receptionist [pausel Repeat. receptionist [pausel
secretaria, secretario - secretary [pause] Repeat. secretary fpause]
escritor, escritora - miter [pause] Repeat. miter lpause]
contador, contable - accountant [pause] Repeat. accountant
lPausel
entreuisto
entreuista -- interview
interview
Repeat. interview
interview
lpause]
[pause] Repeat.
lp
[pause]
dor trabajo - to hire lpusel Repat. to hire lpausl
I
despedir - to fire lpauiel Rpeal.
Repeal. to fire lpaui-el
lpaus'el
Q;rhabitidodes lborats ti6ne? -Whatib skiils do you have?
job skills do you-have? lpausei
trqp61. What
Whatjob
lpausel [.qp61.
ipusel
What does she want io 4ofor,a-living?
do for a living
En qu quiere trabojor? --What
[pause] Repeat. What does she want to do for a living? fpause]
quieres
tipo
de
ti_po
tipo
d9
de
quieres
trabajo
trl
hacerl
trabqjo
hacer?
Que
Qu
Qu
What kind
kind ofjob
What
of
would you like to have? lpausel Repeat.
What kind
kind-ofof job would
y_oulike
world you
like_to
to have? [pausel
[bausel
usted
experiencia?-Do you have expeiience? lpause]
Tiene
Repeat. Do yu have experince? lpausei
Section III. Dialog lsound effects door bell ringsl
liusml
'm gla you came to neet my sister and my niece, Jim,
54

perodo de tiempo. Para expresar ese tipo de pasado en ingls se


utiliza el verbo to use (en pasado) ms,el verbo en infinitivo que
indica la accin habitual. Por ejemplo: EI sola montar en bicicleta
todos los das. He used to ride his bike every day. En espaol
'I used to play" tambin puede expresarse:Yojugaba.
Lo siento mucho.
A mi me gusta el baloncestopero mi deporte fauorito es el fr1tbol ...
lSusanl
Oh, is too bad.
I like basketball, but my favorite sport is football.
lTtrtorl
Note que el balompi se conocecomo soccer en Estados Unidos.
Football es el fiitbol americano.
En serio?Tienesun equipo fauorito?
lJiml
Really? Do you have a favorite team?
lT\torl
Creo que los Dolphins d,eMiami es mi equipo preferido; en 1972
ganaron diecisietejuegos en una temporad.aperfecta, pero en rni casa
uemostodns los juegos. Aqu esin las cannisetasde los Celtics.
lSusanl
I guess the Miami Dolphins are my favorite team, in 1972
they won seventeen games in a perfect season, but in our
house we watch all the games. Here are the Celtics jerseys.
lTtrtor]
Note que como se explic en la leccin anterior el verbo to guess
sgnifrca adiuinar y en ciertos casos como en este quiere decir creer
o SuponerNote que los aos del siglo pasado se dicen as: diecinueuesetentay
dog o sea, nineteen seventy-two. Los nmeros compuestos llevan
un guin, o sea, twenty-one lleva guin entre twenty y one
mientras que twenty no lleva guin.
Comprar dos, una para m y una para ni esposa.
Su camiseta es muy uieja, as que ella se alegrar de recibir una
nueua.
[Jim]
I'll take two, one for me and one for my wife.
Her jersey is pretty old, so she'll be pleased to get a new one.
ITtrtorl
La.palabra pretty quiere decr bonito o bonita, pero en este caso
ouere oecrr mv.
kay. Van a cosiar dieciochod.Iarescad.auna.
lSusml
Okay. ft's going to be eighteen dollars each,
lTtorl
En vez de utilizar to coat o costar, a veces se expresa de una manera
ms coloquial "it's going to ber" literalmente 'Aa a ser".
Aqu tengo ni tarjeta de crdito.

uiml

card.
Here I have my credit
lTtorl
Que la pases bien, Jm, y espero que a tu sobrino le guste el regalo de
cumDLeanos.
IDUSanl
ilave a good day Jim, and I hope that your nephew
likes his
present.
birthday
lTtrtorl
Note que la lrase "que la pases bien" en ingls-have
a good day
quiere decir literalmente "que tenga un buen da". En ingls el
pronombre posesivo debe de aparecer siempre delante del sustantivo,
pero en espaol no es necesario (...que a tu sobrino le guste el regalo)

27

lSusanl
IVell. lYe have this new bat_ that every kid wants right now. It
com_esin four boy's sizes eleven, tweive, thirteen. 'nd fourteen. Or you could buy your nephew a catcher's mitt.
Uur mitts are made of leather and they are hand-stitched.
[Ttor]
Para describir d9 9ue m-ate4al est hecho un objeto, en ingls se suele
decir made of o "hecho de." Por ejemplo: Esta bo-Isaes de lna.
This bag is made of wool.
Los nmeros del 13 al 19 se_form^an
con el sufrjo -teen que representa
ez,os ea. t hi r t e e n e s S y I 0 y f ou r te e n e siy 1 0 .
guantes son excelentes,pero creo que m sobrino ya tiene uno.
sus
,U!,
IJIMI
Oh, your mitts are excellent, but I think my nephew already
[Tutorl
Jueeal en un eouioo?
tDusanl
D._oesfe play on a team?
I l\rtorl

S Z! jyeSa en un equipo y ue losjuegos de bisbot en la teleuisin.


tdmrcn fus_padreslo lleuan a uerjuegos en el estad,iodurante la
temporada de bisbol.
fJiml
Y.9s.Ile plays on a team md he watches baseball on TV.
{lsg, hi-s paTents take him to watch games at the stadium
currng Daseball season,
lT\rtorl
Entonceses un oerdadero fantico! Tengo una id.ea.
Qu te parece esta coleccinde tarietas-de bisbot.
Tiene quince d.elos mejoresjugadoires en Ia historio del bisbol.
ISusan]
So, he is a real fan! I have an idea.
How about this baseball card collection?
Lt has fifteen of the best players in the history of baseball.
ITtor]
.Esees eI regalo perfecto! Curinto cuesta?
l..,rml
the perfect gift! How much is it?
frat.is
Diecisis d.lares)AIpo ms?
lSusml
Fjxteeir dollars. Great. Anrthing else?
[T\rtor]
Breno, pueslo que estoyaqu-ipienso.quedeberaaomprar algo.
'llenen usledescamisetas de los Celtics?
Uiml
Well, si_nceI'm here I think I should get myself something,
DJ V"P have Celtics jerseys?
truf,orl
Aqu el verbo to get, obtener substituye el verbo to btty, tomprar.
st. Ls et baoncesto
tu deportefauorfof
id:3"1*
We sure do. Is basketball your favorite sport?
[Ttor]
'We
sure do equivale a "claro que sf'.
S, el baloncestbes mi deporte iauorito.
Yo.solajugar cuando est-obaen lo uniuersidadhasta que me lesion.
t.Jtm I

indica ma

accin pasada que se prolong durmte

now.

tdlml

Djd yo3 say your sister is looking for a job?


liusml
Y9g_.Se has been a housewife for a while, but now that her
children are older she would like to have a job outside the
house again.
l.Jrml

iVtrattind

of job would she like to have?

She is not sure. She studied Art H!"tory in college,


but she does not want to be a teachen
Uiml
What job skills does she have?
tDusanl
Well, she c.an type, she can frIe, she can write reports,
sne-rs_ramrtrar wrttr many computer progfams,
and stre can communicate well with people,
Uiml
She_could probably find a job as a receptionist or a secretarvi
per_haps in m art museum. Has she started looking for a job
yet?
[Susan]
She has looked at the classifreds since Thursday, but she has
not found anything yet.
[.Jlml

And what does her daughter do for a living?


[usanl
She has just graduated frorr college with a maior in
Hospitality l\tmagement, and shels toki;ti;;;
jol as well.
urml
And what kind ofjob would she like to do?
tDusanl
She would really-like to be a food critic, but she knows she
would starve to death.
[Jim]
She probably will . , . Does she have any talent?
IsUSanl
Yes. I believe so, but I'm her aunt.
uiml

lglrTj,""

skills doesshehave?

She can do a lot of things in the kitchen.


Fle,can cook really well.
[.rrml
That's great! She could work at a restaurant, and at least she
would not starve to death. You know, my friend Rvan owns a
restaurant . . . and she could help run ii.
lSusanl
Really?
[Jim]
Y_es,and he told me last Wednesday that he needs to hire an
Assistant Manager. I could tell hini about your niece on
Mondav.
tDusanl

f course, thank you. By the way, how is your job going?


I^was going to tell you .,. ehem ... I was fired last Thesday.
lSusan I

Yes,-b_askelball is my favorite sport.


I_used to play in college until I-hrrt myself.

I'l\rtorl
'i o"ed
to play

They should be here any ninute

un

h noi That,s terrible!


lJiml
Don't worr2. I started looEing for a new job on Wednesday. I
have an interview on Friday.

zo

55

----r

lSusanl
You'll get the job tlim. You are an experienced accountant.
lJiml
That's right. I already have twenty-two years of exrerience.
Section fV, Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects door be]l ringsl
lTtori
Me alegro d,eque hayas uenido a conocera mi hermana y a mi sobrina,
cllm.

Ya deben

de estar

al llepor.

[SusanJ
I'm glad you came to meet my sister and my niece, cfim.
They should be here any minute now.
[T\rtor]
Any minute now es una foma coloquial de decir
"muy pronto, a punto de . . ."
Dijiste que tu hermana est buscando trabajo?
[Jim]
Did you say your sister is looking for a job?
lTbtorl
St. Zlia ha sido atna d.ecasa hace rato, pero ahora que sushijos son
moyores a ella le gustara tener un empleofuera de la casa de nueuoliusanl
Yes. She has been a housewife for a while. but now that her
children are older she would like to have a job outside the
house again.
IT\rtor]
Que.iipode lrabajo le gustra tener?
l.,rml
What kind of job would she like to have?
lTtorl
Ella no est segura-Estudi historia de arte en la uniuersid,ad,,
pero no qulere ser mdestr.
lSusanl
She is not sure. She studied Art History in college.
but she does not want to be a teacher.
[T\rtorl
Qu habilidad,eslaborales tiene?
lJiml
What job skills does she have?
[Ttor]
Bueno, pued,eescribir a m.quina, archiuar, escribir reportes,
sdbe utilizar muchos progranas d,ecomputad,oray puede
comunicarse bien con Ia pente.
[Susan]
Well, she can tJ4re, she can frle, she can write reports,
she is familiar with many computer programs.
and she can commrmicate well with people.
lT\rtorl
Probablementepodra encontrar un trabajo de recepcionistao de secretaria, quiztis ei un museo d,earte- Yaho"empezada buscar trabajo?
Uiml
She could probably frnd ajob as a receptionist or a secretary,
perhaps in an art museum. Has she started looking for a job
yet?
lTtorl
Bueno, ella ha mirado los anuncios del peridico desdeel jueues,
pero no ha encontrado nada todaua.
lbusanl

Sne hs looked at the classifieds since Thursday,


but has not found anything yet.
tT\rtorl
irese que the classifieds es una manera coloquial de decrr
56

I like basketball, but ny favote sport is football.


lJiml
Really? Do you have a favorite team?
[Susanl
I guess the Miani Dolphins are my favorite team, in 1972 they
won seventeen games in a perfect season, but in our house we
watch all the games. Ilere are the Celtic jerseys.
[Jin]
I'll take two, one for ne and one for my wife.
Herjersey i pretty old, so she'll be plased to get a new one.
ISusan]
Okay. It's going to be eighteen dollars each.
lJ rml

Here I have my credit card.


ISusan]
Have a good day,Iim, and I hope your nephew likes his
birthday present.
Section fV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects cash register]
lT\rtorl
;HoIa!
tJlml

irello!
lThtorl
Hola, cmoestds?
ISusan]
Hello, how are you?
ITtor]
Muy bien, graciaslJiml
Fine, thank you.
[Ttorl
En qu puedo ayudarte?
[Susan]
How nay I help you?
[Ttrtor]
Necesitocomprar un regolo pg,ra mi sobrino.
Su cumpleaoses m.adna.El ua a cwnplir diez aos.
Uiml
I need to buy a gift for my nephew.
Eis birthday is tomonow. He is going to be ten years old.
[Ttor]
Obserue que para decir la edad en ingls no se utiliza el verbo tener
como en espaol, sino que se usa el verbo ser - to be. Por ejemplo:
Tengo19 os equivale a I am nineteen years old y nunc a I lrac
nineteen years old. Por otro lado es muy importante conocerel
verbo to have pues es el auxiliar aber y-quiere decr tener.
He id.o = I have gone. I have a tickel-='Tbngo un boleto.
[T\rtor]
Cu.les su deportefauorito?
lSusanl
What is his favorite sport?
[Ttor]
Su deportefauorto es el bisbol.
Uiml
His favorite sport is baseball.
lT\rtorl
Bien. Tenemosun nueuo bate que todos los nios auieren en estos
momentos.Viene en cuatro tannaosde nio: once,doce, trecey cdtorce.
O le podra comprar o su sobrino un guante d,ereceptor.
Nueitrosguants sonde piel y soncoidosa mdno.

25

Juega l en un equipo? Does he play on a team? [pausel Repeat.


Doe he play on aieam? [pausell
Estadio. etadium lpause] Rcpeat. etadium [pause]
EI ua al estadio. H eoes to the stadium lpa-uselRerear.
He goes to the stadlium. [pause]
La tenporad,a de bsbol.baseball season [pause] Repeat.
basebll season. lnausel
Coleccinde tarjeti de bZisbol.baseball card collection [pause]
Repeat. baseball card collection lpause]
Me lesion.I hurt myself, [pausel Repeat, I hurt myself. fpause]
Baloncesto.basketbll tpausel Repeal. basketball l-pausel-'
Ftbol americano. football lpause] Repeat. football [pause]
Caniseta deportiua. jersey [irause] Reieat. jersey tpusel
Section III. Dialog
[sound effects cash register sounds]
tJlml

irello!
ISusan]
Hell, how are you?
tJ rml
line, thank you.
lsusanl

*'"
r helP You?
r"J
I need to buy a gift for my nephew. IIis birthday
He is going to be ten years old.
[Susan]
What is his favorite sport?
tJiml
His iavorite sport is baseball.

is tomorrow.

los anuncios.del peridico (newspaper ads) donde se anuncian


ventas v trabaros.
Y o qu? qui"r" dedicar su hija?
""
IJ l M I
.i\nd what does her daughter do for a living?
I ruf,ofl
Tg do (sometlring) for a living qtiere decir trabajar,
-dedrcarsea also.'
Se acaba de grduar de la uniuersid,adcon una especializacinen
administracin gastronmica y hoteleray anda biscando trabajo
tambin.
lSusanl
She has just graduated from college with a maior in
Hospilality Management, and she is looking foi a job as well.
lT\rtorl
de trabajo Ie gustara hacer?
lrArir:rrto.
lVhat kind ofjob would she like to do?
lTirtorl
Le enco,ntaraser crtica culinaria, pero sabe que se morira d,e
hambre.
lSusanl
She would really like to be a food critic, but she knows she
would starve to death.
ITtor]
To sarve es "morirse de hambe".
Probablemente. . . iTiene talento?
[Jim]
9!e probably will . . . Does she have any talent?
lT\rtorl
Sl, creo que s.pero soysu to.
liusanl

Well, we have this new bat that every kid wants right now.
It comes in bo/s sizes eleven, twelve, thirteen, and fourteen.
Or, you could buy your nephew a catcher's mitt. Our mitts are
made of leather, and they are hand.stitched.
lJiml
Oh, your mitts are excellent, but I think my nephew already
has one.
lSusanl
Does he play on a eam?
[Jim]
Yes. Ife plays on a team and he watches baseball on TV.
Also, his parents take him to watch games at the stadium
during baseball season.
lSusanj
So. he is a real fan! I have an idea,
How about this baseball card collection?
It has frfteen of the best players in the history of baseball.
[Jrm]
That is the perfect gift! How much is it?
liusml
Sixteen dollars. Great! Anything else?
[Jim]
Well, since I'm here I think I should get myself something.
Do you have Celtic jerseys?
lSusanl
We sure do. Is basketball your favorite sport?
lJrml
Yes, basketball is my favorite sport,
I ued,to play in coliege until I'hurt myself.
lSusanl
Oh. is too bad.
24

Yes, I eeve so, but I'rn her aunt.


lT\rtorl
Qullabilidades tiene?
lJiml
What job skills does she have?
ITutor]
Puede hacer tnuchas cosasen la cocina. Cocnapero que rnuy ben.
lSusanl
She can do a lot of things in the kitchen.
She can cook really- well.
lTtorl
Formidable! Podra traba.jar en un restaurante y asi no se morira de
hambrepor Io menos.Sabs,mi amigo Ryan tiee un restdurante. . .
y ella pudiese ayud,ar a administrarlo.
Uiml
That's gteat! She could qork at a restaurant, and at least she
would not starve to death. You know, my friend Ryan owns a
restaurant .., and she could help run it.
IT\rtor]
To run a business, "Iiteralmente correr eI negocio" quiere decir
manejarlo o adrnnistrarlo.
De verdad?
[Susan]
Really?
lTtorl
S, y me dijo la semanapasada que necesitaenplear un gerente
auiiliar. Podra mencionorle a ti sobrina el prximo luns.
LJiml
Yes, and he told me last Wednesday that he needs to hire an
Assislant Managen I could tell him about your niece next
Monday.

57

[T\rtor]
Por supuesto-Gracias. A propsito, cmote ua en tu trabajo?
[Susan]
Of course. Thank you. By the way, how is your job going?
ITtor]
Te iba a decir . . . ehen . . . me desnidieron el nartes nasado.
Uiml
I was going to tell you . . . ehem . . . I was frred last Thesday.
lTtrtorl
Ay no! Eso es terrible!
[Susan]
Oh no! That's terrible!
IT\rtor]
No te preocupes.Empec a buscar un nueuo trabajo el mircoles.
Tenqo una entreuista el uierrues.
tJlml

i)or;t wo"rr. I started looking for a new job on Wednesday.


I have an interview on Fridav.
ITtrtor]
Te d,arn el trabajo, Jim. Eres un contador con experiencia.
ISusan]
You'll get the job .Iim. You are an experienced accountant.
lTtrtorl
Tienesrazn. Ya tengo ueintidos aos de experiencia.
lJiml
That's right, I already have twenty-two years of experience.
Sec\ion V. Comprehensio
1. Aqu se dedica Ia hermana de Susan?
What does Susan's sister do for a living?
La hermana de Susan es atna de casaSusan's sister is a housewife.
2. Est buscando trabajo la hermana de Susan?
Is Susan's sister looking for ajob?
S, ella estuibuscando trabajo.
Yes, she is looking for a job.
3. Quhabilidades tiene la hermana de Susan?
lVhat job skills does Susan's sister have?
ElIa sabe escribr a mquina, archiuar, utlizar programas
de computadora y comunicarse bien con Ia gente.
She can type, file, use computer programs,
and she communicates well with people,
4- Qu tipo de trabajo podra encontrar la hermana de Susan?
What kind of job could Susan's sister frnd?
Podra encontrar un trabajo dc recepcionistao de secretara.
She could find ajob as a receptionist or a secretary.
5. Qu Ie gustara ser a la sobrina de Susan?
What would Susan's niece like to be?
A eIIa le gustara ser crtica culinaria.
She would like to be a restaurant writer.
6. Quhabilidades tiene la sobrina de Susan?
What job skills does Susan's niece have?
Ella es buena en la cocina. Sabe cocinar muy bien.
She is good in the kitchen. She can cook really well.
7. AJim leva bien en su trabajo?
Is Jim's job going well?
No. a Jin Io desnidieron.
No. Jim was fiied.
8. Jim tiene experiencia de contador?
Does.Iim have exrerience as an accountant?
S. l es un contablecon experiencia.
Yes, he is an experienced accountant.
Fin de la leccin 11. End of lesson 11.
5at

lTtorl

En esta leccin va a distinguir entre los pronombres personales


(que se estudiaron en la leccin 1), los adjetivos posesivosy los
pronombres reflexivos. Recuerde que los pronombres personales en
ingls son: I, you, he, she, it, we, you, they. Los adjetivos posesivosen
ingls son: my, your, his, her, our, thein
Escuche los adjetivos posesivosen ingls e intente repetir cada uno de
ellos durante la pausa. Despus puede retroceder y repefirlos de nuevo.
m.i - my lpausel Repeat. my [pause]
iu, tus - yotr [pause] Repeat. your fpause]
de eIIa, su, szs - her [pause] Repeat. her [pause]
de 1,su, ss - his lpausel Repeat. his [pause]
nuestro, nuestros, nuestra, nuestras - our [pause] Repeat. our
Lpausel
uuestro o suyo -yowr lpause] Repeat. your fpause]
de ellos, de ellas, su - their [pause] Repeat. their [pause]
Obsene que en ingls se utiliza el mismo adjetivo posesivopara
acompaar un sustantivo singular o plural, y que a diferencia del
espaol no se distingue entre femenino y masculino. Por ejemplo: ![
hijo juego bisbol. My son plays baseball. Mis anigas quieren jugar
fenrs. My friends want to play tennis.
En ingls los pronombres reflexivos son: nyself, yourselt himself,
herselt ourselves, yourselves, themselves.
Escuche cada uno de los pronombres reflexivos en ingls y despustrate
de repetir cada uno de ellos durante la pausa.
me - myself lpausel Repeat. myself lpause]
le - yourself [pause] Repeat yourself lpausel
//) se - himself lpauselRepeat, himself [pausel
(ella) se -herself LpauselRepeat. herself fpause]
nos - ourselves lpauselRepeat. ourselves [pausel
(uosotros)os - yourselves [pause] Repeat. yourselves lpause]
(ustedes)se - yourselves [pause] Repeat. yourselves fpause]
(ellos/ ellas) s - themselves lpausel Repeat. thenselv-es lpause]
Note que Ia forma de expresar las accionesreflexivas en espaol no
siempre coincide con la forma de expresarlas en ingls. Por ejemplo:
[9lauo los dentes. I brush my teeth. Me peino. I comb my hir.
qyg se dice en ingls que "me cepillo (no lavo) mis dientes
9
tno"gu
los o1enf,esi.
Pero en ciertos casosel reflexivo en ingls,funciona como en espaol.
Por ejemplo: Yo qglauo, I wash myself. El s_glesion.He hurt hilnself, En otros casosel pronombre reflexivo en ingls se utiliza para
aadir nfasis, por ejemplo: Lo hice yo mismo, | id it rnyself.
Section II. Key words md phrases from the dialog
En qu puedo ayudarlo? How may I help you? lpause] Repeat.
How may I help you? [pausel
Cuciles su deporte fouorito! What is your favorite sport? lpausel
Repeat. What is your favorite sport? [pausel
Mi deporte fauorito es eI baloncesto-My favorite sport is basketball, fpause] Repeat. My favorite sport is basketball. [pause]
Bisol. Baseball lpause] Repeat, Baseball. lpausel
Bate. Bat lpausel Repeat. Bat. [pause]
Guante de receptor.Catcher's mitt [pause] Repeat,
Catcher's mitt. lpause]
5

lJiml
These?
LTtorl
En este casothese es un pronombre y quiere decir stas.
S, y aquel tazn que est aII.
lSusanl
Yes, and that towl over there.
lTtrtor]
That es un adjetivo demostrativo en este caso pues va seguido de un
sustantrvo.
tEste tazn amarillo?
l Jlml

this yellow bowl?


[T\ltor]
This aparece aqui como adietivo demostrativo. Estos adjetivos
demostrativos eitn directmente relacionados con los adverbios de
hgar: aquL alli v allci. This (here) es el ms cercano a Ia persona
qu-ehabia. That'(there) es el ms lejano a la persona que habla.
Mientras en espaol hay tres grados de distancia, de la ms cercana a
la ms lejana (qu, atli y aIIa1, en ingls slo hay dos grados this,
that.
S, Jim- Es mejor que te uayas ahora.
Vas a llegar tardc aI trabajo.
ISusan]
Yes Jim. You better go now.
You are going to be late for work,
n
SectionV. Comprehension
L. ;Curinto pan tostadonecesilabaJim?
How mny slices of toast did Jim need?
Jim necesitabados tostadas.
Jim wanted two slices of toast.
2. A dnde fue Jin a comer anoche?
Where did Jim go for dinner last night?
Jim fue a Burger Hut..Iim went to Burger Hut,
3. iEra buena la comida en Burger Hut?
iVas the food good at Burg-er Hut?
No, Ia comida no era buena en Burger Hut.
No, the food was not good al Burger Hut'
4. )Ou pidi Jim en el Burqer Hut?
Whai id .Iim order adBurger Hut? lpatsel
Jim pidi una hamburgueso con quesoJ papas ftitas.
.Iim'ordered a cheesburger and fries.5. qu encontr Jim en su peno caliente?
What did George find in his hot dog? Georgeencontr un(r
mosca en su perro caliente.
George found a fly in his hot dog.
6. DejJim una buenapropina en Burger Hul?.
Did Jim Ieave a good iip at Burgr Hut?
No, Jim no dej ulo buenpropina en Burger HuL
No, Jin did irot leave a jood tip at Bulger Hut,
7. ;Que tieneoue hornear Susanpara esta nochel
What does Susan have to bke for tonight?
Susan tiene que hornear un pastel de manzanas para esta noche.
Susan has tb bake an aple pie for tonight.8. De qu color es el tazn di'Susn? What co-lor is Susan's bowl?
El tazn de Susan es amarillo. Susan's bowl is yellow.
Fin de Ia leccin 4. End of lesson 4.

lTtorl

Qu hora s? se dice What time is it?


Es la una en punto. It's one otclock.
Son las dos en Dunto. It's two otclock.
Son las dos y cuarto. It's two fifteen.
Para indicar las horas de la maana se dice la hora sezuida de a.m.
Por ejemplo: Son las diez d,e la maana.
It's ten a.n. o It is ten in the morning.
Para incar las horas de la tarde y de la noche se dice la hora segrrida
de p,m.
Por.ejemplo: Son las ocho de lo noche.It's eight p.m.
Es Io una J cuorento o son los dos menos ueite.
It's one forty o It's twenty
to two.
Son las siete y cudrentd y cinco o son las ocho tnenoa cudrto.
It's seven forty-five
o lt's a quarter
to eight.
Son las d.os y cincuenta y cinco o son las tres menos cinco.
It's two fifty-five
o lt's five to three.
Ias doce dpl da - noon
la medianoche - midnight
Escuche las siguientes palabras y frases, y repta1as a continuacin:
Que da es-- What day is it? lpausel-Reieat.
What day is it? [pause]
lunes - l[,Ionday [pause] Repeat. Monday
[pause]
martes -T\tesd,ay
lpause] Repeat. T\resday fpause]
mircoles - Wednesday
[pause] Repeat. Wednesday
lpause]
jzeues - Thursday
lpausel Repeat. Thursday
lpausel
uiernes - Friday
fpausel Repeat. Friday
lpausel
sbado - Saturday
lpausel Repeat. Saturday
lpausel
domingo - Sudaj'
[pause[ Refreat. Sunday ipausel
la
d,e
hoy?
What's
today's date? lpause] Repeat.
C_ul.es
fecha
What's today's date? Lpausel
En qu mes-estamosl -'lVhai month is it? lpause] Repeat.
What month is it? lpauseJ
enero - Jantary
lpausel Repeat. elanuary lpausel
lpausel Repeat. February
febrero -Febntary
[pausel
marzo - ]larc}r [pause] ft,sps. March
lpausel
abril - Aptrl [pausel Repet. April [pausel
mayo -May
[pause] Repeat, May [pause]
junio - June lpausel Repeat. June lpausel
julio - Jtly lpusel Rep-eat. July lpusel
agoso - August lpause] Repeat. August lpausel
sepliembre - September lpausel Repeat. September
lpausej
oalubre - October fpausel Repeat. October lpausel
nouiembre - November
Lpausel Repeat. Novmber
[pause]
diciembre - December lpausel Repeat. December Ipiusel
Tanto los das de la semana como los meses del ao siemnre
comienzan en mavscula en inels.
Las estaciones - the season lpause] Repeat. the seasons
ocro no - summer
lpause] Repeat. summer
lpausel
otono - fall lpause] Repeat, fll lpausel
inuierno - winter lpause] Repeat. winter lpausel
primouera - spring lpausel Repeat. spring fpausel

[pause]

Un oduerbio es una palabra que se usa para modifrcar un verbo, un


adjetivo u otro adverbio. Puee indicar mo, cu,ndo, d,nd.e, caa cu.nto tiempo o qu cantidad.
Por jempio: Ella lee rpid,amente. She reads quickly.

59

---r

Escuche los siguientes adverbios y reptalos despusde la pausa:


d.iariamente --dailv lpausel Repat. dailv-weekly
[pase]
semanalmente- welily lpausel Repeat.
lpause]
monthly
mensualnente - monttLl)' lpause] Repeat.
[pause]
trimestralmente - quartrly [pause] Repeat. quarterly lpause]
anualmente - annually fpausl Repeat. annually [pausel
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog
Que da mtis bello! - What a beautiful day! lpause] Repeat'
What a beautiful day! [pause]
ross - roses lpausel Repeat. roses [pause]
tulipanes - tulips lpause] Repeat. tullps [pausel
robles - oak trees [pausel Repeat. oak trees [pausel
liqlas como tde los ibolesl - laves lpausel Reieat. leaves lpause
Mi estacin preferida es . . . - My favorite season is [pausel
Repeat. My favorite season is [pause]
fro - cold Ipausel Repeat. cold [pausel
templaclo - warm lpausel epeat. warm lpausel
fresco - cool lpause] Repeat. cool lpause]
uacacin - vacation lpause] Repeat' vacation lpausel
sounds like fun! [pausel Repeat.
;Eso parecedioertido!:That
That- sounds like fun! lpausel
reunirse - to gather lpausel Repeat. to gather [pause]
reirse - to laugh lpause] Repeat. to laugh lpausel
hormigas - ants lpause] Repeat. ants lpausel
Section III. Dialog
lsound effects at the park, birds singing, etcl
lSusanl
What a beautiful spring day!
[Jim]
It's the perfect day for a picnic. Thank you for inviting me.
lSusanl
Look at those white roses behind you. . . oh, and look at the
yellow tulips next to the oak trees. They are gorgeous!
lJiml
Did you know that my favorite season is spring?
[Susan]
Really? I love spring, but my favorite season is fall. I like o
see te leaves change color and I like the cool weather'
lJiml
It's too bad I have to go back to work at 2:00 o'clock.
lSusanl
I know, but it's only 12:15. You have plenty of time to relax and
eat your lunch.
[Jim]
I need to relax. I work a lot of hours at my new job.
Sometimes I work until 7:00 or 8 P.m.
lSusanl
At wha time do you start working?
lJiml
Normally I start at 8:30, and most days I eat lunch in my ofce.
[Susan]
I never eat lunch at the office.
lJiml
So, you go outside daily?
ISusan]
Yes. Every day at noon I take my lunch and go sit outdoors for
at least an houn
fJiml
Eve in the winter?
lSusanl
Well, in Decenbe4 January, and February if it is very cold I
eat lunch at the cafeteria.
60

lTtrtorl
Made es el pasado irregular deto m,ake, hacer.
To have run out es el pretrito perfecto de to run ottt, acabarse
;Pero aI menos Ia comid,aestuoobuena?
tDusanl
Bu at least the food was good?
lT\rtorl
No! Mi hamburguesa con quesoestabagrasienta, las papas fritas
'estaban
fras, et fur de pafas de Fred tnia grumos, Gerge'encontr
und mosca en su petro caliente y cada comid,acost rn,sde ocho
d.lares!
Uiml
No! My cheeseburger was greasy, my fries were cold, Fred's
mashed potatoes were lurnpy, George found a fly in his hot dog
and each meal cost over eight dollars!
lTtorl
My es el adjetivo posesivo equivalente a Ia primera persona del
srngutar.
o!!!
lSusanl
No!!!
ITutor]
Claro que s!
lJiml
You better believe it!
lT\rtorl
Esta es una expresin coloquial ms enftica que decir por ejemplo:
sure o decir of course.
Entoncesme imagino que no d,ejasteuna propina rnuy buena?
[Susan]
So I'm guessing you did not leave a very good tip?
lTutorl
So puede querer decir: asl que o entonces,que suen mejor en este
caso en espaol. To guess quiere decir odiuinar o en ciertos casos
SUpOnero Lmagandf.
Adiuinaste bien.
lJiml
You are guessing right.
ITutor]
Cunto dinero dejaste?
lSusanl
How much money did you leave?
lTUtorl
Un dlar y nueuecentduosJa, ja, ja ja! Pero eI almuerzo d,ehoy ser
bueno. Voy a probar el nueuo delicatessenen Ia calle Magnolia.
lJiml
ne-dollar and nine cents! Ha, ha, ha! But today lunch will be
good. I'n going to try that new deli on Magnolia Street.
lTtrtor]
I'm going to try ya se explic en la leccin 3. Es una manera de
expresar el futuro. Lunch will be good tambin es el futuro, y se
exolic en Ia leccin 3.
Oh, he od,odecir que tienen chuletas d,epuerco muy buenas, sopas
deliciosasy pastel de manzana casero.Y eso me recuerda ... tengo que
hornear un pastel de mareana para mi club de lectura esta noche.
Mepodrai pasar esasmanzaas. por fauor?
lSusanl
Oh, I hear they have great pork chops, delicious sonps,
and homemade apple pie. And that reminds me ...
I have to bake an apple pie for my book club tonight.
Would you pass me those apples, please?
[Thtor]
tEstds?

2L

[Susan]
Yes, Jim. You better

go now. You are going

to be late for work.

Section fV. Explanation


of the dialog
fsould effects kitchen]
lTtrtorl
Buenos,dias. Jim. Quieres caf?
lbusanl
Good moming,
Jim. Would you like some coffee?
ITtrtorl
Would siempre aparece al lado de un verbo en la forma infrnitiva.
"Some coffee" no especifica la cantidad, sino indica "un poco de".
Aprender a decit necesito, I need es lo primero que tiene que saber en
ingls, ta1 como los bebs, nos comunicamos para resolver problemas y
conseguir cosas. I want, yo quiero es otra frase muy socorida.
S, una taza d,e caf estara bien. Y tambin necesito pan tostado[Jim]
Yes. One cup of coffee would be nice.
And also. f need some toast.
[Ttrtor]
Por supuesto. Cuntas rebanad.as quieres?
[Susan]
Sure. How nany slices do you want?
lT\rtorl
i)os. dracias.
lJiml
TWo. Thanks,
lTtrtorl
De nada. Quisieras algo ms?
ISusan]
You're welcome.
Would you like any.thing
else?
lTtorj
Recuerde que esta es una frase coloquial que quiere decir de nada y
no "eres bienvenido".
No. Todaua tengo un dolor de estmago de Ia cena de anoche.
[Jim]
No, I still have an upset stomach from last nightt dinner.
lT\rtorl
ote que Ia partcula's
al final de night indica posesivo.
Aqu "Ia cena de anoche" se dice invirtiendo el orden en ingls:
night's
dinnen"
EI posesivo que usa apstrofo's tambin se
"last
explicar en detalle en lecciones posteriores.
Fuiste a Burger Hut o a Chef Maurice?
lSusml
Did you go to t}re Burger Hut or to ChefMaurice?
lTtrtorl
Fui o Burger Hut. pero no se Io recomendara a nodie,
lJ lm l
i went to the Burger Hut, but I would not recommend
it to
anyone.
lTtorl
Por qu no?
ISusan]
Why not?
lTtorl
Bien, el seruicio no estuuo muy bueno. La mesera nos hizo esperar
mas de siete minutos, y no pudimos pedir bebid.as porque se les
habon ocobodo todailas que quermosIIiml
Well, the seroice was not very good. The hostess made us wait
for over sbven minutes,
and w could not order drinks because
they had run out of ever''thing
we wanted.

20

[Jim]
I can't wait to have a vacation!
[Susan]
But you just started a new job! When are you going on
vacation?
uiml
Oh, hot r 4til next year. Next summer, in July I will be going
to Australia.
lSusanl
Are you going by yourself?
lJiml
No, my brother Jeff and three of rny best foiends are going
with me.
ISusan]
That sounds like fun! My mother, my cousins, my aunts and I
gather annually in Las Vegas. lVe talk a lot and we laugh a lot.
My sister Sandy and I get together weekly.
lJiml
Susan, what time is it?
[Susan]
It's one ten. You can stay a little longer, can't you?
Uiml
Yes. I just have to walk across the puk to get to my office.
[Susan]
Do you salk from your house to your office?
[Jim]
Yes. Ttrat's how I get my daily exercise. I don't plan to do it in
the winter though, only when it's warm out.
lSusanl
Be careful with those ants! They are eating your smdwich!
Uiml
Let's take a walk before going back to work.
ISusan]
Good idea!
Section fV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects at the park]
lTUtorl
Qu bello da de primauera!
LSusanl
What a beautiful spring day!
lTtrtor]
Es eI da perfectopara una comida aI aire lbre. Gracias por
Lnuttarme.
[Jiml
It's the perfect day for a picnic. Thank you for inviting me.
lTtorl
Mira esasrosas blancas dctrds de ti . . . cth,y mira los tulipanes
amarillos al lado de los robls.Son preciosos!
lSusanl
Look at those white roses behind you . . . oh, and look at the
yellow tulips next to the oak trees. They are gorgeous!
ITiltor]
Sabasque mi estacnpreferida es la prmauera?
LJiml
Did you know that my favorite season is spring?
lT\rtorl
De uerdad? Me encanta Ia primauera, pero mi estacinpreferida es eI
otooMe gusta uer las hojas cambiar de color y me gustd el tiempo fresco.
[Susan]
Really? I love spring, but my favorite season is fall, I like to
see the leaves change colors and I like the cool weather.
ol

-----lTtorl
Qupena que tengo que regresar aI trabajo a Ia dos en punto.
lJiml
It's too bad I have to go back to work at 2:00 o'clock.
lT\rtorl
Fijese que la frase It's too bad es ula expresin coloquial que indica
qu rnalo, qu ldstima, qu pena.
Ya s,pero slo son las d,ocey cuarto. Tienessuficiente tiempo para
relajarte y disfrutar del almuerzo.
[Susan]
f know, but it's only 12:15. You have plenty of time to relax and
eat your lunch.
[Ttor]
Necestorelajarme. Tlabajo muchas horas en mi nueuo trobajo.
A uecestrabaio hasta las siete o las ocho de Ia noche.
l Jrml
I need to relax. I work a lot of hours at my new job.
Sonetimes I work until seven or eight p.m.
lTlrtorl
A qu hora empiezasa trabajar?
lSusanl
At what time do you start working?
IT\rtor]
Normalmente ernpiezoa las ochoy nedia, y Ia mayora de los d,as
como el alrnuerzo en Ia oficina.
[Jrm]
I normally start at eight-{hirty,
and most days I eat lunch in
ny office.
[Tfrtor]
Yo nunca como el alnuerzo en Ia oficina.
[Susan]
I never eat lunch at the ofce.
lTtorl
E ntonces, soles diariam,ente ?
lJiml
So, you go outside daily?
IT\rtor]
Tod,oslos d,asa las doce tomo ni alnuerzo y uoy a sentarme afuera
una hora -oor lo menos.
lSusanl
Every day at noon I take my lunch and go sit outdoors for at
least an hour.
lTtrtor]
ilncluso
en inuierno?
-[Jim]
Even in the winter?
lTutorl
Bueno, en d,iciembre,eneroy febrero, si hace rnuchofro almuerzo en Ia
cafetera.
Cfeteria en ingls se usa solamente cuando el cliente puede colocil
la comida en su bandeja 1solo. EI equivalente acafeteia en espaol
sera coffeeshop, caf o diner.
ISusan]
lYell, in Decenber, Januarz, and Februar1, if it's very cold I eat
lunch at the cafeteria.
lTtorl
Nopuedo esperar hasta ms uacaciones!
[Jim]
I can't wait to have a vacation!
lT\rtorl
Pero acaba de ernpezar un nueuo trabajo. Cundo uas de uacaciones?

62

propina tip. lpause] Repeat. tip [pause]


probar to try [pause] Repeat. to try [pause]
Es mejor /mds uale que te uayas ahora. Yoabetter go now [pause]
Repeat. You better go now [pause]
Vas a llegar tarde aI trabajo. You are going to be late for work.
[pause] Repeat. You are going to be late for work. lpause]
Section III. Dialog
[sound effects kitchen]
[Susan]
Good morningr.fim. Would you like some coffee?
lJiml
Yes, One cup of coffee would be nice.
And also. I need some toast.
liusanl
Sure. IIow many slices do you want?
lJiml
I\vo. Thanks.
[Susan]
You're welcome. Would you like anrthing else?
[Jiml
No. I still have an upset stomach fron last night's dinnen
lSusanl
Did you go to Burger Hut or to ChefMaurice?
lJiml
I went to t|ae Burger Hu, but I would not recommend it to
anyone.
lSusanl
lVhy not?

uiml

Well, the service was not very good. The hostess made us wait
for over seven minutes, and we could not order drinks because
they had run out of everrthing we wanted.
lSusanl
But at least the food was good?
tJiml
No! My cheeseburger waa greasy, my fries were cold, Fred's
mashed potatoes were lumpy, George found a fly in his hot
dog, and each rreal cost over eight dollars!
ISusan]
No!!!
lJiml
You better believe it!
ISusan]
So I'm guessing you did not leave a very good tip.
lJiml
You are guessing right,
lSusanl
How much money did you leave?
lJiml
One dollar and nine cents! IIa, ha, ha. But today lunch will be
good. I'm going to try that neq deli on Magnolia Street.
lSusml
h, I hear they have gleat pork chops, delicious soups,
and homemade apple pie. And that reminds me...
I have to bake an apple pie for my book club tonight.
Would you pass me those apples, please?
fJiml
These?
[Susan]
Yes. and that bowl over there.
[Jim]
This yellow bowl?
19

te Io uctya conseguir o te lo conseguir?


I will get it for you.
I am going to get it for you.
Fin de la ieccin 3. End of lesson 3.

[T\rtor]

Would, c_ould y should corresponden al modo condicional simple en


espaol. Este modo indica una accin futura que no se ha realiado
todava.
Would es eI condicional de will.
Could es el condicional de can.
Should es el condicional de shall.
Al mismo tiemDo estas palabras indican cortesa en inels.
IYouId indica voluntad. oor eiemnlo:
Would you like a soda? Dseaita un reflescol
Could indica capacidad, por ejemplo:
Could you han-d me t foik?'Me pod,ra alcanzar ese tened,or?
Should indica deber. por ejemplo:
Should I make a res'erutioir
at Tonv's Grill?
Debero de hocer uno reseruo"en el Tony's Grilll
Escuche las siguientes palabras y a continuacin
would
fpauselcould
[iausel shbuld lpausel
Section
Pnmero
ingls.

reptalas.

Repeat.

II. Key words alnd phrases from the dialog


va a escuchar la frase en espaol y despus su equivalente

l.Jrml

No,.iny brother Jeff and three of my best friends are going


wih e.
[Ttor]
Eso parece diuertido! Mi madre, primas y tas ! yo nos reunimos
onualnente en Las Vegas.Hablamos muho y nos remos mucho.
Mi hermona Sandy y yo nos reunimos semaalmente.
lSusanl
that sounds like fun! My mother, my cousins and my auts
gather yearly in Las Vegas. We talk a lot and we laugh a lot.
$y sister Sandy and I get together weekly.
I lutorl
jqua iora es Susan?
lJiml
Susan. what time is it?
IThtor]
E^sIa una y diez. Puedesqued,arteun poquito ms de tiempo, no?
ljusanl

en

;_Quisieras cale? Would you like some coffee? lpausel Repeat.


Would you like some coffee? lpausel
Uno taza de caf. One cuo ofcoffee.
loausel Reneat.
One cup of cdffee. lpaus-el
)Cudntas rebanadas de nan toslado ouieres?
How many slices of tast do you want? [pause] Repeat.
How many slices of toast do you want? l-pausel
De nada. You're welcome.
[pause] Repeat. You're welcome.
lpausel
Esta-frase lileralmente
quiere decir "eres bienvenido", sin embargo es
una frase coloquial que quiere decir "de nada".
necesto pan tostado. I need some toast. lpausel Repeat.
I need some toast. [pausel
un dolor de estmago an upset stomach
[pause] Repeat.
an upset stomach
fpause]
no Io recomendarn I would not recommend
it. [pause] Repeat,
I would not recommend
it. [pause]
qu
no? w.hV not? lpausilRepeat.
why not?.lpausel
por
El serulcto no lue muy bueno.'Ilre service was not very good.
lpausej Repeat. The service was not very good. [pausel
tnesera / mesonera hostess [pause] Repeat. hstess lpausel
por lo menos at least. lpaus-el Repeat-. at least [pau'eJ
claro que sr? You better believe it! lpause] Repeat.
You better believe it! [pause]
Note que esta.es una expresin coloquial y quq hay otras maneras d.e
expresar la misma idea que se vern en otras lecciones.
dejar to leave lpausej R^epeat. to leave lpausel

18

[Susan]
But you j,ust started a new job. When are you going on
vaation?
[Ttorl
Ah, no trasta el ao que viene. El verano prximo, enjulio, yoy a u a
Austraiia.
lJiml
Oh, not until nex yean
Next summer, in July I will be going to Australia.
lT[torl
;Vas a ir solo?
tDusanl
ygn going by yourself?
frr"
truEorl
N_o,ni hermano Jeff y tres de mis mejoresamigos uan conmigo.

en.You can stay a ttle longer, can't you?


Iifr#i,
Fijesequepara enfatizarla preguntaen ingls,serepiteel verbo

anaolendo el nesauvo.
que cruzar eI parque pdrd llegar hasta mi oficina.
""rt
fj;ii^
Yes. Ijust have to walk across the park to get to my office.
IT\rtor]
Caminas desdetu casa hasta la oficina?
ISusan]
Do yoq walk from your house to your office?
lTtorl
S.Asr'es como ha4o mi eiercicio diario. Sin embarqo. no nienso hacerIo en el inuierno, slo cuando eI tiempo est tenplao.
Ulml
Yes. That's how I get my daily exercise. I don't plan to do it in
the vinter though, only when it's warm out.
fT\rtorl
.Tencuidad,ocon esashormigas! Seestdn comiend.otu sdndwich!
liusanl
Se car-eful with those ants! They are eating your sandwich!
lTtrtorl
Vamosa d.ar una uuelta antes de regresar al trabajo.

uiml

lj:t's take a walk before going back to work.


I lutorl
Buena idca!
[Susan]
Good idea!

63

Section V. Comprensin
1. ,..Cul es la estacin preferida de Jim?
.
iVhat is Jim's favoiite
season?
La estacin oreferida de Jim es la primauera.
Jim's favoiite
season is spring.
2. La primavera es la estacin preferida de Susan?
season?
Is spring Susan's favorite
No.7a primauera no es Ia estacin preferida de Susan.
Et otoo es su estacin preferido.
season.
No, spring is not Susan's favorite
Fall is her favorite
season.
3. Por qu le gusta a Susan ei otoo? Why does Susan like fall?
Porqui le gista uer las hojas cambiar de color y el tiempo fresco.
Bec'ause he kes to se'e the leaves chang color nil the
cool weathen
4. A qu hora tiene Jim que regresar a su,trabajo? At what time
iloes Jim need to go back to work? El tiene que regresar a las
2
en punto- He has to go back at 2 o'clock.
5. Hasta qu hora trabaja Jim a veces?
Until what time does Jim work sometimes?
Jim a ueces trabaia hasta las siete o las ocho de Ia noche.
works until seven or eight p.m.
Jim sometimes
6. Cundo va Jim de vacaciones?
When is Jim going on vacation?
Jim ua de uacaciones el ao prximo en el mes de julio.
next year in JuIy'
Jim is going on vacation
7. A dnde va Jim de vaeaciones?
Where is Jim going on vacation?
Jim ua a ir a Australa. Jim is going to go to Australia.
8. Adnde se reune Susan con su familia anualmente?
'Where
with her family annually?
does Susan get together
Susan se reune con su familia en Las Vegas anualmente.
in Las Vegas annually.
with her fanily
Susan gets together
9. A quin ve Susan semanalmente?
Who does Susan see weekly?
Susan ue a su hermana Sandy semanalmenfu.
Susan sees her sister Sandy weekly.
10. Camina Jim desde su casa hasta la oficina?
Does Jirn walk fron his house to his office?
S, Jim camna desde su casa hasta Ia oficina.
Yes,.Iim
walks foom his house to his office.
Fin de ]a leccin 12. End oflesson

12,

ITtor]

En ingls la mayora de los adverbios y los adjetivos de una slaba


forma"n el superiativo anadiendo -est l frnal.-Por ejemplo:
jmn
-uiejo -young - old

misjouenqre-yotxtger
mtii uiejo que - older

el,misjougn-theyoupgest
el mds uiejo -the oldest

En esta leccin estudiar ciertos verbos regulares: to study, to lem.


Como ya se ha visto en lecciones anteriores, los
to attend, to research.
verbos regulares en ingls tienen la terminacin -ed en el pasado. Por
eJempl.o:
Yo aprendo
Yo isisto
64

-Ilearn
- I attend

Yo aprend -llearned
Yo rsist
- I attended

lJimj
I will buy it for you.
lTtrtorl
SIo si cuesta tnenosde cinco dlares!
'lsusanl
Only if it costs less than five dollars!
lTtorl
No me costar ms de sesdlares- Te la regalar.
lJiml
It'll cost me no more than six dollars,
I'll get if for you.
[Ttor]
Yo te comprar un peto caliente y un refresco.Te los cornprar.
lSusanl
I will get you a hot dog and a soda.
I will get then for you.
[T\rtor]
I will get you es literalmente yo te conseguir.
I will get them for you sera yo los conseguirpara ti.
Nunca se me oluidard esteda!
lJiml
I'll never forget this day!
Section V. Comprehension
1. ,:Aqu hora llesarn Susan y Jim a la Estatua de Ia Libertad?
iVhn will Suan and Jim- arrive at the Statue of Liberty?
A las cuatro o.m.
Susan and iim will anive at the Statue of Liberty
at four P.M.
2. QuIeva acomprarJim aSusan?
What is Jim going to buy for Susan?
Una Estatua de Ia Libertad.
A Statue of Liberty.
Jim is going to buy a Statue of Liberty for Susan.
3. Cunto le costar la estatua a Jim?
How much will the statue cost Jim?
Menos de seis dlares.
The statue will cost Jin less than six dollars.
4. ;.Cules el orecioque Susan quiere que Jim pague por la estatua?
iVhat is th cost Susan warits so iim can buy the statue?
No ms de cinco dlares.
No more than five dollars.
5. Qule va a comprar Susan a Jim?
What is Susan going to buy for Jim?
Un perro caliente y un refresco.
Ahot dog and a soda.
o.
Le comprar Jim el peno caliente y el refresco a Susan?
\{ill.Iin
buy the hot dog and the soda for Susan?
No, Susan Ie ua a comprar el perro caliente y eI reftesco a Jtm
No, Susan will buy the hot dog and the soda for Jim'
Cmo es la estatua?
How is the statue?
La estatua es bella.
The statue is beautiful.
8. Se le olvidar este da a Jim?
Will Jim forget this day?
No. Jim nunca oluidar este da.
No, Jim will never forget this day.
Cunto le cost la estatua a Jim?
IIow much did it cost Jin?
Menos de seis dlares.
Less than six dollars,
10. Cmo se puede decir-

t7

----no m(is dE no more than [pause] Repeat. no more than [pause]


nunca r.everlpause] Repeat. never [pause]
oluidar forget [pausel Repeat. forget lpause]
ested,a this day lpause] Repeat. this day [pause]
Iograr, conseguir,lkgar a, obtener to get [pause] Repeat.
to get lpause]
Section III. Dialog
Escuchemosel siguiente dilogo que contiene el uso de to go como verbo
awlliar y going ro en su significado de ir.
[sound effects boat horn blowingl
lJiml
We are going to get to Liberty Island at four o'clock.
[Susan]
Great!
I will get to see the Statue of Liberty!
Is that it?

i.lr-i

Yes, that is it.


Ilere we are.
Let's get off this boat.
[Susan]
That is a beautiful little statue that they are selling.
lJiml
I will buy it for you.
[Susan]
Only if it costs less than*frve dollars!
lJirnj
It'll cost me no more than six dollars.
I'll get it for you.
[Susan]
I will get you a hot dog and a soda.
I will get them for you.
lJirnl
I'll never forget this day!
Section fV. Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects boat horn blowing]
lTttorl
Llegaremos a la isla Liberty a las cuatro en punto.
lJiml
We are going to get to Liberty Island at four o'clock,
lTtorl
To get es obtener, pero en este caso es lkgar a un sitio.
Estupendo! Voy a lograr uer la Estatua de ld Libertdd! Es aquello?
ISusan]
Great!
I will get to see the Statue of Liberty!
Is that it?
lT\rtorl
En este caso get es lograr, Iograr uer.
S, es aquello. Aqu estamos.Salgamos de estebarco.
lJiml
Yes, that is it.
Ilere we are.
Let's get off this boat.
LT\rtorl
Get off es aDearse.
Es una bella estatuilla Ia oue est.nuendiendo.
l bus ml
ffrat i3 a beautiful little statue that they are selling.
[Thtor]
Te la comprar.
to

En el caso del verbo irregular to speak:


Yo hablo
- I speak
Yo habl - I spoke
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog
Qu hacesaqu? -What are you doing here? lpausel Repeat.
What are you doing here? Lpausel
Hablan inglesl -Do they speak English? lpauseJRepeat.
Do they speak English? [pausel
Hablan bastante bien. --They speak pretty well. lpause] Repeat.
They speak pretty well. lfauiel
escuelaprimaria - elementary school [pause] Repeat,
elementarr school fpause]
escuelasecundaria -lrigh school fpause] Repeat.
high school lpausel
precio de Ia enseanza- tuition lpausel Repeat. tuition [pause]
ambos -bolh [pause] Repeat. both [pausef
jqntos - together lpause] Repeat, together [pause]
descanso- rest lpausejRepeat. rest lpausel
biblioteco - libr'ry lpusei Repeat. library lpausel
asignatura - subject lpausel Repeat. subject lpause]
msica - nwsie LpauselRepeat. nusic lpausel
matemticas * math lpause] Repeat. math lpause]
biologa -biology [pause] Repeat. biology [pause]
historia -history [pause] Repeat. history [pause]
Section lII. Dialog
[sound effects at the libraryj
[Jim]
Hi Susan. What a surrrise!
ljusanl

Hi, m.

Ilhat

I'm researching
l s us anl

are you

doing

the local

here?

schools

and colleges.

oh?
Uiml
My friend Miguel, his wife and his children are moving here
from Venezuela, Miguel has asked rne to gather some
information about the schools.
[Susan]
P_9tF.v speak English?
lJrml

ffi:"".T."n

prettywell.

Great! Maybe I can help you. How old are Miguel's children?
l.Jrml

The youngest is seven, the niddle one is twelve, and the oldest
one ls nlneteen.
lSusanl
Are they going to go to public school or to private school?
l.Jrml

the-t*o youngest ones are going to go to public school.


The oldest one has already gtaduated foom high school.
lSusanl
So he will be a college freshrnan then?
lJiml
Yes.
ISusan]
Well, there is a gyeat public school ten miles away from here.
It's called Morning Sta It has an elementary and a middle
school, so both children can go togethen
Uiml
I'll tell Miguel about it.
65

lT\rtorl
lSusanl
When are your foiends aniving?
lJiml
In two weeks.
[Susan]
Oh, right before the Tbanksgiving holiday. The children will
be happy to have a few more days of rest before starting
school.
Uiml
Yes, and a few weeks later they will be going on Christmas
break.
lSusanl
That's right! So, how about the oldest one?
lJiml
The oldest one would like to study Architecture.
Any suggestions?
ISusan]
Well, perhaps he should attend a two.rear college-first.
Remember,-he will have to take certain subjects that are
required before he studies Architecture.
[Jim]
You're right. He'll have to study English, Math, Biology ' . .
and probably History.
ISusan]
Besides, he will save on tuition.
After two years he can transfer to a four-year college'
t
[Jim]
That's a good idea. He could also work during his srrmmer
vacation and help his parents pay for his tuition.
lSusanl
That's what I did! I didn't work in ny freshman year,
but I worked during my sophomore nd junior years at the
rnusic library.
IJim]
i was very lazy in college. I never worked and I never studied.
Well, I beame a serious student during my senior yean
[Susan]
I don't believe it! You . . . a serious student?
lJiml
You are not funny Susan.
Section IV. Explanation of the dialog
lsound effects at the libraryl
lTtorl
Hola, Susan Qu sorpresa!
lJiml
IIi, Susan. What a surrrise!
[Ttor]
Hola, Jim. Quhaces aqu?
lSusanl
Hi, .Iim. What are you doing here?
[Ttor]
Estoy buscando informacin sobre las escuelasy las uniuersdades
ocdles.

lJiml
I'm researching the local schools and colleges.
lT\rtorl
To research quiere decir "investigar o buscar informacin".
;Ah s?
-[Susan]
oh?
IT\rtor]
Mi amgo Miguel, su esposay sus hjos se estn mudando para acri
66

{n

ingls to go quiere decir ir.


Yo uoy. I go. lpause] Repeat. I go. lpause]
lQ o uos uaa o uosotrosuds. You go. fpause] Repeat. You go. lpause]
EI ua. He goes. [pause] Repeat. He goes. [pause]
Ella ua. Slre goes. [pause] Repeat, She goes. [pause]
Ello ua. lt goes. lpause] Repeat. It goes. lpause]
Nosolros oomos.We go. lpause] Repeat. lYe go. lpausel
Ustedesuan o uosotrosuals. You go. lpause] Repeat. You go. lpause]
Ellos o ellas uan. Tbey go. lpause] Repeat. They go. [pause]

To go tmbin se usa para indicar eI futuro. Por eiemplo, para decir


comprar, en espaol podemos decir uoy a compro. Eri ingls es lo
mi:*mo: I am golng t buy que es lo mismo qe decir I w:ilI buy, ambos
indicando accin en ei futuro. Listos?Ready?Adelante. Let's go.
Yo uoy a compra.r.I m going to buy. fpausel Repeat.
I am going to buy. [pausel
Yo comprar. I will buy. [pause] Repeat. I will buy. lpause]
T_o uos uda.a comprar. Jou a1e going to buy. [pause] Repeat.
You are going to buy, [pausel
T o uos comprards. You will buy. [pause] Repeat.
Ypu will buy. fpause]
El uo o aompror. IIe is going to buy. [pausel Repeat.
$e is going to buy. [pause]
EI gomprard. He will buy. lpausel Repeat. He will buy. lpausel
EIIo comprar. It will buy. [pause] Repeat. It will buy. [pause]
EIIo ua a comprar. lt is going to buy. [pauseJRepeat,
It is going to buy, [pausel
Ella ua a corlprdr. She is going to buy. [pause] Repeat.
She is going to buy. fpausel
EIla comprani. She will buy. [pause] Repeat. She will buy. [pause]
Nosotrosudmos a comprar. We are going to buy. [pause] Repat.
We are going to buy. [pausel
Nosoroscorlprarerlos. We will buy. lpausel Repeat.
\{e will buy. lpause]
Ustedesuan o uosotrosuais a comprar. You will buy. lpausel Repeat.
You will buy. lpausel
Ustedescomprar,no uosotroscompraris. You will buy. lpausel
Repeat. Yo will buy. [pause]
Ellos o ellas uan a cotlprar. They are going to buy. [pause] Repeat.
They are going to buy. lpausel
EIIos o ellas comprard.n.They will buy. [pause] Repeat,
They will buy. [pause]
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog.
cuatro fotr lpause] Repeat. four [pausel
estupendogreat lpause] Repeat. geat lpause]
ur to see lpause] Repeat. to see [pause]
Es aquello? Is that it? lpause] Repeat. Is that it? lpause]
bello, bella beautiful [pase] Repe:at. beautiful lpase]
pequ?o,pequealittle [pause]Repeat. little lpausel
estdtud stattle lpause] Repeat. statue [pause]
que that lpause] Repeat. that [pause]
uendiendo selling [pause] Repeat. selling fpause]
slo only [pause] Repeat. only [pause]
si if lpausel Repeat. if [pause]
cuesta costs lpausel Repeat. costs [pause]
menos de less than lpause] Repeat. less than [pause]
I5

--[Ttor]
Pero la Estatua de la Libertad est en una isla!
lsusanl
But the Statue of Liberty is on an island!
lT\rtorl
S, pero uanos a tomar un tci al parque Battery y luego tomaremos
un barco a la isla Liberty.
lJiml
Yes, but we're taking a taxi to Battery Park and then we'll take
a boat to Liberty Island,
lTtrtor]
IVetre es we are.
We'll es we will, que es el futuro, o sea, we will take equivale a
tomaremos,
Qu bueno. Voy a uer la Estatua de la Libertad!
lSusanl
Good. I am going to see the Statue of Liberty!
IT\rtor]
Esta vez Susan no hizo contra,ccinpues dijo_I am, going, usmdo
el qarticipio presente o gerundio going, que literalment quiere
decr estoyyendo, pero que se usa mucho para indicar algo que uno
va a nacel

SeccinV Comprensin. Section V. Comprehension


1. PuedenJim y Susan ir en barco a la Estatua de la Libertad?
Qan Jim and Susan go by boat to the Statue of Liberty?
Yes,.Iin and Susan en tke a boat to the Statute of
Liberty.
2. C6mose dice cmo ests?
How ue you?
3. Cno se dice estoy bien?
I am fine. O contraido I'm frne.
4. Puedever Susm a Jim hoy? A qu hora?
Can Susan see cfim today? When, at what time?
T[ate de decirlo en inels.
Yes. Susan car see Jim today at 2 o'clock.
5. Conjugue el verbo ser o estar, to be, en las primeras dos personas
del tiempo presente, yo soy o estoy,t eres o ests.
I am. You are.
6. Cmose pregunta en ingls siyo soyo estoy?
Am I? Am I?
7. Cmose pregmta en ingls si t eres o ests?
Are you? Are you?
8. Cmose pregunt en ingls si usted es o esft?
Are you? Are you?
9. Cmose pregunta en ingls si vosotros estis o sois?
Are you? Are you?
10. Cmose pregunta en ingls si ustedes son o estdn?
Are you? Are you?
Fin de la leccin 2. End of lesson 2.

I4

dcsde Venezuela.
Miguel me ha pedido que busque informacin

sobre las escuelas-

uiml
Uy filgn Miguel, his ryife and his children are moving here
from Venezuela. Miguel has asked me to gather some
infomation
about the schools.
lTtrtorl
Elloshablan insls?
i
l S usanl
Do,they speak English?
I lutorl
Ellos hablan bastante bien.
lJiml
They speak pretty well.
lTtrtor]
Que bien! Tal uezte pued.oayudar.
Cuntosaos tienenlos hijos de Miguel?
lbusanl

dreati Maybe I can help you, How old are Miguel's children?
uU torl
El menor tiene siete, el del medio tiene d.ocey el rnayor tiene
alectnueue.
Uiml
The youngest is seven, the middle one is twelve, and the oldest
one rs mnefeen.
[Ttrtor]
,Vana ir a una escuelapblica o a una escuelaparticular?
lSusanl
going to go to public school or to pvate shool?
fr:il""
Los dos menoresuan a ir a la escuelaoblica.
p!.mayor ya se ho groduado de lo secindarial.Jlml
The two yougest
ones are going to go to public school.
The olde3t on has already lrad-uate
fToin high school.
I tuf,orl
Hay_una escuela pblica muy buena a diez millas de aqui.
Se llama "Mornip Star."
(del primero al quinto grad,o) y de sexto
Tiene la escuela pmaria
grado hasta octouo grados, asl que los doi nios"puedei ir juntos.
tJusanl
W_ell, l! ere_is a great public school ten miles away from here.
It's called'.lVloming
Slan"
It has aq elementarz
and a middle school, so both children
can
go togethen
lTutorl
ote qro middle school, que en nuestros pases sera parte
de la escuefa secundana aqu est considerada escuela inlermedia
tmiddle) separada de los srados noveno a duodcimo.
Se lo dir a-Meuel.
lJiml
I'll tell Miguel
about it.
lTtorl
Cudndo IIegan tus omigos?
l5usanl
IVhe.
are your friends
aniving?
lTtrtor]
Dentro d,e dos semanas[Jim]
In two weeks.
lT\rtorl
Ah, justo antes de la celebracin del Da de Accin de Graciqs.
Los nios estardn contentos d.e tener unos d.as ms de descanso antes
dc empezar en la escuelao/

lSusanl
Oh, right before the Thanksgiving holiday- The children will
be happy to have a few more days of rest before starting
school,
lTirtor]
S, y uaras serLandsdespustendr.n Ia uacacinde Nauidad.
[Jim]
Yes, and a few weeks later they will be going on Christmas
break.
lTtrtorl
As es. Y el mayor?
lSusanl
That's right. So, how about the oldest one?
[Tto]
A l Ie gustara estudar arquitecturd. nenes algunas sugerencas?
Uiml
The oldest one would like to study Architecture.
Any suggestions?
lTtrtorl
Bueno, tal uez debera de asistir a una uniuersdad d'edos aos
primero- Recuerda, I ua a tener que estudiar algunas asignaturas
oblisatorias antes de estudiar arquitectura.
En Estados Unidos hay una opcin econmicaque es estudiar los dos
primeros aos universitarios n un junior coll-ege o coqmunity
ollege pblico antes de transferirse a una universidad de cuatro
aos.
lSusanl
Well. perhaps he should Jttetd a two-vear college first.
Remeinber.'he will have to take certan subjectJthat re
required bfore he studies Architecture,
lT\rtorl
Tienesrazn. Tendr que estudiar ingls, materntcas,biologa. . .
v or obablemente hi storia.
iJiml
You're right. He'll have to study English, Math, Biology . ' .
and probably History.
ITlrtor]
Adems, ahorrar en el costode los estudios. Despusde dos aos se
ouede trasladar a una unuersidad de cuatro aos.
l b us ml
ilesids, he will save on tuition.
After two years he can transfer to a four-year college.
[T\rtor]
Esa es una buena idea! EI podra tambin trabajar durante las
uacacionesde oeranoy ayudar a sus padres a pagar por sus estudios.
lJiml
That's a good idea! He could also work during his summer
vacation and help his parents pay for his tuition.
lT[tor]
Eso es Io que yo hice! No trabaj el primer do, pero s trabaj durante
mi segundoy tercer aos en la biblioteca de msica.
[Susan]
That's what I did! I didn't work in ny foeshman year'
but I worked during rny sophomore and junior years
at the music library.
lTtrtorl
freshman es el nrimer ao en la universidad.
sophomore es e1segundo,aoen la universidad
junior es el tercer ao en la universidad
Yo era muy uago cuarudoestaba en la uniuersidad- Nunca trttbaj
v nuncd estudi. Bueno. me conuert en un estudiante serio durante
bt ttimo do.
lJiml
I was very lazy in college. I never worked and I never studied.
68

pero btt lpause] Repeat. but [pause]


e on lpausel Repeat. on lpause]
un, uno. ana an lpause] Repeat. an [pause]
sla island lpausel Repeat. island [pause]
entonces then lpausel Repeat, then fpausel
barco, bote boat Lpausel Repeat. boat lpausel
to lpausel Repeat. to lpause]
Seccin III. Dilogo Section IIL Dialog
Escuchenos el siguiente diIogo que contiene nuchas
Comencemos. Let's begin.
[sound effects door knocks]

contracciones.

Uiml

Hello.
[Susan]
Hello, Jim, how are you?
Uiml
I'm frne. You're looking good!
ISusan]
T'hank you. Let's see, where can we begin?
Uiml
Well, we're going to take a taxi to go see the Statue of Liberty.
It will cost us three dollars.
[Susan]
But the Statue of Liberty is on an island!
lJiml
Yes, but we're taking a tui to Battery Par\ and then we'll
take a boat to Liberty Island.
[Susan]
Good. I am going to see the Statue of Liberty!
SeccinfV Explicacin del dilogo
Section fV, Explanation of the dialog
[sound effects door knocks]
lTirtorl
Hola.
Uiml
Hello.
[Ttor]
HoIa, Jim, cmoest.s?
[sound effects door openingl
ISusan]
Hello, Jim, how are you?
lT\.rtorl
Estoy bien. Qu bien te ues!
[Jim]
I'm frne. You're looking good!
ITtor]
I'm es la contraccin de I am. You're es la contraccin de you are,
ITtltor]
Gracias. Veamospor dnde podemos empezar?
[Susan]
Thank you. Let's see, where can we begin?
lTtrtorl
Let's es la contraccin de let us, que se usa para indicaciones
u rdenes, por lo que let's see quiere d.ecirueamos.
Si let se halla solo, quiere decir dejar o pennitir.
Bien, uamos d tomar un taxi para ir a uer la Estatua de la Libertad.
Nos costard tres dIares.
[Jim]
Well, we're going to take a taxi to go see the Statue of Liberty.
It will cost us three dollars.
lTlrtorl
'We're
es la contraccin de we are.
IJ

---SeccinV Comprensin Section V. Comprehension


1. Cmose dice o la una en punto? At one o'clock.
2. Cmose dice las dos en punto? At two o'clock.
3. T[ate de decir aquy all eningls. Here. There.
4. Puedever Susan a Jim hoy? A qu hora?
Can Susan see Jim today? When, at what time?
Tbate de contestar en inqls.
Yes. Susan can see Ji today at 2 o'clock.
5. Conjugue el verbo ser o estar, to be, en las primeras dos personas
del tiempo presente, yo soy o estoy,t eres o est.s.
I rn. You are.
6. Cmose pregunta en ingls siyo soy o estury?
Am I? Am I?
7. C6mose pregunta en ingls si t eres o estds?
Are you?Are you?
8. Cmose pregunta en ingls siusted es o est.?
Are you? Are you?
9. Cmose pregunta en ingls si uosotrosestdis o sois?
Are you? Are you?
10. Cmose pregunta en ingls sustedes son o estn?
Are you? Are you?
Repita Ia leccin si Io necesita o prosiga a la leccin 2.
Repeat the lesson ifyou need to or go on to lesson 2.
Fin de la leccin 1. End of lesson 1.

lT\rtorl

En ingls escrito se usan mucho las contracciones con eI apstrofo + s


para indicar Ia omisin de una letra. Prepare su odo para entender el
ierbo to be usando contraccionespara omitir el sonidb de la primera
letra del verbo. Primero oir el vefbo sin contraccin y luego ontrado
con el pronombre personal. Let's repeat.
Yo soy o estoy.I an. [pause] I'm. lpausel Repeat. I'rn. lpause]
'I\i eres o ess.
You are, [pause] You're. lpause] Repeat.
You' e. loausel
Fil es o ei:to.H is. LpauselHe's. lpausel Repeat. He's, fpausel
EIIa es o sld. She is. lpausel She's. [pause] Repeat. She's. fpause]
EIIo es o est. It is. fpause] It's, lpause] Repeat. It's. [pauseJ
Nosotros somoso estamoa.We are, lpause] lVe're. [pause] Repeat.
We're. [pause]
Ustedesson o estdn o uosotrossoso estdis.Yot are. lpause] You're.
[pause] Repea. You're. [pause]
Ellos son o estn. They are. fpause] They're. lpausel Repeat.
The/re, [pause]
Ellas son o est,n.They are. [pause] They're. [pause] Repeat.
They're. [pausel
SeccinII. Palabras y expresionesclave del dilogo
Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog
dnde where lpause] Repeat. where [pause]
empezarbegin lpauselRepeat. begin lpause]
tomar totake [pausel Repeat. to take lpausei
lr to go [pause] Repeat. to go lpausel
ur to see [pause] Repeat, to see fpause]
72

Well, I became a serious student during my senior year.


[Ttor]
senior year es el cuarto ao en la universidad
No Io creo!T ..- un estudianteserio?
[Susan]
I don't believe it! You , . , a serious student?
lT\rtorl
No te hagas la graciosa, Susan.
[Jim]
You are not funny Susan.
Section V. Comprehension
1. Qu hace Jim en la biblioteca?
What is Jim doing in the library?
Jim estd buscando informacin sobre las escuelasy uniuersidades
locales.
Jim is researching the local schools and universities.
2. Losamigos de Jim hablan ingls?
Do Jim's friends speak English?
S, ellos hablan bastante bien. Yes, they speak pretty well.
3. Cuntos aos tienen los hijos de Miguel?
How old are Miguel's children?
El menor tiene siete aos, eI d,elmedio tiene docey eI mayor tene
diecinueueaos.
The youngest is seven, the middle one is twelve,
and the oldest one is nineteen.
4. Van a ir a la escuela pblica o a Ia escuela particular?
Are they.going to go to public.school,or to.private school?
Los dos nrosmenoresuan a ir a la escuelapblica.
The two younger ones are going to go tb public school.
5. lEI hijo mayor va a asistir a la escuela secundaria?
Is the oldest cFild going.to. go to high school?
No, l Dao ir o Ia uniuersidad.
No, he is going to go to the university.
6. 'What
Que quiere estudiar el hijo mayor?
does the oldest child want to studv?
EI hijo mayor quiere estudiar arquitectura. '
The oldest child wants to study Architecture.
7. Trabaj Susan mientras estaba en la universidad?
Did Susan work while she was in college?
S, trabaj d,urante su segundoy tercer aoi en la uniuersidad.
Yes, she worked during her sophomore and junior year,
8. Fue Jim un estudiante serio cuando estaba en Ia universidad?
Was qlim a serious student when he was in college?
Jim slo fue un estudiante serio en eI cuarto ao en la uniuersidad.
Jim was only a serious student during his senior yeu.
Fin de la ieccin 13. End of lesson 13.

lTtorl

En esta leccin va a aDrender sobre las actividades que se hacen al aire


libre: acampar,ir a la-playa,r a pescar.ir a un parq:uede diversiones.
Aqu se hace un repas d las esiructurs gramticales de lecciones
anteriores al igual que de los tiempos presente, pasado, pretrito perfecto
y lucuro.

69

Section II. Key words and phrases from the dialog


A continuacin escuchelas palabras y frases y reptalas despusde Ia
pausa,
tienda de cdmpda - tent [pause] Repeat. tent lpause]
mochla -backpack lpause] Repeat. backpack [pause
bolsa de dornir - sleeping bag [pause] Repeat.
sleeping bag fpause]
hornilla - camp stove [pause] Repeat.
canp

stove

[pause]

blooueador
solar - sunblock
s
bloqueador solar
lpause] Repeat. sunblock lpausel
gaf&s de sol - srmglasses [pauie]
gafas
Repeat. sunglasses [puse]
[pause]
[pause] Repet.
pescar - to frsh [pause] Repeat. to fish lpause]
flea
market
lastrillo / rastro - flea market [pause]
loausel Repeat.
[r
[pause]
oferta, re.bajq - bargain
Repeat._b3rgai4 fuausel.
lpause]I Repeat.-l
park lpausel Kepeat.
parque ae
ment park
pdrque
de drl
dluersrones - amusement
part( lpausel
amusement
montda rs - rollercoaster

Re
[pausel Repeat.
[pause]

rollercoaster fpause]
Para serte sincero -tobe honest with you lpausel Repeat.
to be honest with you [pause]
Estaba bromeando - I was kidding [pause] Repeat.
I was kidding [pause]
Section III. Dialog
lsound effects camping
[Susan]
Hello
lJiml
Hi. Susan!
IJUSNI
Jim,
where

have

you

been?

I haven't

seen

you

in

a while.

lJiml
Ite been busy with my friend Miguel and his family.
lSusanl
Oh, that's right!
Uiml
I'm calling to ask you if you would like to go camping with us
tomorTol[.
lSusanl
I didn't know you liked canping!
lJiml
I love it!
lSusanl
Have you gone camping before?
lJiml
Many times.
It's so relaxing, . . . all those trees, all hat fresh air . . .
It's the best! And we'll go frshing too.
That way we can cook the fish ve catch.
[Susan]
for everybody?
Do you have camping equipnent
lJiml
I do, I have tents, backpacks, sleeping bags, I even have a
camp stove.
lSusanl
I'm afraid I won't be able to go.
I had already made plans with my sister for this week-end.
lJiml
Are you sure you cannot change your plans?
[Susan]
To be honest with you, I really don't like camping.
[Jim]
I see.
70

hoy today lpause] Repeat. today [pause]


una, uno o un on.e fpausel Repeat. one fpause]
bueno, bien good [pause] Repeat. good fpause]
bien fre lpause] Repeat. fine [pause]
para rn for me [pausel Repeat. for me [pause]
aqubete [pause] Repeat. here [pause]
SeccinIII. DiIogo Section III. Dialog
[sound effects telephone ngs]
[Jim]
Hello.
lSusanl
Hello, are you.Iim?
LJrml
Yes. I am.
lSusml
How are you? This is Susan.
[Jim]
I am fine, and you?
[Susan]
Fine, Can I see you today at one o'clock?
lJiml
No, but at two o'clock is good for me, here.
lSusanl
Good. I qill see you at two o'clock over there.
SeccinfV. Explicacin del dilogo
Section IV. Explanation of the dialog
lsound effects telephone rings]
lJiml
Hola.
Hello.
[Susan]
Hola, EresJirn?
Hello, are you Jim?
Obserue que la pregunta se forma invirtiendo el verbo y el pronombre,
de you are a are you?
Uiml
S, soyyo.
Yes. I am.
ISusan]
Cnroestds?Soy Susan.
How are you? This is Susan.
This is ouiere decir slo.estd o estees.
IJIM I

Estoy bien, y t?
I arn fine, and you?
[Susan]
Ben. Puedo(o podra) uerte hoy a la una en punto?
Fine. Can I see you today at one o'clock?
Para indicar poder hacer algo se sa can: I can, you can, he can, she
can, we can, you can, they can. En este caso no se aade -s a la
tercera persona del singular. Aprenda a usar can, se usa muchsimo.
lJiml
No, pero a las dos en punto me uiene bien, aqu.
No, but at two o'clock is good for me, here.
Clock quiere decir "reloj de pared", pero o'clock quiere decir "en
ounto".
tDusanl
Bien. Te uera las d,osen ounto all.
Good. I will see you at iwo o'clock over there.
Will indica futuro. Por ejenplo, I will be quiere decir Yo ser o yo estar.

11

[T\rtor]
Bienvenido a Auto Insls
Welcome to Auto Ingls

Ponga atencin a las e_xplicaciones previas aI diIogo de cada leccin que


yo, su tutor personal. le v-oy g dar. Puede repetir efdi.logo y sus explicaciones tantas veces como lo desee o necesite. Comencemos. Let,s bdgin,
En ingls los pronombres oersonales son:
! you" fr", slie, it, we, y<iu, they.
Oigalos e intente repetir cada un durante la pausa. Lueso volver a
orlos. T|ate de repelirlos de nuevo. Listos. Readw.
yo I lpausel Repeat. I lpausel
t o usted yg1[pause
_Repeat. you lpausel
l he lpausel Rpeat. he lpausel
ella she lpausel Repeat. she [pause]
ello it lpausel Repe-at. it tpauslel
nosotros we [pause] Repeat. we lpausel
ustedes, uos o uosolros you lpausel Repeat vou.
ellos. ellas they [paustil Refeat
they.^lpaujel

loausel

Obseroe que y-ou es la segunda persona del singular y del plural. o sea,
qu you- slgmhca t, usted., uas, uosotros, ustedes. Note que no hay
diferencia entre formaly familiar en ingls, o sea, entre-t y usted,
siempre se dice you. r:Fcil. no cree?
It es el pronomb-re n"ittral,'o sea, ni masculino ni femeni6. cuyo uso no
se parece al espaol. Lo ms cercano en espaol es e/lo.
En ingls el verbo tobe sigtrifrca tanto seicomo estar. Los pronombres
personales no se pueden omitir como en espaol donde podemos decir
soJ en_vez deyo soy. En ingls siempre hay que deciryo soy, o sea, I ann
y ese I siempre se escribe en maysiula. Veainos. repta. et's see,
repeat.
Yo soy. Yo estoy. I am. lpause] Repeat. I m. loausel
! eres, T esfjs. You re. lpausl Repeat. Yu ar. lpausej
EI es. EI estd. He is. [pause]-Repeat. fre is. lpausel
EIIa es. Ella esrd. She is. lpausl Repeat. S['e is. lpause]
Ello es. lt is. lpausel Repeat. It is. [bausel
Nosoros somoi. Nosotroi estam.os. W are. [pause] Repeat. We are,
lpausel
Ustedes son o estn o uosotros sois o est,is. You *e. [pause] Repeat.
You are. fpausel
Ellos o eIIs son-o estn. They are. [pausel Repeat, They are.
[pause]
que6 muy simple. conjugu el verbo to be en el tiempo presente.
4f
Keplta despus de m las tres personas del sinqular:
I am, you are, he is, she i lpausel
Y las tres del olual:
we are, you re, they are. lpausel
No ha_y muchos cambios en el plral verdad? Qu bueno!
Escuchemos el siq-luiente dilogo que ontiene sta conjugacin.
uomencemos. Lef,'s Degln.
Seccin TI. Palabras v frases clave del diloso.
Section II. Key w<ri.ds and phrases fto the dialoe,
Primeramente oir Ia palabra en espaol, sezuida de sri equivalente
ingls a velocidad lent. y luego a vlocidd ormal.

en

Eres t? Are you? lpauseJ Repeat. Are vou? [pausel


Crno ests? How are you? lpiausel Repat. Hbw are you? [pause]

10

lSusanl
I prefer to sleep in a comfortable bed and have a bathroom
available.
[Jim]
I understand. So, where are you going with your sisten
lSusanl
We are going to the beach,
IYe are going to sunbathe, swim, read and rest.
lJiml
Don't forget the sunblock!
lSusani
I won't.
I'm also taking my sun hat and my sunglasses.
[Jrm]
So what else are you going to do this week-end?
[Susm]
We are going to go shopping.
There is this wonderful flea-market bv the beach that has
incredible bargains.
[Jim]
Bring ne a souvenir!
[Susm]
Of course.
lJiml
I was kidding.
[Susan]
I'm sorrr I won't be able to meet your friends,
Uiml
Maybe you will.
I'm taking them to the zoo next weekend.
It will be fun for the children.
lSusanl
I'll be there.
Why don't we also go to the amusement park by the zoo?
lJiml
The one with the giant rollercoaster?
ISusan]
Yes. I love riding roller coasters!

uiml

I would have never guessed.


[Susan]
Give me a call before Saturday.
lJiml
I will. Bye Susan,
Section [V. Explanation of the dialog
fsomd effects canping]
[T\rtor]
Diga.
[Susan]
Hello.
[T\rtor]
HoIa. Susan.
Uiml
Hello. Susan.
lTbtorl
HoIa, Jim.
;Dnde has estado?
Hace tiempo que no te ueo.
lSusanl
Hi, rlin.
Where have you been?
I haven't seen you in a while.
77

[Ttor]
He estado ocupado con m amigo Miguel y su familia.
uiml
i've been busy with my friend Miguel and his family.
[T\torl
Ah, es uerdad!
ISusan]
Oh, that's right!
[Ttor]
Te llamo para preguntdrte si te gustara uenir a acampar con nosotros
mddna.

lJiml
i'm allirg to ask you if you would like to go canping
tomorrow'
lTtorl
No saba que te gustaba acamPar!
LSusanl
I didn't know you liked camPing!
lTtorl
Me encanta!

with us

I JI MI

i love it!
lThtorl
Has ido a acampar antes?
lSusanl
before?
Have you gone camping
c
[T\rtor]
Muchas ueces. Es tan relajante ... todos esos rboles,
todo ese aire fresco- Es lo mejor! Y uamos a r a pescar tambin.
As podernos cocinar eI pescado que pesquemos.

Uiml
iVlanv times. It's so relaxing . . ' all those trees, all that fresh
air. Ii's tbe best! And we'll !o frshing too.
That way we can cook the fish we catch.
IT\rtor]
Tienesequipo de acampar para todos?
ISusan]
Do you have camping equipment for everybody?
IT\rtor]

si.

Tengotiendas de cam.paa,mochilas, bolsas de d'ormir, incluso tengo


una hornilla.
[Jim]
I do.
I have tents, backpacks, sleeping bags, I even have a camp
stove.
[Ttor]
podr ir.
Me temo que no -planes
con mi hermana para estefln de semana.
Ya habahecho
lSusanl
I'm afraid I won't be able to go.
I had already made plans wiih my sister for this weekend.
lTtorl
Est,ssegura que no puedes cambiar tus planes?
lJiml
Are you sure you cannot change your plans?
lTlltor]
Para serte sincera, realmente no me gusta acampdr.
lSusanl
io be honest with you, I really don't like canping.
lTtorl
Ya ueo.

GUA

DE PRONTJNCIACIN

INGLESA

Ud. sabe oue en ingls "Ias palabras no se dicen como se escriben". Sin
embarso. av regla-s. PRIMER PASO: conocer el nombre de las letras.
La mejor manera de saber cmo
SEGUDO PASO saber pronmciarlas.
se pronuncian las letras s escucharlas siguiendo eI guin de los dilogos
cori el libro abierto, en busca de la letra que Ud. desea "or en accin".
De todas maneras conviene tener una aproximacin de cmo se
oronuncian las ietras. Los nombres de ls letras son: A = B = bi
H =i c h
l =i
i I- - y i
F =ef
c =!i ( fuer te)
E=
D =di
b=s i
L=el
M = em ( c i ene l a m N O eng) N =en( c i er te, N Oeng)
K=k i
=pi Q= k i R = ar ( m uy s uav eN O r r )
S= es T =ti
U =i
O =uP
Y= udi Z =s l ( m uy fuer te.
Ir y = dobel i X=ec s
V=ui ( noj l
nunca la z espaola)
DE LASI
LOS SONIDOS CORTOS Y IARGOS
INGLESAS
VOCALES
TERCER PASO es conocer los dos sonidos de cada vocal- El sonido corto
es como en espaol (menos la u corta.) y el largo es el nombre de Ia
i cotta= ii
a larga = i e corta= e elarga =i
letra. acorta =a
ac or ta =o ( bus s edi c eos ) u
ol ar ga =u
l ar ga=i oc or ta=o
rarga = u.
STIENAN DE I,JNA MANERA'
DOS VOCALES
QTIE CASI SIEMPRE
oo = .'cool (fresc) = ftal. Excepcin blood (sangr:e) = lod.
j.'
ee =
see (ver) = si. ea = i.' seat (asiento) = sil. au = o.' autum (otoo)
= tom eu = .'neural = ntral
ie = i relief (descanso) = rilf
ia = l reliablg
aid (ayrda) = id
Gonfmble) = ril'ivabel
ai = i
ES SILENTE
DE UNA PAI.ABRA
I.A e AL FINAL
sale (venta) = sI to take (llevar) = tu tik to have (tener o haber)
tu jaf
IMPORTANTES
OTRAS CONSIDERACIONES
A excepcin de que la e final no se pronuncia es muy importante
siempre oronuniar el final de las palabras y no "comerse" ninguna
paft deia palabra o NO lo van a ntender. --pues muchas palabras
ilependen dl sonido final para poder obtener su significado comecto:
crze (locura o lo que est de moda) = crs-pero crazy (loco) = crigi.
l s =z fuer tei ns l es a)

bastTnl

pTLesRA coN Ms DE UNAsr,lBA ESLraNA

Casi siempre, palabra nueva con que Ud. se tropiece NO llevar el


nfasis coino eir espaol, donde casi todas las palabras son agudas:
(cuidadoso) no mindful.
motor (ingls) moJqr (espaol) mindful
SE APRENDE
SE ADQUIERE_NO
I,A EI{TONACIN
Otro punto imDortante es la entonacin de la fi'ase y para ello. de nuevo'
pauta.
Los niios, a diferencia de
la redeticin d la crabacin le dar Ia
los aultos, se divirten repitiendo frass Ud. tiene que hacer el
esfuerzo d repetir para fijrse los patrones de entonacin ingleses. Es
muv posible qe Ud. pronncie tods las palabras bien, pero sr su
entfacin n te "sueira" familiar a su intrlocutor, ste le va a decir que
no lo entiende.
EN: wh, gh' ph' th' ch Y sh
EXCEPTO
LA h SE PRONUNCIAj
La h = l; how (cmo) =.jtiu. La wh = ju; why (por qu\ = jui.
=
(rudoi
though tauque) = dru.)
fof
lO
silente
tough
Laeln=f:
fteatrc) = ziater
La fr = ';
i Phiidelphia. La th = z espaola; theater
= lmson to sea' la ft es silente)
ThompSon run apellidol
La ih =
-ile
(depende
=
palabra
(eio
}a
sigr:riente)
=
o do
la)
di,
d.; the
La lh
4e
= kimozrapi)
(ouimioterapial
La ch = k: chemotherapv
La ch = cl; child tnio/i= hiLd. tO sonido suaves/ cherish (adorar)
La sh = sj (no existe en espaol, es una cl suave) shoe (zapato) = shu.

10. Asista a la iglesia en ingls. Los sermones hablan sobre temas


religiosos conocidosy de la vida diaria. El ministro habla
pausadamente y con sus gestos a)'uda a que Ud. capte el
contexto,
1 1. Y hablando de iglesias, muchas tienen clases de ingls gratuitas.
Si Ud. se encuentra fuera de EE.UU. nase a asociacionesde
angloparlantes o acuda a las actividades gratuitas que stas
patrocinan.
12. Vea deportes que conoceen televisin en ingls. Como ya conoce
Ias reglas y los trminos, va a poder entender lo dems.
13. Acuda a restaurantes donde el men est en ingls y donde
haya fotos de los platilllos para que el contexto lo ayude a
descifrar.
t4. Si no vive en pas de habla inglesa trate por todo los medios de
visitar pases que hablen este idioma. Y si vive en un pas de
habla inglesa, trate de salir del barrio de habla hispana para
andar parte del tiempo en tiendas y negociosde haLla irglesa.
aD. Repaselas pginas amarillas de la gua o directorio telefnico que
tenga en ingls para asociar palabras con las ilustraciones de
Ios anmcios. Hay guas bilinges donde podr ver ambos
trminos.
ao. Lea etiquetas de produ&os en ingls. Como ya tiene el producto o
artculo, eI lenguaje est en contexto, o sea, que es ms fcil
descifrar lo que se est leyendo.
t7. Compre o saque de la biblioteca revistas como TIME. Las fotos y
las ilustraciones de noticias que ya Ud. ha sto en espaol har
que no se frustre y pueda seguir los hechos y entender algo aqu y
algo all y, as ir aumentando su comprensin.
1 8. Compre o saque de la biblioteca revistas en ingls de temas que
lo apasionen. No hay nada como estudiar cosasque nos gustan.
19. Notr que NO recomendamosor la radio en ingls. El motivo es
que es muy frustrante tratar de descifrar las noticias o
comentarios sin tener imgenes que nos den contexto o tratar de
entender cancionessin la letra enfrente. Evite frustraciones.
Las frustraciones frustan a los que estudian otra lengua, valga
la redundancia. Ud. debe de quitar toda ansiedad al procesode
aprendizaje y hacerlo 1oms ameno que pueda.
20. Churchill dijo fieve4 never, never give up." "Nunca, nurrca,
nunca ae d por uencido". Otro uso de up. Give up es esl,
literalmente "dar para aniba",o sea,no se entregue o
'no leuante las manos".

Uiml
f see.
[T\rtor]
P.refiero dormir en una carnd cmoday tener un bao d.isponible.
lSusanl
I prefer to sleep in a comfortable bed and have a bathroom
available.
lTtorl
Entiendo.
Y a dnd,euas a ir con tu hermana?
lJiml
I rmderstand.
S_o,where are you going with your sister?
flutorl
Vamosa ir a la playa.
V_amos
a tomar'el sl, a nadar, a leer y a
descansaL
lSusanl
We ue going to the beach.
We are going to sunbathe, swim, read and rest.
frutorl
No te oluides del blooueador solar!
fJiml
ilon;t.forget the sunblock!
I ruf,or]
No me uoy a oloidar.
Tlrnbi.n uoy a lleuar m sombreroplayero y mis gafas d,e sol.
lSusanl
i won't.
I.:m algo taking my sun hat and my suglasses.
I lutorl
jY qu mas uasa hacer estefin d.esemana?

uiml

,S_or.whatelse are you going to do this weekend?


tru[oU
Vamos a ir de compras--Hay un rastro marauilloso cerca de la playa
que ti.eneofertas increbles.
lSusanl
We are going to go shopping. There is this wonderful flea
market by the beach that has incredible bargains.
lTtorl
Ileme un recuerdo.
lJiml
Bring ne a souvenir.
[T\rtor]
Por supuesto.
ISusan]
Of course.
lThtorl
Estaba bromeand.o.
[Jim]
I was_kidding.
I lUtorl
Siento no poder conocera tus omigos.
tDusanl
Lfn so-rry I won't be able to meet your friends.
[Ttor]
Quizris p od,rdsconocerlos,
L_osuoy a lleuar aI zoolgicoeI fin de semana que uiene.
Ser diuertido nara los ios.
lJiml
Maybe you will.
I'm taking them to the zoo next weekend.

73

It will be fin for the children.


[Ttor]
Estar all.
Por qu no uomos tatnbin al parque de diuersionesque estd cerca del
zoolpico?
liusanl
I'll be there.
Why don't we also go to the amusement park by the zoo?
lT\rtorl
EI que tiene una montda rusa gigante?
lJiml
Ttre ori with the giant rollercoaster?
[Ttor]
Sr.
jMe encdntd montdr en montaas rusas!
[Susan]
Yes.
I love riding rollercoasters!
ITtrtor]
Nunca Io hubiera pensad,o.lJim)
I would have never guessed.
lThtorl
Ll.mame antes del s,bado.
ISusan]
Give me a call before Saturday.
[T\rtor]
$
Lo har. Adis Susan.
[Jim]
I will. Bye Susan.
Section V. Comprehension
1. Quva a hacer Jim este fin de semana?
What is Jim going to do this veekend?
Jim ua a ir a acampar estefi.n de semana.
Jin is going to go camping this week-end.
2. Quin va a acampar con Jim?
Who is going to go camping with Jim?
Miguel y su familia uan a acampar con Jim.
Miguel and his family are going to go camping with Jim.
3. Va a acampar Susm con Jim?
Is Susan going to go carnping with Jim?
No, Susan no ud a acarpar con Jm.
No, Susan is not going to go canping with Jim.
4. A Susan le gusta acampar? Does Susan like camping?
No, a Susan no le gusta dcampar.
No, Susan does not like camping.
5. Quva a hacer Susan este frn de semma?
What is Susan going to do this weekend?
Susan oa a ir a Ia playa estefin de senutnd.
Susan is going t g to th beach this week-end'
6. Jim tiene equipo de acampar?
Does Jin have camping equipment?
S, Jn tiene una tienda de campaa, mochilas,
bolsas de dnrmir y una hornilla.
Yes, Jim has a tent, backpacks,
sleeping bags and a camp stove.
7. Quva a hacer Susan en Ia playa?
What is Susan going to do at the beach?
Susan ua a tomar eI sol, nadar, leer y dnscansar.
Susan is going to sunbathe, swim, read and rest.
8. Quva a llevar Susm a Ia playa?
What is Susan taking to the beach?
Susan ua a lleuar bloqueador solar. un sombreroplayero y gafas
de sol.
74

Esto es pues lo que le prometemos en este curso. Ud. va a poder


manipular las estructuras gramaticales ms necesarias y urgentes,
las frases y palabras ms cotidianas, los verbos ms necesarios y va a
poder practicar la pronmciacin
inglesa escuchando a personajes
nativos en situaciones humorsticas y fciles de visualizar y digerir. Le
sugerimos que cuando haya terminado este cso siga con otros cursos
para que orga a otras personas y se exponga a otros aspectos del ingls.
Y le tenemos otras sugerencias probadas y comprobadas.

20 SUGERENCIAS
1.

2.

3.

4.
5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

PARA,APRENDER

INGLS

Lleve consigo una libretita donde anotar dudas.


Todos conocemos personas que hablan ingls y espaol.
Use a esas personas como tutores gratuitos.
Lo ms importante a la hora de aprender no es saber la respuesta
sino qu pregultas
hacer.
Tenga a mano siempre un diccionario bilinge de bolsillo.
Cada vez que tenga m momento libre busque esa palabra que
hace das est pensando buscar.
Tbnga en casa un diccionario bilinge mayor al lado de la cama,
otro en Ia sala, y otro en la cocina. O sea, un diccionario bilinge
siempre cerca de Ud. para que la pereza no le gane y pueda hacer
sus consultas al momento.
Tenga en casa m diccionario solo en ingls, eI ms caro y mejor
ilustrado que su presupuesto le permita.
Establezca trato con personas que solamente hablen ingts.
Intente comunicarse con seas, sonrisas, gestos, recuerde que los
turistas siempre se comuican con los tenderos, porque hay una
transaccin de beneficio nutuo entre los dos.
Todos queremos tener amigos y con la amistad viene el ingls.
Compre revistas de cmics. La relacin entre eI idioma coloquial
y los dibujos resulta un excelente medio para entender los
dilogos y para conocer la cultura y los dichos de la vida aria.
Sintonice estaciones de televisin en ingls y, si su televisor lo
pemite, ponga los subttulos en espaol y, otras veces, en ingls.
Es bueno leer en ingls Io que se est diciendo, pero cuando
eI dilogo es muy difcil entonces es mejor tenerlo en espaol.
Compre CDs de canciones en ingls, o vaya a Ia biblioteca pblica
donde los prestan. La msica es una manera excelente de
aprender idiomas porque se nos fijan las cosas con ms facilidad.
Asegrirese de tener la letra de las canciones para que las pueda
seguir siempre con sus diccionarios cerca. Escriba la letra de
sus canciones favoritas en su Cancionero particular y aprenda a
cantar esas canciones. El Intemet es una buena fuente.
Posea una Biblia en ingls y otra en espaol. Como los libros y los
versculos estn numerados, le va a resultar fcil hallar Io mismo
en eI otro idioma para comparar y aprender.
La cultura occidental se basa en la Biblia y tanto el ingls como
el espaol tienen mltiples dichos que provienen de hechos
bblicos.

Otro aspecto prctico es el verbo to get = obtener, qte se usa muchsimo


en ingls y en maneras que no nos podemos imaginar los
hispanohablantes.
Get going = Dale, ndale, camina, umono.s. (Iiteral es obtn
andando)
Do you get it? = Te diste cuenta? Oteralmere Lo obtuuste?)
I got it. = Lo entiend.o. (literalmente Lo tengo.)
Y acto y seguido el uso imaginativo

en ingls de in, up, out, down

Get in. = Entro. tin quiere decr en o dentro.t


Get up. = Leu.ntate. (wp es para arriba o hacia arriba o anba.)
Get out. = Salte. (out quiere decir paro afuera o hacia afuera o
afuera)
Get down. = Agchate (down es poro abajo o hacia abajo o abajo.)
Get down there. = DaIe para all. o all. (there es all o aII.)

Susan is taking sunbloc\


a sun hat and sunglasses.
ir Susan de compras? Is Susm going to g shopping?
;U3:
Suson ua a r de compras a un rastro o "pulguero".
^5.
Y9s,
go shopping
is going.to
a.rt a _fi9 m_arket.
.^
.Srlsan
I0. A dnde va a llevar Jim a sus amigos el prximo frn de semana?
Where is,Jim going to take his friendb
next weekend?
JLm ud a LLeuar a sus amigos al zoolgico y al parque de
cliuersiones.
Jim is going to take his friends to the zoo and the
park.
amusement
11. Qu le gusta hacer a Susan en el parque de diversiones?
What does Susan like to do in the musement
park?
A Susan lc gusta monlor en lo monlao rusa.
Susan likes to ride the rollercoaster.

S.

Fin de la leccin 14. End oflesson

14.

lTtrtorl

Persona que domine los verbos o be, to have y to get tiene la pelea
semi ganada. Y si a esto agregamos el verbo to go = ir con su geruldio
going ya podemos hablar en futuro.
I
I
I
I

go
am
am
am

= Yo uoy o uq/.
going = Estoy yendo o uoy a ir.
going to go = Voy ir. (futuro)
going to run. = Voy a coner o me uoy a postular.

En esta lecin va a repasar los tiempos presente, pasado, pretrito


perfecto. futuro y condicional. al iguai qui estructulras grariaticales
expllcaoas en tecclones antenores.
(futtto)

Y regresando a to get, ahora en gerundio, getting.


IIow

are you getting

th ere? = Cmo uas t a llegar hasta aII?

El que sepa to be, to have, to get, to go y el uso de los gerundios ya


tiene tres cuartas partes de la batalla ganada. Y si sabe pedir cosas,
hacer preguntas y hacer trmsacciones, pues ya puede ver el lector Ia
utilidad que conlleva un curso diseado en espiral, donde todo se cicla
y se recicla y los conocimientos aumentan como cuando nos queremos
estacionar en el piso ms alto de un garaje y vamos subiendo de nivel,
progresivamente, gracias a las rampas de acceso. Esto es lo que Ie
garantiza este curso, que siempre tendr Ud. una rampa para seguir
subiendo o para regresar a un nivel inferior donde pueda repasar los
conocimientos que dej "aparcados" en ese nivel. Otro ejemplo del
mtodo espiral es el aprendizaje de los nmeros. A medida que avanzan
1as lecciones se van introduciendo los nmeros en orden ascendente, de
manera que no es necesario aprenderlos de memoria, por el contrario, se
aprenden en el contexto de una situacin cotidiana y, acto seguido, se
repasan y refuerzan en lecciones ulteriores.

ya

El verbo irregular to read, e_nel pasado se deletrea igual que en el


presente, pero se pronuncia diferente:
YoleowIibrc.
-Ireedabook
Yoleunlibrc.
-Ireadabook
El participio pasado se pronuncia igual que el pasado.
He-leido u n libro.
- I have read book.
El imperativo - A la primera persona del plural en ingls se le aade la
nalabia Let's:
Lee este libro. (t)
Read this book. (singular
you)
(ustedes) Lean este libro.
Read this book. (pluial
vo)
{nosotros } edn os este I ibro. Let's read this bo-ok. (w)
Section Il. Key words and phrases from the dialog
peltculas - movies lpausel Repeat. movies fpausel comedio - comedy [pausel Repeat. comedy [pause]
pelicula del oeste - westem
[pause] Repeat. western
lpausel
conaierto - concert
lpausel Repeat. concert
lpausel
juegos.programa de
game show fpausel Repeat.
game show [pause]
comedia - sitcom lpausel Rereat. sitcom lpausel
d i bujos o n i mados --cartoons-lpausel
Repet. caitoons
lpausel
noticierolteledidrio
- t}'e news [pause] Repeat. the news [pausel
canal (d,e teleuisin) - chan.el [puseJ Repat. channel
[pase]
Qu estds haciendo? - What ar you doing? lpausel Retrat.
Ilhat are you doing? [pausel
(u uomos a hacer? -What are we going- to do? [pausel Repeat.
What are we going to do? lpausel Qu tipo d_epelculas (programas de teleuisin / msica) te gusta? (TV shows/music)
What kind f moes
do you like? ffiausel
Repeat.
What kind of movies (/TV showdmusic)
do you like? [pause]
siriger?iQuin-es tu cantdnte fduorifo? - Who is your fvorite
[Pause] [,sP61.

75

--Who is your favorite singer? [pause]


No tengoganas
"I'm lNo estoltcon .ninos-l'm
Repealt.
not in thi mood. [pausel

not in the mood [pause]

Section III. Dialog


fsomd effects at Jim's housel
[Jim]
What are you doing Susan?
liusml
I'n reding the newspapen
'What
are you reading about?
tusanl
I'm trying to frnd something exciting for us to do,
uiml
fomd anything yet?
il:J"r
What kind of movies do you like?
lJiml
I like war moes, boxing movies, and science frction movies.
lSusml
h no! r hate those.
[Jim]
You do? What kind of movies do vou like?
lsusanl
I like comedies, westerrrs, and, sometimes, scary movies.
Uiml
Maybe we should go to a concert.
tsusanl
A classical rnusic concert or a rock concert?
IJim]
It could be a rock concert . . . but not heaw netal.
lsusanl
lVho is your favorite rock singer?
lJiml
My favorite rock singer is David Bowie.

Es por eso que antes de disfrutar de cada diIogo Ud. deber estudiar
la gramtica que siroe de armazn aI dilogo. Por suerte, su estudio
grmatical ser aplicado de inmediato en el dilogo, o sea, que no es rn
estudio rido que no se sabe cundo Io va a poder aplicar.

SECI,]ENCIA ESPIRAL

Rap is not ny favorite. \{hat is your favorite type of music?


ISusml
it depnds.
Sometimes I prefer jazz, sometines I prefer classical,
slmetimes I prefer pop music.
lJrm I

are we going to do today?


ir"*l*
Let me check the olavs.
There are all kindi: dramas. comedies. musicals . . .
lJiml
I don't know.
IF o"l really in the mood to go out.
Isusanl
Do you have any hobbies?
lJiml
Y^es.Watching sports on TV.
liusml
No!

DE I.A ENSEANZA

El vocabulario y las estructuras verbales y gramaticales que se


presentan antes del diIogo se van a volver a ver en las leccLones
siguientes. O sea, que vocablo que aprenda en la leccin 1 le va a serwi?
en la leccin 2 o en la leccin 3. Lo mismo con los verbos. Una vez que
sepa conjugar el verbo to be, que significa ser o estar, Io usar como
verbo auxiliar o como gerundio ms adelante. Y cuando sepa usar el
verbo to have, que quiere decir haber o tene4 enseguida lo usar como
verbo auiliar para decir he sido y he tenido en ingls, o sea, que
enseguida se refuerza lo aprendido de forma que se frje en la mente y no
se olvide.
Lo ltimo que Ud. necesita despusde largas horas de trabajo es
estudiar algo que se Ie va a olvidar o que no es necesario.Por eso,el
vocabulario, Ios verbos y las estructuras gramaticales son de uso
frecuente y se aplica una y otra yez para garantizarle que "puede meter
en el banco" todo conocimiento adquirido pues no 1ova a perder ni a
d o cn a r d

lSusanl

i{ine is Stevie Nicks.


[Jim]
klso like pop music and country music,
l S us ml
ilorv about rap?

76

No es cierto que un adulto pueda llegar a adquirir otro idioma igual que
lo hizo con su lengua natal. Ya se ha perdido la capacidad lingistica con
que nacimos. El adulto requiere saber Io que est aprendiendo y es ah
donde entra la gtamtica, que son las reglas que todo idioma sigue.

iiq

Siguiendo el patrn extremadamene prctico del curso, se le recomienda


que aprenda a decir Io antes posible I want = yo quicro o I need = yo
necesito. Aqu s le robamos una pgina a la forma en que aprenden los
nios. Los bebs comunican sus necesidades. Aprender a hablar para
que les hagan caso. El que sabe pedir en ingls, aunque sea con seas
puede comunicar lo que necesita o desea. Siempre el tendero y el cliente
se entienden, pues media una transaccin de inters para ambos.
De ah, el curso contina
preguntas.

con otras transacciones

como comprar o hacer

_-----

Es vital que Ud. comprenda que debe avazar y retroceder entre los
tres niveles de lecciones, a saber: Inicial 1-5; Intermedio 6-10; Avmzado
11-15. Cada vez que vuelva a participar en Ias lecciones va a sacmles
algo nuevo. Debe utilizar el curso por unos tres meses de uso intensivo
pra poder llevar su rendimiento
o aprovechamiento
al mirmo.
Luego, cuando pasen otros tres meses, regrese al curso por otro mes
ms y ver lo mucho que aprendi y que algo ms Ie puede sacar al
curso todava con un buen repasoEntonees, deje que otros miembros de la famiiia se valgan de su
inversin para que tambin ellos puedan mejorar considerablemente
ingls.
Aunque es
INGLSUd. puede:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

su

cierto que Ud. no tiene un maestro en persona AIJ"TO


le ofrece varias ventajas sobre el maestro en ma escuela.
estudiar a su propio ritmo.
estudiar cuando quiera o pueda.
repetir las palabras, frases y oraciones cuantas veces quiera.
regresar a las explicaciones que han sido grabadas.
constatar lo que le &ice eI Tbtor leyndolo a ia vez en el libro.

lJiml
It's true.
Let's watch TV for a while,
Maybe I'll change my mind laten
lusanlkay.
What do you want to watch?
lJiml
There is a good game show on channel 6, or we could watch
that sitcom, the one with the talking cat . . .
lSusanl
Are you serious?
We might as well qatch cartoons.
fJiml
Let' watch the news!
lSusanl
I agtee.
Let's watch the news.
Section, IV. ExpllTation of the dialog
lsouno ertecls at lrrm s nousel
ITtor]
Quests haciend,oSusan?
[Jim]
flhat.are you doing Susan?
I lutorl
E:Loy teyendoel peridico.
lbusanl

i'm reding the newspapen


Y Ud. no tiene que:
1.
escribir ni hacer ejercicios. EI curso es totalmente auditivo.
Solamente cuando Ud. desee tomar algula nota por su
cuenta lo va a poder hacer llevando una libreta donde anotar
y repasar.
2.
tomar exmenes para saber si debe seguir adelante. Ud.
mismo va a regresar al principio del curso cuando llegue al
final para seguir repitiendo y aprendiendo las cosas que en
un principio Ie parecieron muy difciles, pero que con el paso
tiempo, y con el repaso van cayendo en su lugar, en este
rompecabezas de iniciarse en una nueva lengua.
O sea, que la utilidad del curso se basa en que por eI precio de su costo
Ud. tiene en su automvil, autobs, tren, casa o trabajo hoas de
plticas entre dos nativos norteamericanos que Ie hablan sin cansar
para que Ud. pueda lograr la pronunciacin correcta y un T\rtor bilinge
que tampoco se cnsa de explicarle las construcciones y sigrrifrcados que
son clave para su total comprensin.
La adquisicin de una nueva lengua cuando uno es adulto tiene sus
partes amenas y sus partes trabajosas. Los diIogos humorsticos son la
parte amena, pero para poder entender y aprovechar los dilogos
tenemos que prepararnos ensayando las frases que vamos a or y luego
repetir en ingls. Y esto solamente lo podemos hacer yendo una por una
sobre cada frase o cada palabra bajo estudio hasta que sepamos
pronunciarla bien y sepamos su signficado.

I lhtorI

que estd,sleyendo?
199U1

tJlmt

flhai.are you reading about?


lr\rtorl
E--stoytratand,o d,eencontrar algo entretenido que podamos hacer.
[Susan]
I'm trying to frnd something exciting for us to do,
lT\torl
i.Has ncontrado also ya?
iJiml
itavL you found mything yet?
I llrtor I
Quiipo de petrculas te gusto?
tusanl
What kind of movies do vou like?
lTtorl
Me gustan,las.pelculas.de guena, las pelculas dc boxeoy las
petlcutdsd,ecrenctaficcton.
Uiml
I like war movies, boxing movies, and science fiction movies,
fTutorl
ilt no!.Detesto esaspelculas.
l usml
h noi
I hate those.
lTtorl
De uerd,ad?
Qutipo de pelculas te gusta?
l.Jlml

You do?
What kind of movies do vou like?
tT\rtorl
Me gutan las comedias, las pelculas d,eloestey a ueceslas pelculas
de terror.

77

[Susan]
I like comedies, westems, and, sometimes, scary movies.
[Ttor]
Tal uezdeberamosr a un concierto.
lJiml
Maybe we should go to a concert.
IT\:torl
)A un concierto de msica clsica o a uno de msica rock?
tusanl
A classical music concert or a rock concert?
lTtorl
Podra ser de rock . . . pero no de rock cido.
lJiml
It could be a rock concert . . . but not heavy metal.
lTfrtorl
Quin es tu cantante de rock fauorito?
lSusanl
Who is your favorite rock singer?
lTtrtorl
Mi cantante de rock fauorito es Danid Bowie.
lJrml
My favorite rock singer is David Bowie.
lT\rtorl
La rna es SteuieNicks.
lSusanl
Mine is Stee Nicks.
[T\rtor]
Tatnbin me gusta la msica popular y Ia msca carnpesina.
Uinl
I also like pop music and country music.
lTirtorl
Y el rap?
ISusan]
How about rap?
lTtorl
No es mi fauorito.
Cudl es u tipo dn msica fauorita?
[Jim]
Rap is not my favorite.
What is yotu favorite kind of music?
lTbtorl
Denende.
A iecesprefiero el jazz, a uecesprefiero la msica clsica, a ueces
prefiero la msico popular.
lSusanl
It depends.
Somtimes I prefer jazz, sornetimes I prefer classical' sometimes I prefer pop music.
lTtorl
Entonces,qu uarnosa hacer?
lJiml
So, what are we going to do today?
lThtorl
Diame retisar las obras de teatro.
Hy de todos los tipos: dramas, com.ed,ias,comedias /nusicales . . .
lSusanl
Let me check the plays.
There are all kinds: dramas, comedies, musicals . . .
[T\rtor]
No s. Realmente no tengo ganas d,esalir.
lJiml
I don't know.
I'm not really in the mood to go out.
7A

AUTO INGLS*
Felicidades por la adquisicin del curso AI-llfO INGLSEste curso ha sido diseado para personas que desean robarle tiempo
aI tiempo, que desem utilizat cada momento libre para aprender ingls.
Ya no es necesario hacer ejercicios escritos ni disponer de bloques largos
de tiempo. Es Ud. quien controla la g:rabacin-la
detiege o Ie da
retroceso cuantas veces quiera. Y cuando quiera escuchar los amenos
dilogos. Cuando quiera escuchar las instructivas explicacrones en
espaol. Y cuando quiera, podr abrir el libro para seguir todo lo dicho
en la grabacin o pra contestar la preguntas de comprensin.
ALIIO
INGLSlo conduce de un nivel inicial a m nivel avanzado en
solamente quince leccione. La adquisicin de un lenguaje se asemeja'a
un carrino que nmca debe tdminar,
como no debe terminar
nuestra
bsqueda de mayores conocimientos.
ATITO INGLSes un cuso para autodidactas.
Esto quiere decir que
Ud. podr utilizarlo sin la intervencin de un maestro.
ATIIO INGLSque le habla en espaol
le proporciona un T\tor
en las grabaciones dndole indicaciones sobre lo que debe repetir para
mejorar su pronunciacin
o para que pueda entender Ia gramtica que
Ud. necesita para aprender la leccin.
Con este cuso Ud. podr aumentar su fluidez en ingls
considerablemente. Esto lo va a lograr debido a la metodologa que sigue
el curso: Veamos:
I.
En la primera seccin se le presentan aquellas expresiones y
palabras que son cldv para que pueda entender el dilogo.
II.
En la segunda seccin se le presenta la gramtica que debe
aprender y que est ligada estrechamente
al diIogo.
Aprender esta grarntica de forma amena.
III. En la tercera seccin se presenta el diIogo, en el cual dos
norteamericanos-un
hombre y una mujer-hablm
de temas
cotidianos de la vida en EE.UU.
IV. En la cuarta seccin su T\tor lo toma de la mano con
explicaciones adicionales y con traducciones
del dilogo para
que Ud. no se quede sin saber TODO Io que ha acontecido en
el dilogo.
V.
La quinta seccin se halla en el libro que acompaa las
grabaciones. En este libro se presenta TODO lo que se ha dicho
en las grabaciones ms esta quinta seccin de preguntas de
comprensin para que Ud. pueda verificar que ha entendido
cada leccin.

EQUIPO EDITORIAL
Frank Rodriguez, M.A. Editdrestuvoa cargo de este curso.
Eastern Sky, estudiode grabacionesde Orlndo,Fira,
U.S.n.
a cargode Mr.-lon Reames,conceptualiz
este curso.
Dra. Noevia Mranda del Deptartamentode World Languages
publicSchoolscompusoel tema.o
del lvliam-Dade
e estecurso.
Galia Wolff, ph.D., Consultora,redactlas leccionei
de este curso,
Prof. Lucy Murray, MurrayEditorial& TranslationServices
de
Miami,Flordadiagramel curso.
ISBN 1-893909-10-7
TODOSLOS DERECHOSRESERVADOS
Prohibdala reproduccintotal o parcialde este libro o de las
grabaciones
del cursoAuto Ingls" en cualquierred,o, r"u
electrnico,mecnico,fotocopias,o grabacinsn irevo
permsoescritode la editorial.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVEd
No part of this book or of the recordingsof the Auto Ingls,,
coursemay be reproducedor_transmittedin any form or oy any
means,etectronic,mechancal.photocopying,recording,or
otherwisewthoutthe prior written permssinof the pubtisher.

[Ttor]
Tienes.algn pa sotiempo?
[usanl
yol have any hobbies?
P_o
t ruf,orl
S. Verprogromas d.eportiuosen la teleuisin.
ulml
Y_es.Watching sports on TV.
t rutorl
No!
ISusan]
No!
[Ttor]
Es uerd.ad,.
Veamoslo teleuision un rato.
Q-tliztiscambior de opinin mds torde.
uimi
it,s irue.
L9t's watch TV for a while.
Maybe I,ll change my rnin laten
I lhtorl
Bien.
Ququieresuer?
l usanl
Okay.
fhat-do you want to watch?
I llrtorl
Hay un, buen progra ma de juegosen el canal 6,
oLJp#lriamosmtrar eso comedia. la del gato que habla
...
There.is a good game qhgq on ctrannel 6, or we
watch
-that sitcom, the one with the talking cai'. .-. '- - could
En srio?
Mds uale quc ueomosdibujos animados.
tsusanl
Are you serious?
X" rtlgttt as well watch cartoons.
LrutorJ
VeamoseI noticieroUiml
Let's watch the news,
[T\rtor]
Estoy de acuerdo.
Veatosel noticierolSusanl
I agree.
Let's watch the news,

O 2 005

Brickell

Co mm un c at ions

G r ouo

A u _t o Ingls',
e s un a public ac in
de:
B r ckell Co mmun ca tion s
G r oup
2 3 3 3 B rickell
Ave nu e, Suit e t t ' _t
Mi a m i, F L 33 12 9, USA
T e l . 305. 857 .02 O3
Fa x 305. 857. 0503
P e d id os: www. a u to in g les . c o m
C o m e n ta rios: b ricke lled it o r @ h ot m a il. c o m

Section V. Comprehension
1. Que est -haciendoSusan?
What is Susan doing?
tiusan estd lqtendo el peridico.
sSsan is reading th-e newspaDen
^
z.
i!-9r qu_estSusm leyendo;l piridico?
wrry is Susan reading the ne-wspaper?
Porq.ueest! tratando d
que Jim y ella
pudieran hacer.
"ncoiii"r-tjlniretenid.o
Because she is truing to find something exciting
for Jim
and for her to dol
3. 9u.tipo de peliculas le gusta a Jim?
Y4$ type of movies des Jim like?
A,tun Ie gustan las pelculas de guena, de boreoy
d,eciencia

79

Jim likes war movies, boxing novies and science frction


movies.
Le gustan a Susan las pelculas de guena?
Does Susan like war movies?
No, ella detesta las pelculas de Euerra.
No. she hates wai movies.
5. Quin es eI cntante favorito de rock de Jim?
Who is Iim's favorite rock singer?
Su cantante fauorito es Dauid Bowie.
His favorit singer is David Bowie.
6. A Jim le gusta la nsica campesina?
Does Jim like country music?
Si, a l le gusta Ia msica compesina.
Yes, he likes country music.
7. Cul es el tipo de msica favorito de Susan?
What is Susan's favorite type of music?
La.msica fauorita de Susan es el jazz, la nsica cl,sicay la
musrcdpopuaarSusan's favorite music is jazz, classical music and pop
music.
8. Tiene Susan ganas de salir?
Is Susan in the mood to go out?
S, ella tiene ganas de salir.
Yes, she is in the mood to go out.
9. Qu quiere hacer Jim?
What does Jim want to do?
Jm quere uer la teleoisin.
Jirn wants to watch IV,
10. Quprograma de televisin quiere mirar Jim?
What TV show does Jin want to watch?
Jim quiere uer un progran'ade juegos o una comedia.
Jim bants to walch"a game;ho;
or a sitcom,
4.

fiutoIn$l$
Niv e le st , 2 , 3
(Inicial,Intermedio,Avanzado)

Fin de la leccin 15. End oflesson 15.

Espero que haya disfrutado su curso de ingls.


I hope you have enjoyed your Engsh course.

Guin de las lecciones1 a la 75


(y preguntasde comprensin)

f-os nmercs (ngrita = ngl+ cus/Va = pronunciacn aprcxmada)


zero s/rou no es z espaola, es I fuerte y a veces le dicen o, ou
one unn nunca ung; first Ferst = prmero/a; a e= un, una
two tu; second skond = segundo/a;a pair e peer un par
y
ttt... Lr; lhird zrd = rercerc/a z espaola en ambos 3 30
= moneda 254
fou. foor; lorth forz = cuarlo/ai quatter kurer
five fif; e final silente, v final = f; ifth fifz = quinto o quinta
sx srks; sixth scsz = sexto/a; a half a- dozen e iaf.dosenn
vern nun.a sben; seventh svenz = sptmo/a
".rr.n
eight lt eigth tz = octavo/4 Henry the Egf'th-Enrique VUI
ne nin; titnth. ninz = noveno/a Novena novn (de rosario)
ten fenn,' nunca teng,' tenth tenz = dcimo o dcma
= onceavo
eleven ilvenn nunca lben; eleventh lvennz
= doz'
wtelve tulf; twelveth tutfz = I2o lza; dozen dlenn
= t3
thirteen zrtinn; bake',s dozen bkers dsenn
th se usa en das del mes)
thirteenth zertnnz = 13o 13a (el
13th
fourteen = 14
i-rs
-teen -frn del 13 al 19 agregue -teen, o sea
= catorceavo/a
13th19th
-th -nz = -avo o sea 14th = fourteenth
agregue -ty)
ntetlft{ tunt o tunn (3o,o,50,o'70'8oBo
,
26th 29th twerielir tuntiez/tuniez = 2oo 20a venteavo o venteava
tuni-unn (aada al nmero una rayita hasta 99)
twenty-one
il-gg
one hndred unn inndred 2OO two hundred tu inndred
1OO
one hundred and one unn jnndred annd unn
1O1
one thousand unn usnnd 2000 two thousand tu zuend
looo
iOo on" million unn mtion 2OooOO two mllion tu mlonn
looooooooo one billion unn blion (en U.s.A.)
one.illion unn trlion (unn blion tue? de u s'A')
ioooooooooooo
one hundrdth unn jndrez -lh = -z centsimoo centsma
llrco
one thousandth unn zusandz+r = -z milsmoo milsma
iTlooO
one half unn jaf 1/3 one thrd unn
Llz
'9'd , -ore fourttr unn ftioz one quarter unn kum '25 pont
l'
percent
twenty-five
25olo
z'l.if ooint zr bf
tunn fif Per sent
two ffths tu ffzs 216 two sxths fu skzs
2/5

O
1
2
i

i
8

10
11
It
13

Al girar cheques puede escribir $793.85 =


cents o seven
sev-en hundrld and ninety-three dollars and eighty-five
hundred and ninety-three dollars and 85/1OO'
diga
Af dar drecciones: No diga dos mil noventa-diga vente noventa
y dos
dos cero nueve cero No diga frelnfa y tres ml cuarenta
-diga tres tres uno cuatro dos
No diga cal/e trentuna dtga trgsma primera calle
EiemDlo: 2O9o N.w. 31st street, Miami, FL 33142
three
"n[v nnetv northwest thirty-first street, Mami' Florda'
three one four two
itrenn na noz uest zn fest strt, mayam, flrda, zi, zr, un foor nr
12 o'cfock tulf oktok doce en punto 12 a' m' twelve a'm'
tulf emm 12 p.m. twelve p'm' tuelt pt e.mm
one o fve un u fif (nunca zero siempre o ou.,
1:O5 =
kurer past tu
=
iwo fifteen tu fiftn 6 quarter Past two
,;L
two thrty tu zrt half Past lwo jaf past tu
2:3O =
=
two forty-five tu for ff quarter till three kurer til zri
iriS
two fifty tu ten till three tenn til zr
2:5o =
tu fifti ff five tll three fif till zri
two fifti'fve
2:55 =

Tef ephone Number: 97 3-452-7 AgA


ninsseven three-four five two-seven eight nine eight
nighty-eight
fifty two-seventy-eight
nine seventy-three-four
para los hispanoparlantes
Qunce curiosidades del ngls
=
i, La tgrminacin -lY = mente: probably prbabl probablemente'
2. La e flnal es sllente: to have tu Jaf = tener o haber Las unrcas
veces en que suena es doblando la e: employee (empleado) o con acento
en palabris extranjeras como caf (el sitio no la beb-idaque es coffee kf)'
= cuchillo'
3. La k inicial seguida de consonante es slente: knife nlf
4, La v ( nunc a b) s uena f al fl nal : k ni v es nl f = c uc hi l l o'
5. Palabras que terminan en sonido f forman plural con -ves, knives'
= Irak y en
6. La q puede sonar como k sin necesdadde r con la u; Iraq
que, qui no s uenan i gual que en es paol : queen k ul n = r e na'
la
suave
a
para
dar sondo
I y no existe
i. en u", gui no es necesaria la u
la dirsis eicepto en palabras extranjeras y con otros usos' Ejemplo:
geiser glser = giser. Pero a veces es similar al uso hispano Ejemplo:
gu en lngls suenan 9a' ye, yi,
iuest giest = h-usped'Ga, ge, 9i, 90,
(yrch) es el mejor
[sonioJfuerte como en Argentina) 90' 9u. George
pero
a veces gi suena gut Gllbert(gulbert) La th hace las veces
ejemplo.
(como
italano)
en
de 9u, spaghetti
= j am n; honor non
e. i a.h i uena; per o puede s er s i l ente: ham j m
9. Los pluraleJ se forman aadendo -s excepto palabras qu vienen del
alemn. Por ejemplo, hombres, mujeres y nios forman el plural con la
terminacin alemana -en. man'men mann-menn o woman-women
wmann-wmenn chld-children chld-chldrenn'
1O . C e, c i s uenan c h en Pal abr asex tr anj er as y c on us o hi s pano s i no'
=
Por ejemplo, violoncello votonchto= violoncelo, Cesar s/sar Csan
11. La fl suena l: tall tol = alto Hay palabras que conseryan su sonldo
hispano con // y otras como I hispana: flot.illa flotla; tortilla tortlla
12. La rr es igual que la r. Es un sondo cerrado que en espaol no existe:
corral koft = corral o acorralar; coral kLal = coral.
= escuela'
13. La s- seguida de consonante nunca es es: school skul
14. La sh no existe en espaol, pero se escrlbe de muchas maneras,
(transportshn)'
(compreinshin) o transPortation
comprehension
15. ia t puede sonar ch: nature (nichur) = naturaleza

El m t odo d e A U T O I N G L E S T Me s e n te r a m e n te AUDIT M
CORT O , o se a , n o p r e t e n d e s er a u d o visu a ln i e n tr a r e n
l e c t ura ni es c r i t u r a , n i s e r e x h a u stivo n i e n ciclo p d ico .
S es ent era m e n t e f c i l y p r ctico .

E l MTO D O C O M U N I C A T I VO, o co n o cid ota m b i n co m o


el de CO MP E T E N C I A C O M U N ICAT IVA e s e l q u e r ig e h o y e n
da en la oro f e s i n d e l a e n s e a n za d e id io m a s "cu a n d o h a v u n
maestro presente". Se trata de cue la Dersona hable e ntente
co munc arsey q u e v a y a c r e c i e n d o e n e l id io m a co n a su n to s
prc t ic os qu e l o m o t i v e n y n o co n e je r cicio sg r a m a tica le s.
El M t odo C o m u n i c a t i v o e s E c l cti o , ya q u e se va le d e
asp ec t os gra m a t l c a l e sy d e t o da n d o le p a r a a yu d a r a l
estudant e co n t a l d e q u e s t e se e sfu e r ce e n d e cir a lg o ,
en trat ar de c o m u n i c a r s e .
AUT O I NGL E S ' " e s u n a v a r ia n te d e l M to d o Co m u n ica tivo .
Es en efecto un MTODO ECLCTICO Y EN ESPIRAL,
Usa del M t o d o C o m u n i c a t i v oa q u e llo s a sp e cto s q u e se a ju sta n
a u n c urs o a u t o d i d a c t a , L a s 5 se ccio n e sd e ca d a le cci n y lo s
amenos dilo g o s s o n I N T E T T A CT IVOSp u e s sie m p r e se n sta a l
al u mno a rep e t i r o a c o n t e s t a r p r e g u n ta s ve r b a lm e n te y a q u e
no se preoc u p e p o r e s c r i b i r .C ua n d o u n o to m a u n cu r so
autodidacta tiene que existlr un "maestro substituto" que en
este c as o es e l n o v e d o s o c o n ce p to d e su T u to r p e r so n a l q u e le
ofrec e A UTO I N G L S " , E s o o r e llo o u e e s n e ce sa r iou tlliza r
exp lic ac ione sy f r a s e s e n e s p a o l ya q u e d e o tr a m a n e r a u n
pri n c ipiant ej a m s p u d i e r a e s t u d ia r o tr o id io m a sin m a e str o .
No s v alemos d e l a g r a m t i c a p a r a a yu d a r a l a lu m n o a co lo ca r
l a i n f ormac i n e n u n l u g a r , a l g o q u e e l a d u lto n e ce sita .
La gram t ca e s - u n a a y u d a , n u n ca u n im p e d im e n to a b u r r id o
en AUT O I NG L E S T M .
No es el a n t i g u o M t o d o d e T r a d u cci n ,ya q u e lo q u e se
pres ent a en e s p a o l e s p a r a c a lm a r su a n s e d a d ,p a r a q u e
no s e f rus t re , p a r a q u e n o s e p ie r d a , p a r a q u e n o a b a n d o n e
el c urs o y no p a r a p o n e r l o a t r a d u ccir .
El objetivo de AUTO INGLES'" es "robarle tiempo al tiempo"
o se a, ut iliz a r p e q u e o s b l o q u e s d e tle m p o q u e d e sp e r d icia m o s
para prof und i z a r e n e l i d i o m a o Da r a r e Da sa r lo .L a s 1 5 le ccio n e s
de AUT O I N G L S " v i e n e n a gr u p a d a s e n 3 n ive le s: INICIAL
(1-5), I NTE R M E D T O ( 6 - 1 O ) , AVANZ ADO ( 1 1 - 1 5 ) .
Las lec c ione sv a n E N E S P I R A Lp u e s h a y e xtr e m o cu id a d o e n n o
co l o c ar inf or m a c i n q u e t o d a v a u ste d n o p u e d a p r o ce sa r y e n
repas ar lo v is t o a n t e r i o r m e n t e p a r a r e fo r za r lo s co n o cim ie n to s
y n o dejar na d a a t r s . H a y b u en co n tr o l d e lo q u e e s INICIAL ,
INT ER-M E D I O o A V A N Z A D O, d e n u e vo , p a r a e vita r la
frus t rac in, e l p r i n c i p a l e n e m i g o d e l e stu d ia n te a d u lto ,
es que es t a c a n s a d o y e s t u d a cu a n d o p u e d e .

11

bura de relererlcla con


'ao

.2

normas (le pronunctacton


I

Lecciones1-15